2012 green plumbing and mechanical code supplement

READ METABLE OF CONTENTS

2012

GREEN PLUMBING &

MECHANICAL

CODE

SUPPLEMENT

FOR USE WITH ALL CODES

Copyright © 2012

by

International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials

All Rights Reserved

No part of this work may be reproduced or recorded in any form or by any means,

except as may be expressly permitted in writing by the publisher.

Second Edition

First Printing, April 2012

Published by the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials

4755 E. Philadelphia Street · Ontario, CA 91761-2816 – USA

Main Phone (909) 472-4100 · Main Fax (909) 472-4150

REVISION MARKINGS

Code changes from the 2010 edition are marked in the margins as follows:

An arrow denotes a deletion.

A vertical denotes a change.

Information on referenced publications can be found in Chapter 11.

All pressures used in this supplement are gauge pressures unless otherwise indicated.

iii

2012 GPMCS

Foreword

With the publication of the 2012 (second edition) Green Plumbing and Mechanical Code Supplement (GPMCS) by the International Associ-

ation of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO), another significant milestone has been reached. The GPMCS, the first and best of its

kind, has updated from the 2010 edition to keep pace with the rapid advancement of sustainable construction practices, and expanded to

address additional opportunities to save water and energy in the areas of lawn irrigation, swimming pools, and car washes.

The GPMCS is a separate document from the Uniform Plumbing and Mechanical Codes and establishes requirements for green building and

water efficiency applicable to plumbing and mechanical systems. The GPMCS serves as an adjunct to the Uniform Codes or any of the

plumbing and mechanical codes used in the U.S.

The GPMCS is designed to facilitate safe and reliable sustainable plumbing and mechanical construction practices. The supplement is not a

“greener” version of the Uniform Codes, but rather serves as a repository for provisions that may be integrated into the Uniform Codes. The

GPMCS is a logical transitional home for green requirements until they are fully accepted by industry and are ready to be included into the code.

The supplement serves as a resource for progressive jurisdictions that are implementing green building and water efficiency programs or

enforcing existing green ordinances. The supplement also serves as a resource for plumbers, contractors, engineers, and manufacturers in

designing and installing green plumbing and mechanical systems.

The Green Plumbing and Mechanical Code Supplement is developed through a consensus process by the Green Technical Committee

(GTC) which is comprised of a diverse group of experts in green plumbing and mechanical fields including water and energy conservation

authorities, plumbers, manufacturers, contractors, engineers, and code authorities.

The public at large is encouraged and invited to participate in the supplement’s development process. The GTC meetings are open to the

public and public input is solicited through a peer review process. This supplement is updated periodically. Information regarding the Supple-

ment and its development is available at IAPMO’s website at www.iapmogreen.org.

The Supplement has broad industry support. The following organizations participated in the development of the 2012 Green Plumbing and

Mechanical Code Supplement and support its scope and purpose:

AWE - Alliance for Water Efficiency – PO Box 804127 • Chicago, IL 60680-4127 • (773) 360-5100

ARCSA - American Rainwater Catchment Systems Association – 919 Congress Avenue, Suite 460 • Austin, TX 78701 • (512) 616528

ASPE - American Society of Plumbing Engineers – 2980 S. River Road, Des Plaines, IL 60018 • (847) 296-0022

ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers – 1791 Tullie Circle NE • Atlanta, GA 30329 •

(404) 636-8400

ASSE - American Socity of Sanitary Engineers – 901 Canterbury Road, Suite A • Westlake, OH 44145-7201 • (440) 835-3040

Green Mechanical Council – 1701 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Suite 300 • (202) 461-2203

Green Plumbers – 4755 E Philadelphia Street • Ontario, CA 91761 • (909) 472-4100

MCAA - Mechanical Contractors Association of America – 1385 Piccard Drive • Rockville, MD 20850 • (301) 869-5800

NEBB - National Environmental Balancing Bureau – 8575 Grovemont Circle • Gaithersburg, MD • (301) 977-3698

PCA - Plumbing Contractors Association – 1385 Piccard Drive • Rockville, MD 20850 • (301) 869-5800

PPFA- Plastic Pipe and Fittings Association – 800 Roosevelt Road, Building C, Suite 312 • Glen Ellyn, IL 60137 • (630) 858-6540

PHCC-NA - Plumbing-Heating-Cooling Contractors Association – PO Box 6808 • Falls Church, VA 22046 • (800) 533-7694

PMI - Plumbing Manufacturers International – 1921 Rohlwing Road, Unit G • Rolling Meadows, IL 60008 • (847) 481-5500

RPA - Radiant Professionals Alliance – 18927 Hickory Creek Drive, Suite 140 • Mokena, IL 60448 • (708) 995-3003

SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’ National Association – 4201 Lafayette Center Drive • Chantilly, VA 20151 •

(703) 803-2980

SMWIA- Sheet Metal Workers International Association – 1750 New York Avenue, NW, 6th Floor • Washington, DC 20006 • (202) 662-0836

UA - United Association – Three Park Place • Annapolis, MD 21401 • (410) 269-2000

WPC - World Plumbing Council – WPC Secretary • PO Box 810 • Lafayette, IN 47902 • (765) 76-0222

iv GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

Dan Daniels, Pueblo Regional Building Department

William N. Erickson, CJ Erickson Plumbing Company -

Representing Mechanical Contractors Association of America

Doug Fredericksen, City of Corona Building Department (Retired)

Gary Hamilton, United Association

Rodrigo (Rod) Jara, UA Great Lakes Training Center

Ronald Rice, City of St. Paul (Retired)

Kevin Tindall, Tindall & Ranson Plumbing, Heating & A/C -

Representing Plumbing-Heating-Cooling Contractors-National

Association

EW Bob Boulware, P.E., Design-Aire Engineering, Inc.

David Dias, Sheet Metal Workers’ International Association Local

Union 104

Erik Emblem, Joint Committee on

Herman (Bill) Hoffman, HW Hoffman & Associates

Eli P. Howard, III, Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor’s

National Association

Jeff Hutcher, City of Oakland, Community and Economic Development

Department

Rodrigo (Rod) Jara, UA Great Lakes Training Center

Jim Kendzel, American Society of Plumbing Engineers

Gary Klein, Affiliated International Management LLC

John Koeller, P.E., Koeller and Company

Jordan Krahenbuhl, Clark County Building Department

James Majerowicz, UA Local 130

Dave Mann, UA Local 342

Tom Meyer, National Environmental Balancing Bureau

Michael Mitchell, City of San Francisco

Larry Oliver, LEED AP, Glumac Engineering

Thomas Pape, Alliance for Water Efficiency

Beverly Potts, Illinois - PHCC


Len Swatkowski, Plumbing Manufacturers International

Amir Tabakh, City of Los Angeles Department of Water and Power



Association

April Trafton, Donald Dickerson Associates

Robert Zimmerman, Kohler Co.

IAPMO Green Technical Committee

David Viola, Staff Secretary, International Association of Plumbing and

Mechanical Officials

IAPMO Committee for the Awareness and Understanding of a

Sustainable Environment (C.A.U.S.E. Committee)

These lists represent the membership at the time the Committee approved the final text of this edition. Since that

time, changes in the membership may have occurred.

Michael Durfee, Chairman

County of Salt Lake

William N. Erickson, Chairman

CJ Erickson Plumbing Company - Representing

Mechanical Contractors Association of America

Philip Campbell, UA Training

Peyton Collie, Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor’s National

Association

Lee Mercer, Moen Inc.

Ed Saltzberg, Edward Saltzberg & Associates - Representing American

Society of Plumbing Engineers

Phillip Trafton, Donald Dickerson Associates

Alternates

vGREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

Erik Emblem, 3E International Inc.


Representing Mechanical Contractors Association

of America

Doug Fredericksen, City of Corona Building Department (Retired)




Michael Steele, Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute

Max Weiss, Weiss Research

Val Amezquita, Los Angeles Department of Water and Power

Dan Bacani, Count of Los Angeles Public Health

Carlos Borja, County of Los Angeles Public Health


Jeremy Brown, NSF International

Thomas Bruursema, NSF International

John Burwell, Xerxes Corporation


Michael Cudahy, Plastic Pipe and Fittings Association

Richard Dickerson, Murray Company

Rebecca Drayse, TreePeople

Erik Emblem, Joint Committee on Energy and Environmental Policy

Vivian Enriquez, CPD, ARUP

Fernando Fernandez, TOTO USA, Inc.

Jeff Hutcher, City of Oakland

Peter Jahrling, Sloan Valve Company

Dominick Kasmauskas, National Fire Sprinkler Association


Rachel Kraai, San Francisco Water and Sewer

C.J. Lagan, American Standard, Inc.

Dr. Markus Lenger, Hydrologix Systems LLC

Michael Luettgen, Kohler Co.


Mark Meredith, Phoenix Process Equipment Co.

Sarah Minick, San Francisco Water, Power and Sewer


Bill Morris, Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Co.

Michael Nishida, Syska Hennessey Group


Tracy Quinn, Natural Resources Defense Council

Shabbir Rawalpindiwala, Kohler Co.

Paul Riedinger, Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Co.

Alan Rimer, Black & Veatch

John Roeber, Roeber’s Incorporated – Representing

California Plumbing-Heating-Cooling Contractors Association

John Roth, City of Houston Planning and Development (Retired)

Craig Selover, Masco

Neal Shapiro, City of Santa Monica

Steve Silber, UA Local 342




Pauli Undesser, Water Quality Association

Michael Vail, Water Legacy

Don Vandertulip, P.E., Camp Dresser & McKee Inc.


Carlos Borja, County of LA Public Health

John Burwell, Xerxes Corporation




Bill Morris, Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Co.

Paul Riedinger, Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Co.

Alan Rimer, Black & Veatch

John Roth, City of Houston Planning and Development (Retired)





Eddie Van Giesen, Blue Ridge Atlantic Enterprises

Don Vandertulip, P.E., Camp Dresser & McKee Inc.


IAPMO Green Technical Committee Task Groups Members

Administration/General Task Group

Alternate Water Sources – Non-Potable Task Group

Alternate Water Sources – Potable Task Group

Herman (Bill) Hoffman, Task Group Chair

HW Hoffman & Associates

EW Bob Boulware, P.E., Task Group Chair

Design-Aire Engineering, Inc.

Jordan Krahenbuhl, Task Group Chair

Clark County Building Department

vi GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

Hot Water Task Group

Gary Klein, Task Group Chair

Affiliated International Management LLC

Ron Bradford, Signatures Sales, Inc.


Dale Drury, Grundfos Pumps

Vivian Enriquez, CPD, ARUP



Karen Hobbs, Natural Resources Defense Council

Jim Kemper, Los Angeles Department of Water and Power

C.J. Lagan, American Standard


Dave Mann, UA Local 342

Pat McLaughlin, McLaughlin & Associates Representing – Air-

Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute




John Roeber, Roeber’s Incorporated – Representing California Plumbing-

Heating-Cooling ContractorsAssociation

Armando Romero, Los Angeles Department of Water and Power

Ed Saltzberg, Edward Saltzberg & Associates





Association

David Velan, Ecodrain




Union 104

Rodrigo (Rod) Jara, UA International Training Fund

Jim Kendzel, American Society of Plumbing Engineers







Eddie Van Giesen, Blue Ridge Atlantic Enterprises

Certification and Verification Task Group

Erik Emblem, Task Group Chair

Joint Committee on Energy and Environmental Policy

Don Fisher, Fisher-Nickel, Inc.

Casey Furlong, InSinkErator


Michael Keleman, InSinkErator





Beverly Potts, Illinois - PHCC

Merrill Seiler, Orange County Sanitation District

David Zabrowski, ASTM International


Food Waste Management Task Group



IAPMO Green Technical Committee Task Groups Members continued

viiGREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

HVACR Task Group

Tom Meyer, Task Group Chair

National Environmental Balancing Bureau

Peyton Collie, Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor’s National

Association



Union 104

Erik Emblem, Joint Committee on Energy and Environmental Policy


Eli P. Howard, III, Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor’s

National Association

Rodrigo (Rod) Jara, UA International Training Fund

Pat McLaughlin, McLaughlin & Associates Representing –

Air-Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute

Tom Morton, PIPE/NITC


Jayendra Parikh, Compliance Solutions International Inc.

Amir Tabakh, City of Los Angeles Department of Water and Power


Representing Plumbing Heating Cooling Contractors-National

Association


Irrigation Task Group

Thomas Pape, Task Group Chair

Alliance for Water Efficiency


Greg Chick, Ramona’s Plumber

Karen Hobbs, Natural Resources Defense Council


Jill Hoyenga, Eugene Water & Electric Board

Jim Kemper, Los Angeles Department of Water and Power


Brian Lennon, Irrometer Company, Inc.


Bill McDonnell, Metropolitan Water District

Brent Mecham, Irrigation Association

LCA Task Group

Greg Simmons, Task Group Chair

Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Co.


Richard Church, Plastic Pipe and Fittings Association



William Levan, Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute


Lee Mercer, Moen, Inc.


Billy Smith, Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co.





Hydronics Task Group

Tom Meyer, Task Group Chair

National Environmental Balancing Bureau




viii GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

Plumbing Water Efficiency Task Group

James Majerowicz, Task Group Chair

UA Local 130




Fernando Fernandez, TOTO USA, Inc.

Jim Galvin, Plumbing Manufacturers International

Ron Grabski, One Source Manufacturer's Representatives, Inc.

Charles Hernandez, Spears Manufacturing

Charles Hettrick, Delta Faucet Company







Lee Mercer, Moen, Inc.


Shabbir Rawalpindiwala, Kohler Co.

Sally Remedios, Delta Faucet Company


Jeff Waterman, Liberty Pumps


Pools, Spas, Fountains, and Decorative Water Features Task Group



Nathan Coelho, Master Spas

Carvin DiGiovanni, The Association of Pool & Spa Professionals

Bruce Grogg, Pool Cover Specialists

Jennifer Hatfield, J. Hatfield & Associates, PL



Ron Lacher, Pool Engineering, Inc.


Mike McCague, Watkins Mfg. - Engineering

Bill McDonnell, Metropolitan Water District

Ray Mirzaei, Waterway Plastics Inc.

Jeff Mitchell, Dynasty Pools

Gary Ortiz, Hayward Pool Products

Edward Osann, Natural Resources Defense Council



Shajee Siddiqui, Zodiac Pool Systems, Inc.

Pipe Sizing Task Group

Steven Buchberger, PhD, P.E., University of Cincinnati


Raman Chauhan, Chauhan Consulting

Richard Dickerson, Murray Company



Lawrence Galowin, National Institute of Standards and

Technology

Ron George, Ron George Design & Consulting Services

Jason Hewitt, CB Engineers


Brandt Junker, KLH Engineers, PSC




Jim Lutz, Lawrence Berkeley National


Peter Mayer, Aquacraft


Thomas Poerio, Univesco, LLC

Sally Remedios, Delta Faucet Company

Craig Selover, Masco Corporation


Ken Tomihiro, Canadian Institute of Plumbing and Heating


Tim Wolfe, BSA Life Structures

Yanda Zhang, Ph.D., Heschong Mahone Group


Dan Cole, Task Group Staff Secretary

IAPMO

ixGREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

CHAPTER 1 ADMINISTRATION ......................1

101.0 Title, Scope, and General...................1

101.1 Title ....................................................1

101.2 Purpose ..............................................1

101.3 Plans Required ...................................1

101.4 Scope..................................................1

101.5 Appendices ........................................1

101.6 Referenced Codes and Standards.......1

101.7 Conflicts.............................................2

102.0 Alternate Materials, Designs, and Methods of ConstructionEquivalency .......................................2

102.1 General...............................................2

103.0 Plans and Specifications ....................2

103.1 Submission.........................................2

103.2 Information on Plans and Specifications.....................................2

104.0 Permit Issuance..................................2

104.1 Issuance..............................................2

104.2 Permit Fees ........................................2

105.0 Inspections .........................................2

105.1 General...............................................2

106.0 Connection Approval .........................2

106.1 Connections ......................................2

106.2 Energy Connections ..........................2

106.3 Temporary Connections.....................2

107.0 Maintenance.......................................2

107.1 General...............................................2

107.2 Information Required.........................3

CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS ..............................5

201.0 General...............................................5

202.0 Definition of Terms............................5

CHAPTER 3 GENERAL REGULATIONS.........9

301.0 Scope..................................................9

302.0 Approval ............................................9

302.1 Plumbing Materials and Systems.......9

302.2 Mechanical Systems ..........................9

303.0 Installation .........................................9

303.1 Plumbing and Mechanical Systems ...9

303.2 Rehabilitation of Piping Systems.......9

303.3 Qualifications.....................................9

304.0 Disposal of Liquid Waste...................9

304.1 Disposal .............................................9

304.2 Connections to Plumbing System

Required.............................................9

305.0 Abandonment.....................................9

305.1 General...............................................9

305.2 Underground Tank .............................9

306.0 Life Cycle Assessment.......................9

CHAPTER 4 WATER EFFICIENCY AND

CONSERVATION.......................11

401.0 General.............................................11

401.1 Scope................................................11

402.0 Water-Conserving Plumbing

Fixtures and Fittings ........................11

402.1 General.............................................11

402.2 Water Closets ...................................11

402.3 Urinals..............................................11

402.4 Residential Kitchen Faucets.............11

402.5 Lavatory Faucets..............................11

402.6 Showers............................................12

402.7 Commercial Pre-Rinse

Spray Valves ....................................12

402.8 Emergency Safety Showers and

Eye Wash Stations ...........................12

402.9 Drinking Fountains ..........................12

402.10 Water and Drain Pipe Sizing............12

402.11 Installation .......................................12

403.0 Appliances .......................................12

403.1 Dishwashers.....................................12

403.2 Clothes Washers...............................12

404.0 Pressure Regulator ...........................12

404.1 Installation .......................................12

405.0 Water Softeners and

Treatment Devices ...........................12

405.1 Water Softeners................................12

405.2 Water Softener Limitations..............12

405.3 Point-of-Use Reverse Osmosis

Water Treatment Systems ................12

406.0 Occupancy Specific Water

Efficiency Requirements..................13

406.1 Commercial Food Service ...............13

406.2 Medical and Laboratory Facilities ...13

407.0 Leak Detection and Control.............13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

x GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

407.1 General.............................................13

408.0 Fountains and Other Water

Features............................................13

408.1 Use of Alternate Water Source forSpecial Water Features.....................13

409.0 Meters ..............................................13

409.1 Required...........................................13

409.2 Consumption Data ...........................13

409.3 Access ..............................................13

410.0 HVAC Water Efficiency...................14

410.1 Once-Through Cooling....................14

410.2 Cooling Towers and EvaporativeCoolers.............................................14

410.3 Cooling Tower Makeup Water.........14

410.4 Evaporative Cooler Water Use ........14

410.5 Use of Reclaimed (Recycled) andOn-Site Treated Non-Potable Waterfor Cooling.......................................14

411.0 Condensate Recovery .....................14

412.0 Water-Powered Sump Pumps ..........14

413.0 Landscape Irrigation Systems..........14

413.1 General.............................................14

413.2 Backflow Protection ........................14

413.3 Use of Alterate Water Sources forLandscape Irrigation ........................15

413.4 Irrigation Control Systems...............15

413.5 Low Flow Irrigation.........................15

413.6 Mulched Planting Areas...................15

413.7 System Performance Requirements.15

413.8 Narrow or Irregularly Shaped Land-scape Areas ......................................15

413.9 Sloped Areas ....................................15

413.10 Sprinkler Head Installations ............15

413.11 Irrigation Zone Performance Criteria .............................................15

413.12 Qualifications...................................16

414.0 Trap Seal Protection.........................16

414.1 Water Supplied Trap Primers...........16

414.2 Drainage Type Trap Seal PrimerDevices ............................................16

415.0 Automated Vehicle Wash Facilities .16

CHAPTER 5 ALTERNATE WATER SOURCESFOR NON-POTABLEAPPLICATIONS.........................17

501.0 General.............................................17

501.1 Scope................................................17

501.2 System Design .................................17

501.3 Permit...............................................17

501.4 Component Identification ................17

501.5 Maintenance and Inspection ............17

501.6 Operation and Maintenance Manual .............................................17

501.7 Minimum Water QualityRequirements ...................................17

Table 501.5 Minimum Alternate Water SourceTesting, Inspection, and Maintenance Frequency...................18

501.8 Material Compatibility.....................18

501.9 System Controls...............................18

501.10 Commercial, Industrial, and Institu-tional Restroom Signs......................18

501.11 Inspection and Testing .....................18

501.12 Separation Requirements .................19

501.13 Abandonment...................................19

501.14 Sizing ...............................................20

502.0 Gray Water Systems.........................20

502.1 General.............................................20

502.2 Gray Water System ..........................20

502.3 Connections to Potable and Reclaimed (Recycled) Water Systems..................................20

502.4 Location ...........................................20

502.5 Plot Plan Submission .......................20

Table 502.4 Location of Gray Water System.......20

502.6 Prohibited Location .........................20

502.7 Drawings and Specifications ...........20

502.8 Procedure for Estimating GrayWater Discharge...............................21

502.9 Gray Water System Components .....21

502.10 Subsurface Irrigation System Zones................................................22

Table 502.10 Design of Six Typical Soils .............22

502.11 Subsurface and Subsoil IrrigationField, and Mulch Basin Designand Construction..............................22

Table 502.11.1 Subsurface Irrigation DesignCriteria for Six Typical Soils ...........23

Table 502.11.3 Subsoil Irrigation Field Construction.....................................23

502.12 Gray Water System Color andMarking Information .......................23

502.13 Special Provisions............................23

502.14 Testing..............................................24

502.15 Maintenance.....................................24

503.0 Reclaimed (Recycled) WaterSystems ............................................24

xiGREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

503.1 General.............................................24

503.2 Permit...............................................24

503.3 System Changes...............................24

503.4 Connections to Potable or Reclaimed (Recycled) Water Systems ............................................24

503.5 Initial Cross-Connection Test ..........24

503.6 Reclaimed (Recycled) WaterSystem Materials .............................24

503.7 Reclaimed (Recycled) Water

System Color and Marking

Information ......................................24

503.8 Valves...............................................24

503.9 Installation .......................................24

503.10 Signs ................................................25


504.0 On-Site Treated Non-Potable

Water Systems..................................25

504.1 General.............................................25

504.2 Plumbing Plan Submission ..............25

504.3 System Changes...............................25



504.6 On-Site Treated Non-Potable Water System Materials ...................25

504.7 On-Site Treated Non-PotableWater Devices and Systems.............25

504.8 On-Site Treated Non-PotableWater System Color and MarkingInformation ......................................25

504.9 Valves...............................................25

504.10 Design and Installation ....................25

504.11 Signs ................................................26


505.0 Non-Potable Rainwater CatchmentSystems ............................................26

505.1 General.............................................26

505.2 Plumbing Plan Submission ..............26

505.3 System Changes...............................26



505.6 Sizing ...............................................26

505.7 Rainwater Catchment System Materials ..........................................26

505.8 Rainwater Catchment Water System Color and Marking Information ......................................26

505.9 Design and Installation ....................26

Table 505.9.5.4 Minimum Water Quality ..................27

505.10 Signs ................................................28


CHAPTER 6 WATER HEATING DESIGN,EQUIPMENT, AND INSTALLATION .........................29

601.0 General.............................................29

601.1 Scope................................................29

601.2 Insulation .........................................29

601.3 Recirculation Systems .....................29

602.0 Service Hot Water – Low-RiseResidential Buildings.......................29

602.1 General.............................................29

602.2 Water Heaters and Storage Tanks ....29

602.3 Recirculation Systems .....................30

602.4 Central Water Heating Equipment ...30

602.5 Insulation .........................................30

602.6 Hard Water .......................................30

602.7 Maximum Volume of Hot Water......30

603.0 Service Hot Water – Other ThanLow-Rise Residential Buildings ......30

603.1 General.............................................30

603.2 Service Water Heating .....................30

Table 602.7 Water Volume for Distribution Piping Materials...............................30

Table 603.4.2 Performance Requirements forWater Heating Equipment................31

603.3 Compliance Path(s)..........................32

603.4 Mandatory Provisions......................32

603.5 Prescriptive Path ..............................33

603.6 Submittals ........................................33

604.0 Solar Water Heating Systems ..........33

604.1 General.............................................33

604.2 Annual Inspection and Maintenance.....................................33

605.0 Hard Water ......................................33

605.1 Softening and Treatment..................33

606.0 Drain Water Heat Exchangers..........33

CHAPTER 7 HEATING, VENTILATION, ANDAIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEMSAND EQUIPMENT - ENERGYEFFICIENCY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

701.0 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

701.1 Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

xii GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

702.0 Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning Low-Rise ResidentialBuildings..........................................35

702.1 General.............................................35

702.2 Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning Systems andEquipment........................................35

702.3 Balancing .........................................35

702.4 Ducts ................................................35

702.5 Insulation for Piping ........................35

702.6 Ventilation and Combustion Air ......35

702.7 Electric Heating Systems.................35

Table 702.5 Minimum Pipe InsulationThickness .........................................36

Table 702.6.1 Ventilation Air..................................36

702.8 Bath Ceiling Units ...........................36

702.9 HVAC Equipment, Rated Combinations...................................36

Table 702.9 Minimum Requirements forNon-Federally Covered HVAC Equipment ............................37

702.10 Controls............................................37

702.11 Whole House Fans...........................37

702.12 Attic Fans.........................................37

702.13 Dampers...........................................37

703.0 Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning – Other Than Low-Rise Residential Buildings ......37

703.1 General.............................................37

703.2 Compliance Path(s)..........................38

703.3 Simplified Approach Option forHVAC Systems ................................38

Table 703.3.2 Eliminate Required Economizer By Increasing Cooling Efficiency....39

703.4 Mandatory Provisions......................39

Table 703.4.3.4.3 Maximum Damper Leakage ............43

Table 703.4.4.2(1) Minimum Duct Seal Level...............46

Table 703.4.4.2(2) Duct Seal Levels ..............................46

703.5 Prescriptive Path ..............................46

Table 703.5.1(1) Minimum Fan-Cooling Unit Size forWhich An Economizer is Required for Comfort Cooling ........................47

Table 703.5.1(2) Minimum Fan-Cooling Unit Size forWhich an Economizer is Required forComputer Rooms........................................47

Table 703.5.1.1.3(1) High-Limit Shutoff ControlOptions for Air Economizers ..............47

Table 703.5.1.1.3(2) High-Limit Shutoff ControlSettings for Air Economizers..............48

Table 703.5.3.1.1(1) Fan Power Limitation ............................51

Table 703.5.3.1.1(2) Fan Power Limitation PressureDrop Adjustment .....................................51

Table 703.5.4.5 Piping System Design Maximum FlowRate in GPM................................................53

Table 703.5.6.1 Energy Recovery Requirement.................54

Table 703.5.7.1.3 Maximum Net Exhaust Flow Rate, CFMPer Linear Foot of Hood Length...............55

Table 703.5.9 Hot Gas Bypass Limitation..............56

703.6 Alternative Compliance Path(Not Used)...........................................56

703.7 Submittals ...........................................56

703.8 Minimum Equipment EfficiencyTables ..................................................57

704.0 Solar Energy Systems.........................57

705.0 Geothermal Systems...........................57

705.1 General ................................................57

Table 703.8.1(1) Electronically Operated UnitaryAir Conditioners and CondensingUnits – Minimum Efficiency Requirements ............................................58

Table 703.8.1(2) Electronically Operated Unitaryand Applied Heat Pumps – MinimumEfficiency Requirements ....................61

Table 703.8.1(3) Water Chilling Packages –Efficiency Requirements..................63

Table 703.8.1(4) Electronically Operated PackagedTerminal Air Conditioners, Packaged Terminal Single-Packed Vertical Air Conditioners,Single-Package Vertical HeatPumps, Room Air Conditioners, and Room Air Conditioner HeatPumps – Minimum EfficiencyRequirements ...................................64

Table 703.8.1(5) Warm Air Furnaces andCombination Warm Air Furnaces/Air-Conditioning Units, Warm AirDuct Furnaces, and Unit Heaters .....66

Table 703.8.1(6) Gas- and Oil-Fired Boilers, MinimumEfficiency Requirements..................67

Table 703.8.1(7) Performance Requirements for Heat Rejection Equipment...............68

Table 703.8.1(8) Heat Transfer Equipment....................69

Table 703.8.1(9) Electronically Operated Variable Refrigerant Flow Air Conditioners –Minimum Efficiency Requirements.69

Table 703.8.1(10) Electronically Operated VariableRefrigerant Flow Air-to-Air andApplied Heat Pumps – MinimumEfficiency Requirements..................70

Table 703.8.1(11) Air Conditioners and CondensingUnits Serviing Computer Rooms.....72

xiiiGREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

Table 703.8.2(1) Minimum Duct Insulation R-Value,Cooling and Heating Only SupplyDucts and Return Ducts......................73

Table 703.8.2(2) Minimum Duct Insulation R-Value,Combined Heating and CoolingSupply Ducts and Return Ducts .........74

Table 703.8.3A Minimum Pipe InsulationThickness Heating and Hot WaterSystems ...............................................75

Table 703.8.3B Minimum Pipe Insulation ThicknessCooling Systems (Chilled Water, Brine,and Refrigerant) ..................................76

CHAPTER 8 INDOOR ENVIRONMENT . . . . .77

801.0 General.............................................77

801.1 Scope................................................77

802.0 Fireplaces.........................................77

802.1 Requirements ...................................77

803.0 Pollutant Control..............................77

803.1 Indoor Air Quality DuringConstruction.....................................77

803.2 Isolation of Pollutant Sources..........77

803.3 Filters ...............................................77

803.4 Ozone Depletion and GlobalWarming Reductions........................78

804.0 Indoor Moisture Control ..................78

804.1 Rainwater Control............................78

805.0 Indoor Air Quality for Low-RiseResidential Buildings.......................78

805.1 General.............................................78

Table 805.1.3.1 Ventilation Air Requirements ..........79

Table 805.1.3.1.1 Ventilation Effectiveness forIntermittent Fans..............................79

805.2 Bathroom Exhaust Fans...................80

805.3 Filters ...............................................80

806.0 Indoor Air Quality for Other thanLow-Rise Residential Buildings ......80

806.1 Minimum Indoor Air Quality...........80

807.0 Environmental Comfort ...................80

807.1 Thermal Comfort Controls ..............80

807.2 Heating and Air-Conditioning SystemDesign ..............................................80

808.0 Low VOC Solvent Cementand Primer........................................80

808.1 General.............................................80

CHAPTER 9 INSTALLERQUALIFICATIONS.....................81

901.0 General.............................................81

901.1 Scope................................................81

902.0 Qualifications...................................81

902.1 General.............................................81

CHAPTER 10 SWIMMING POOLS, SPAS, AND HOT TUBS........................83

1001.0 General.............................................83

1001.1 Practices...........................................83

1001.2 On and Off Switch ...........................83

1001.3 Covers ..............................................83

1001.4 Time Switches..................................83

CHAPTER 11 REFERENCED STANDARDS...85

1101.0 General.............................................85

1101.1 Standards..........................................85

Table 1101.1 Referenced Standards ......................85

APPENDICES TABLE OF CONTENTS...................91

Appendix A Method of CalculatingWater Savings ..................................93

Appendix B Potable Rainwater CatchmentSystems ............................................97

Appendix C Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning SystemsCommissioning ..............................101

INDEX .................................................151

xiv GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

1GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

101.0 Title, Scope, and General.

101.1 Title. This document shall be known as the “IAPMOGreen Plumbing and Mechanical Code Supplement,” shall becited as such, and will be referred to herein as “this supplement.”

101.2 Purpose. The purpose of this supplement is toprovide a comprehensive set of technically sound provisionsthat encourage sustainable practices and works towardsenhancing the design and construction of plumbing andmechanical systems that result in a positive long-term envi-ronmental impact. This supplement is not intended to circum-vent the health, safety and general welfare requirements ofthe codes referenced in Section 101.6.

101.3 Plans Required. The Authority Having Jurisdictionshall be permitted to require the submission of plans, speci-fications, drawings, and such other information as theAuthority Having Jurisdiction may deem necessary, prior tothe commencement of, and at any time during the progressof, any work regulated by this supplement. The issuance of apermit upon plans and specifications shall not prevent theAuthority Having Jurisdiction from thereafter requiring thecorrection of errors in said plans and specifications or frompreventing construction operations being carried on there-under when in violation of this supplement or of any otherpertinent ordinance or from revoking any certificate ofapproval when issued in error.

101.4 Scope. The provisions of this supplement applies tothe erection, installation, alteration, repair, relocation, replace-ment, addition to, use, or maintenance of plumbing andmechanical systems covered by the scope of this supplementwithin this jurisdiction.

101.4.1 Repairs and Alterations. In existing build-ings or premises in which plumbing and mechanicalinstallations that were designed and installed in accor-dance with this supplement are to be altered, repaired, orrenovated, deviations from the provisions of this supple-ment are permitted, provided such deviations are foundto be necessary and are first approved by the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction.

101.4.2 Existing Construction. No provision of thissupplement shall be deemed to require a change in anyportion of a plumbing or mechanical system or any otherwork regulated by this supplement in or on an existingbuilding or lot when such work was installed and ismaintained in accordance with law in effect prior to theeffective date of this supplement, except when any suchplumbing or mechanical system is determined by theAuthority Having Jurisdiction to be in fact dangerous,unsafe, insanitary, a nuisance or a menace to life, health,or property.

101.5 Appendices. The provisions in the appendices areintended to augment the requirements of this supplement and

shall not be considered part of this supplement unlessformally adopted as such.

101.6 Referenced Codes and Standards. The codesand standards referenced elsewhere in this supplement shallbe considered part of the requirements of this supplement tothe prescribed extent of each such reference.

101.6.1 Building. The provisions of the building codeshall apply to the construction, alteration, movement,enlargement, replacement, repair, use and occupancy,location, maintenance, removal and demolition of everystructure or any appurtenances connected or attached tosuch buildings or structures.

101.6.2 Electrical. The provisions of the electricalcode shall apply to the installation of electrical systems,including but not limited to, alterations, repair, replace-ment, equipment, appliances, fixtures, fittings, andappurtenances thereto.

101.6.3 Mechanical. The provisions of the mechan-ical code shall apply to the installation, alterations, repairand replacement of mechanical systems, including equip-ment, appliances, including ventilating, heating, cooling,air-conditioning and refrigeration systems. Where amechanical code is not adopted or where the content ofthe mechanical code adopted by the jurisdiction is notapplicable, then mechanical code shall mean the UniformMechanical Code (UMC) promulgated by the Interna-tional Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials(IAPMO).

101.6.4 Plumbing. The provisions of the plumbing codeshall apply to the installation, alteration, repair and replace-ment of plumbing systems, including equipment, appli-ances, fixtures, fittings and appurtenances. Where aplumbing code is not adopted or where the content of theplumbing code adopted by the jurisdiction is not applicable,then plumbing code shall mean the Uniform PlumbingCode (UPC) promulgated by the International Associationof Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO).

101.6.5 Solar. Solar energy systems shall be installedin accordance with the Uniform Solar Energy Code(USEC) promulgated by the International Association ofPlumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO).

101.6.6 Swimming Pool. The provisions of the swim-ming pool code shall apply to the erection, installation,alteration, repair, relocation, replacement, addition to,use and maintenance of swimming pools, spas, or hot tubsystems. Where a swimming pool code is not adopted orwhere the content of the swimming pool code adoptedby the jurisdiction is not applicable, then swimming poolcode shall mean the Uniform Swimming Pool, Spa &Hot Tub Code (USPSHTC) promulgated by the Interna-tional Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials(IAPMO).

CHAPTER 1

ADMINISTRATION

2 GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT

ADMINISTRATION

101.7 Conflicts. Where, in any specific case, differentsections of this supplement or referenced standards specifydifferent materials, methods of construction, or other require-ments, the most restrictive shall govern as determined by theAuthority Having Jurisdiction. When there is a conflictbetween a general requirement and a specific requirement,the specific requirement shall be applicable. [UMC:101.3.1]

102.0 Alternate Materials, Designs, and Methods ofConstruction Equivalency.

102.1 General. Nothing in this supplement is intended toprevent the use of systems, methods, or devices of equivalentor superior quality, strength, fire resistance, effectiveness,durability, and safety over those prescribed by this supple-ment. Technical documentation shall be submitted to theAuthority Having Jurisdiction to demonstrate equivalency.The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority toapprove or disapprove the system, method, or device for theintended purpose.

However, the exercise of this discretionary approval bythe Authority Having Jurisdiction shall have no effect beyondthe jurisdictional boundaries of said Authority Having Juris-diction. Any alternate material or method of construction soapproved shall not be considered as conforming to therequirements, intent or both of this supplement for anypurpose other than that granted by the Authority Having Juris-diction when the submitted data does not prove equivalency.[UPC:301.2]

103.0 Plans and Specifications.

103.1 Submission. Plans, engineering calculations,diagrams, and other data shall be submitted in one or moresets with each application for a permit. The Authority HavingJurisdiction shall be permitted to require plans, computations,and specifications to be prepared by, and the plumbingdesigned by, an engineer or architect licensed by the state topractice as such. [UPC:103.2.1]

Exception: The Authority Having Jurisdiction shall bepermitted to waive the submission of plans, calculations, orother data if the Authority Having Jurisdiction finds that thenature of the work applied for is such that reviewing of plansis not necessary to obtain compliance within this supplement.

103.2 Information on Plans and Specifications. Plansand specifications shall be drawn to scale upon substantialpaper or cloth and shall indicate the location, nature, andextent of the work proposed and show in detail that it is inaccordance with to the provisions of this supplement and rele-vant laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations. [UPC:103.2.2]

103.2.1 Supplemental Information. Supplementalinformation necessary to verify compliance with thissupplement, such as calculations, worksheets, compli-ance forms, product listings, or other data, shall be madeavailable when required by the Authority Having Juris-diction.

104.0 Permit Issuance.

104.1 Issuance. The application, plans, and specificationsand other data filed by an applicant for a permit shall bereviewed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Such plansshall be permitted to be reviewed by other departments of thisjurisdiction to verify compliance with applicable laws undertheir jurisdiction. Where the Authority Having Jurisdictionfinds that the work described in an application for permit andthe plans, specifications, and other data filed therewith are inaccordance with the requirements of the supplement and otherpertinent laws and ordinances, and that the applicable feeshave been paid, the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall issuea permit therefore to the applicant.

Where the Authority Having Jurisdiction issues thepermit where plans are required, the Authority Having Juris-diction shall endorse in writing or stamp the plans and spec-ifications “APPROVED.” Such approved plans andspecifications shall not be changed, modified, or alteredwithout authorization from the Authority Having Jurisdiction,and the work shall be done in accordance with approvedplans. [UPC:103.3]

104.2 Permit Fees. The fees shall be determined andadopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

105.0 Inspections.

105.1 General. Plumbing and mechanical systems forwhich a permit is required by this supplement or the appli-cable code shall be inspected by the Authority Having Juris-diction. No portion of any plumbing or mechanical systemshall be concealed until inspected and approved. Neither theAuthority Having Jurisdiction nor the jurisdiction shall beliable for expense entailed in the removal or replacement ofmaterial required to permit inspection. When the installationof a plumbing or mechanical system is complete, an addi-tional and final inspection shall be made.

106.0 Connection Approval.

106.1 Connections. No person shall make connection toany plumbing system regulated by this supplement for whicha permit is required unless approved by the Authority HavingJurisdiction.

106.2 Energy Connections. No person shall makeconnections from a source of energy or fuel to any system orequipment regulated by this supplement and for which apermit is required until approved by the Authority HavingJurisdiction.

106.3 Temporary Connections. The Authority HavingJurisdiction shall be permitted to authorize temporary connec-tion of the plumbing or mechanical equipment to the sourceof energy or fuel for the purpose of testing the equipment.

107.0 Maintenance.

107.1 General. Plumbing and mechanical systems, mate-rials, and appurtenances, both existing and new, and partsthereof shall be maintained in proper operating condition in


ADMINISTRATION

accordance with the original design and in a safe and hazard-free condition. Devices or safeguards that are required by thissupplement shall be maintained in conformance with thesupplement edition under which installed. The owner or theowner’s designated agent shall be responsible for mainte-nance of plumbing and mechanical systems and equipment.To determine compliance with this subsection, the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction shall be permitted to cause a plumbingor mechanical system or equipment to be reinspected.

107.2 Information Required. Information, such as manu-facturer’s instructions, owner’s manuals or other informationshall be provided for all products and systems that requireregular maintenance to achieve the effective use of energyand water. A maintenance schedule that includes clear instruc-tions of the maintenance action and makes reference to theowner’s manual shall be required and made available.


201.0 General.

For the purpose of this supplement, the following terms havethe meanings indicated in this chapter.

No attempt is made to define ordinary words, which are usedin accordance with their established dictionary meanings,except where a word has been used loosely and it is necessaryto define its meaning as used in this supplement to avoidmisunderstanding.

The definitions of terms are arranged alphabetically accordingto the first word of the term.

202.0 Definition of Terms.

203.0 –A–

Accessible. When applied to a fixture, connection, appli-ance, or equipment, “accessible” means having accessthereto, but which first may require the removal of an accesspanel, door, or similar obstruction. [UPC:203.0]

Alternate Water Source. Non-potable source of water thatincludes but not limited to gray water, on-site treated non-potable water, rainwater, and reclaimed (recycled) water.

Authority Having Jurisdiction. The organization, office,or individual responsible for enforcing the requirements of acode or standard, or for approving equipment, materials,installations, or procedures. The Authority Having Jurisdic-tion shall be a federal, state, local, or other regional depart-ment or an individual such as a plumbing official, mechanicalofficial, labor department official, health department official,building official, or others having statutory authority. In theabsence of a statutory authority, the Authority Having Juris-diction may be some other responsible party. This definitionshall include the Authority Having Jurisdiction’s duly author-ized representative. [UPC:203.0]

204.0 –B–

Building Code. The building code that is adopted by thejurisdiction.

205.0 –C–

Catch Can Test. Method to measure the precipitation rateof an irrigation system by placing catchment containers atvarious random positions in the irrigation zone for aprescribed amount of time during irrigation application. Thevolumes of water in the containers are measured, averagedand calculated to determine precipitation rate. Tests areconducted using irrigation industry accepted practices.

Combination Ovens. A device that combines the functionof hot air convection (oven mode) and saturated and super-heated steam heating (steam mode), or both, to performsteaming, baking, roasting, rethermalizing, and proofing ofvarious food products. In general, the term combination oven

is used to describe this type of equipment, which is selfcontained. The combination oven is also referred to as acombination oven/steamer, combi or combo.

Conditioned Space. An area, room, or space normallyoccupied and being heated or cooled for human habitation byany equipment. [UMC:205.0]

Cycles of Concentration for Cooling Towers. Cyclesof concentration equals the specific conductance of the waterin the cooling tower basin divided by the combined flowweighted average specific conductance of the makeupwater(s) to the cooling tower.

206.0 –D–

Debris Excluder. A device installed on the rainwater catch-ment conveyance system to prevent the accumulation ofleaves, needles, or other debris in the system.

Dry Weather Runoff. Water that flows along a surface, ina channel or sub-surface including groundwater seepage, andis not associated with a rainwater catchment system orstormwater catchment system.

207.0 –E–

Electrical Code. The electrical code that is adopted by thejurisdiction.

Energy Efficiency Ratio (EER). The ratio of net coolingcapacity in British thermal units per hour (Btu/h) to totalrate of electric input in watts under designated operatingconditions.

Energy Star. A joint program of the U.S. EnvironmentalProtection Agency and the U.S. Department of Energy.Energy Star is a voluntary program designed to identify andpromote energy-efficient products and practices.

Evapotranspiration (ET). The combination of water tran-spired from vegetation and evaporated from the soil, water,and plant surfaces. Evapotranspiration rates are expressed ininches per day, week, month, or year. Evapotranspirationvaries by climate and time of year. Common usage includesEvapotranspiration as the base rate (water demand of 4-6 inchtall cool season grass), with coefficients for specific planttypes. Evapotranspiration rates are used as a factor in esti-mating the irrigation water needs of landscapes. Local agri-culture extension, state departments of agriculture, wateragencies, irrigation professionals, and internet websites arecommon sources for obtaining local Evapotranspiration rates.

208.0 –F–

Food Steamers (Steam Cookers). A cooking appliancewherein heat is imparted to food in a closed compartment bydirect contact with steam. The compartment can be at or aboveatmospheric pressure. The steam can be static or circulated.

CHAPTER 2

DEFINITIONS


DEFINITIONS

209.0 –G–

Gang Showers (non-residential). Shower compartmentsdesigned and intended for use by multiple persons simulta-neously in non-residential occupancies.

Geothermal. Renewable energy generated by deep-earth.

Gray Water. Untreated waste water that has not come intocontact with toilet waste, kitchen sink waste, dishwasherwaste or similarly contaminated sources. Gray water includeswaste water from bathtubs, showers, lavatories, clotheswashers and laundry tubs. Also known as grey water, graywater, and greywater.

Gray Water Diverter Valve. A valve that directs graywater to the sanitary drainage system or to a subsurface irrigation system.

210.0 –H–

Heating Seasonal Performance Factor (HSPF). Thetotal heating output of a heat pump during its normal annualusage period for heating (in Btu) divided by the total electricenergy input during the same period.

Hydrozone. A grouping of plants with similar water require-ments that are irrigated by the same irrigation zone.

211.0 –I–

Integrated Energy Efficiency Ratio (IEER). A singlenumber figure of merit expressing cooling part-load EER effi-ciency for commercial unitary air-conditioning and heat pumpequipment on the basis of weighted operation at various loadcapacities for the equipment.

Integrated Part-Load Value (IPLV). A single-numberfigure of merit based on part-load EER, COP, or kW/tonexpressing part-load efficiency for air-conditioning and heatpump equipment on the basis of weighted operation at variousload capacities for the equipment.

Irrigation Demand. The amount of irrigation water notsupplied by natural precipitation that is needed to maintainlandscape plant life in good condition. Irrigation demand is calculated by subtracting natural effective precipitation from the ET rate adjusted by the crop coefficient of the plantbeing irrigated.

Irrigation Emission Device. The various landscape irri-gation equipment terminal fittings or outlets that emit waterfor irrigating vegetation in a landscape.

Irrigation Zone. The landscape area that is irrigated by aset of landscape irrigation emission devices installed on thesame water supply line downstream of a single valve.

212.0 –J–

No Definitions.

213.0 –K–

Kitchen and Bar Sink Faucets. A faucet that dischargesinto a kitchen or bar sink in domestic or commercial installations. Supply fittings that discharge into other type

sinks, including clinic sinks, floor sinks, service sinks andlaundry trays are not included.

214.0 –L–

Lavatory. 1) a basin or vessel, for washing. 2) a plumbingfixture, as above, especially placed for use in personalhygiene. Principally not used for laundry purposes and neverused for food preparation, or utensils, in food services. 3) afixture designed for the washing of the hands and face. Some-times called a wash basin.

Lavatory Faucet. A faucet that discharges into a lavatorybasin in a domestic or commercial installation.

Listed (Third-party Certified). Equipment or materialsincluded in a list published by a listing agency (accreditedconformity assessment body) that maintains periodic inspec-tion on current production of listed equipment or materialsand whose listing states either that the equipment or materialcomplies with approved standards or has been tested andfound suitable for use in a specified manner. [UPC:214.0]

Listing Agency. An agency accredited by an independentand authoritative conformity assessment body to operate amaterial and product listing and labeling (certification)system and that is accepted by the Authority Having Juris-diction, which is in the business of listing or labeling. Thesystem includes initial and ongoing product testing, a peri-odic inspection on current production of listed (certified)products, and makes available a published report of suchlisting in which specific information is included that the mate-rial or product conforms to applicable standards and foundsafe for use in a specific manner. [UPC:214.0]

Low Application Rate Irrigation. A means of irrigationusing Low Precipitation Rate Sprinkler Heads or Low FlowEmitters in conjunction with cycling irrigation schedules toapply water at a rate less than the soil absorption rate.

Low Flow Emitter. Low flow irrigation emission devicedesigned to dissipate water pressure and discharge a smalluniform flow or trickle of water at a constant flow rate. To beclassified as a Low Flow Emitter: drip emitters shalldischarge water at less than 4 gallons (15 L) per hour peremitter; micro-spray, micro-jet and misters shall dischargewater at a maximum of 30 gallons (113 L) per hour pernozzle.

Low Precipitation Rate Sprinkler Heads. Landscapeirrigation emission devices or sprinkler heads with maximumprecipitation rate of 1 inch per hour over the applied irrigationarea.

215.0 –M–

Maintenance. The upkeep of property or equipment by theowner of the property in compliance with the requirementsof this supplement.

Mechanical Code. The mechanical code that is adopted bythe jurisdiction. Where a mechanical code is not adopted orwhere the content of the mechanical code adopted by thejurisdiction is not applicable, then mechanical code shallmean the Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) promulgated by


DEFINITIONS

the International Association of Plumbing and MechanicalOfficials (IAPMO).

Metering Faucet. A self-closing faucet that dispenses aspecific volume of water for each actuation cycle. Thevolume or cycle duration can be fixed or adjustable.

Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV). Filterminimum efficiency reporting value, based on ASHRAE52.2.

Mulch. Organic materials, such as wood chips and fines, treebark chips, and pine needles that are used in a mulch basin toconceal gray water outlets and permit the infiltration of graywater.

Mulch Basin. A subsurface catchment area for gray waterthat is filled with mulch and of sufficient depth and volumeto prevent ponding, surfacing or runoff.

Multi-Occupant Spaces. Indoor spaces used for presen-tations and training, including classrooms and conferencerooms.

216.0 –N–

No Definitions.

217.0 –O–

On-Site Treated Non-Potable Water. Non-potable water,that has been collected, treated, and intended to be used on-site and is suitable for direct beneficial use. Sources for on-site treated non-potable water include but are not limited togray water; black water; rainwater; stormwater; reclaimed(recycled) water; swimming pool backwash; condensate;cooling tower blow-down water; foundation drainage; fluidcooler discharge water; food steamer discharge water; combi-nation oven discharge water; industrial process water; firepump test water and dry weather runoff.

218.0 –P–

Plumbing Code. The plumbing code that is adopted by thejurisdiction. Where a plumbing code is not adopted or wherethe content of the plumbing code adopted by the jurisdictionis not applicable, then plumbing code shall mean the UniformPlumbing Code (UPC) promulgated by the InternationalAssociation of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO).

Potable Water. Water that is satisfactory for drinking, culi-nary, and domestic purposes and that meets the requirementsof the Health Authority Having Jurisdiction.

Precipitation Rate. The sprinkler head application rate ofwater applied to landscape irrigation zone, measured asinches (millimeters) per hour. Precipitation rates of sprinklerheads are calculated according to the flow rate, pattern andspacing of the sprinkler heads.

Pre-Rinse Spray Valve. A handheld device for use withcommercial dishwashing and ware washing equipment thatsprays water on dishes, flatware, and other food service itemsfor the purpose of removing food residue before cleaning andsanitizing the items.

219.0 –Q–

Quick-Disconnect Device. A hand-operated device thatprovides a means for connecting and disconnecting a hose toa water supply and that is equipped with a means to shut offthe water supply when the device is disconnected.

220.0 –R–

Rainwater. Natural precipitation that has contacted a rooftopor other man-made above ground surface and has not beenput to beneficial use.

Rainwater Catchment System. A system that collectsand stores rainwater for the intended purpose of beneficialuse. Also known as Rain Water Harvesting System.

Recirculation System. A system of hot water supply andreturn piping with shutoff valves, balancing valves, circu-lating pumps, and a method of controlling the circulatingsystem.

Reclaimed (Recycled) Water. Non-potable waterprovided by a water/wastewater utility that, as a result oftreatment of domestic wastewater, meets requirements of theAuthority Having Jurisdiction for its intended uses.

Roof Washer. A device or method for removal of sedimentand debris from a collection surface by diverting initial rain-fall from entry into the cistern(s). Also known as a first flushdevice.

Run Out. The developed length of pipe that extends awayfrom the circulating loop system to a fixture(s).

221.0 –S–

Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio (SEER). The totalcooling output of an air conditioner during its normal annualusage period for cooling (in Btu) divided by the total electricenergy input during the same period (in Wh).

Self Closing Faucet. A faucet that closes itself after theactuation or control mechanism is deactivated. The actuationor control mechanism can be mechanical or electronic.

Single Occupant Spaces. Private offices, workstationsin open offices, reception workstations, and ticket booths.

Soil Absorption Rate. The rate of the soil’s ability to allowwater to percolate or infiltrate the soil and be retained in theroot zone of the soil, expressed as inches (millimeters) per hour.

Sprinkler Head. Landscape irrigation emission devicedischarging water in the form of sprays or rotating streams,not including Low Flow Emitters.

Storage Tank. The central component of the rainwater,stormwater or dry weather runoff catchment system. Alsoknown as a cistern or rain barrel.

Stormwater. Natural precipitation that has contacted asurface at grade or below grade and has not been put to bene-ficial use.

Stormwater Catchment System. A system that collectsand stores stormwater for a beneficial use.

Submeter. A meter installed subordinate to a site meter.Also known as a dedicated meter.


Subsoil Irrigation Field. Gray water irrigation fieldinstalled in a trench within the layer of soil below the topsoil.This system is typically used for irrigation of deep rootedplants.

Subsurface Irrigation Field. Gray water irrigation fieldinstalled below finished grade within the topsoil.

Surge Tank. A reservoir to modify the fluctuation in flowrates to allow for uniform distribution of gray water to thepoints of irrigation.

222.0 –T–

No definitions.

223.0 –U–

No definitions.

224.0 –V–

No definitions.

225.0 –W–

WaterSense. A voluntary program of the U.S. Environ-mental Protection Agency designed to identify and promotewater-efficient products and practices.

Water Closet. A fixture with a water-containing receptorthat receives liquid and solid body waste and on actuationconveys the waste through an exposed integral trap into adrainage system. Also referred to as a toilet.

Water Factor (WF). A measurement and rating of appli-ance water efficiency, most often used for residential and lightcommercial clothes washers, as follows:

Clothes Washer (residential and commercial).The quantity of water in gallons used to complete a fullwash and rinse cycle per measured cubic foot capacityof the clothes container.

Water/Wastewater Utility. A public or private entity whichmay treat, deliver or do both functions to reclaimed (recy-cled) water, potable water, or both to wholesale or retailcustomers.

226.0 –X–

No definitions.

227.0 –Y–

No definitions.

228.0 –Z–

No definitions.

DEFINITIONS


301.0 Scope.

This chapter covers the general requirements for plumbingand mechanical systems covered by this supplement. Suchsystems shall be in accordance with the requirements of thissupplement, the plumbing code and the mechanical code.

302.0 Approval.

302.1 Plumbing Materials and Systems. Pipe, pipefittings, traps, fixtures, material, and devices used in aplumbing system shall be listed or labeled (third-party certi-fied) by a listing agency (accredited conformity assessmentbody) and shall comply to approved applicable recognizedstandards referenced in this supplement and the plumbingcode, and shall be free from defects. Plastic pipe and thefittings used for plastic pipe, other than those for gas, shallmeet the requirements of NSF 14. Unless otherwise providedfor in this supplement, materials, fixtures, or devices used orentering into the construction of plumbing systems, or partsthereof, shall be submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdic-tion for approval. [UPC:301.1]

302.2 Mechanical Systems. Mechanical equipment andappliances shall be approved by the Authority Having Juris-diction or comply with the applicable nationally referencedstandards as evidenced by the listing and label of an approvedagency.

303.0 Installation.

303.1 Plumbing and Mechanical Systems. Plumbingand mechanical systems covered by this supplement shall beinstalled in a manner conforming to the plumbing, mechan-ical, other applicable codes, and the manufacturer’s installa-tion and operating instructions.

303.2 Rehabilitation of Piping Systems. When pres-sure piping systems are rehabilitated using an epoxy liningsystem it shall meet ASTM F2831.

303.3 Qualifications. Where permits are required, theAuthority Having Jurisdiction shall have the authority torequire contractors, installers, or service technicians todemonstrate competency. Where determined by the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction, the contractor, installer or service tech-nician shall be licensed to perform such work.

304.0 Disposal of Liquid Waste.

304.1 Disposal. It shall be unlawful for any person to cause,suffer, or permit the disposal of sewage, human excrement, orother liquid wastes, in any place or manner, except throughand by means of an approved drainage system, installed andmaintained in accordance with the provisions of the plumbingcode and this supplement.

304.2 Connections to Plumbing System Required.Plumbing fixtures, drains, appurtenances, and appliances,used to receive or discharge liquid wastes or sewage, shall beconnected properly to the drainage system of the building orpremises, in accordance with the requirements of theplumbing code and this supplement.

305.0 Abandonment.

305.1 General. Every abandoned system or part thereofcovered under the scope of this supplement shall be discon-nected from any remaining systems, drained, plugged, andcapped in an approved manner.

305.2 Underground Tank. Every underground waterstorage tank that has been abandoned or otherwise discon-tinued from use in a system covered under the scope of thissupplement shall be completely drained and filled with earth,sand, gravel, concrete, or other approved material or removedin a manner satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

306.0 Life Cycle Assessment. Reserved.

CHAPTER 3

GENERAL REGULATIONS


401.0 General.

401.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter establish themeans of conserving potable and non-potable water used inand around a building.

402.0 Water-Conserving Plumbing Fixtures andFittings.

402.1 General. The maximum water consumption offixtures and fixture fittings shall comply with the flow ratesspecifiied in Table 402.1 and Section 402.2 through Section402.9.

402.2 Water Closets. No water closet shall have a flushvolume exceeding 1.6 gallons per flush (gpf) (6.1 Lpf).

402.2.1 Gravity, Pressure Assisted and Electro-Hydraulic Tank Type Water Closets. Gravity, pres-sure assisted, and electro-hydraulic tank type waterclosets shall have a maximum effective flush volume ofnot more than 1.28 gallons (4.84 L) of water per flush in

accordance with ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1 or ASMEA112.19.14 and shall also be listed to the EPAWaterSense Tank-Type High Efficiency Toilet Specifi-cation. The effective flush volume for dual flush toiletsis defined as the composite, average flush volume of tworeduced flushes and one full flush.

402.2.2 Flushometer-Valve Activated WaterClosets. Flushometer-valve activated water closetsshall have a maximum flush volume of not more than 1.6gallons (6.1 L) of water per flush in accordance withASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1.

402.2.3 Composting Toilets. Reserved.

402.3 Urinals. Urinals shall have a maximum flush volumeof not more than 0.5 gallon (1.9 L) of water per flush in accor-dance with ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1 or IAPMO Z124.9.Flushing urinals shall be listed to the EPA WaterSenseFlushing Urinal Specification.

402.3.1 Nonwater Urinals. Nonwater urinals shallcomply with ASME A112.19.3/CSA B45.4, ASMEA112.19.19/CSA B45.4 or IAPMO Z124.9. Nonwaterurinals shall be cleaned and maintained in accordancewith the manufacturer’s instructions after installation.Where nonwater urinals are installed they shall have awater distribution line roughed-in to the urinal location ata height not less than 56 inches (1422 mm) abovefinished floor to allow for the installation of an approvedbackflow prevention device in the event of a retrofit.Such water distribution lines shall be installed withshutoff valves located as close as possible to the distrib-uting main to prevent the creation of dead ends. Wherenonwater urinals are installed, not less than one watersupplied fixture rated at not less than 1 drainage fixtureunit (DFU) shall be installed upstream on the same drainline to facilitate drain line flow and rinsing.

402.4 Residential Kitchen Faucets. The maximum flowrate of residential kitchen faucets shall not exceed 1.8 gallonsper minute (gpm) (0.11 L/s) at 60 pounds-force per square inch(psi) (414 kPa). Kitchen faucets are permitted to temporarilyincrease the flow above the maximum rate, but not to exceed2.2 gpm (0.77 L/s) at 60 psi ( 414 kPa), and must revert to amaximum flow rate of 1.8 gpm (0.11 L/s) at 60 psi (414 kPa)upon valve closure.

402.5 Lavatory Faucets. The maximum water flow rate offaucets shall be in accordance with Section 402.5.1 andSection 402.5.2.

402.5.1 Lavatory Faucets in Residences, Apart-ments, and Private Bathrooms in Lodging Facil-ities, Hospitals, and Patient Care Facilities. Theflow rate for lavatory faucets installed in residences,apartments, and private bathrooms in lodging, hospitals,and patient care facilities (including skilled nursing andlong-term care facilities) shall not exceed 1.5 gpm (0.09

CHAPTER 4

WATER EFFICIENCY AND CONSERVATION

TABLE 402.1

MAXIMUM FIXTURE AND FIXTURE FITTINGS FLOW RATES

FIXTURE TYPE FLOW RATE

Showerheads 2.0 gpm @ 80 psi1

Kitchen faucets residential5 1.8 gpm @ 60 psi

Lavatory faucets residential 1.5 gpm @ 60 psi

Lavatory faucets other than

residential0.5 gpm @ 60 psi

Metering faucets 0.25 gallons/cycle

Metering faucets for wash fountains0.25 [rim space (in.)/20 gpm

@ 60 psi]

Wash fountains2.2 [rim space (in.)/20 gpm

@ 60 psi]

Water Closets - other than remote

locations41.28 gallons/flush2

Water Closets - remote locations4 1.6 gallons/flush

Urinals 0.5 gallons/flush3

Commercial Pre-Rinse Spray

Valves1.3 gpm @ 60 psi

1 For multiple showerheads serving one shower compartment see Section

402.6.22 Shall also be listed to EPA WaterSense Tank-Type High Efficiency

Toilet Specification. 3 Shall also be listed to EPA WaterSense Flushing Urinal Specification.

Nonwater urinals shall meet the specifications listed in Section 402.3.1.4 Remote location is where a water closet is located at least 30 feet

upstream of the nearest drain line connections or fixtures, and is located

where less than 1.5 drainage fixture units are upstream of the water

closet’s drain line connection.5 See Section 402.4.



L/s) at 60 psi (414 kPa) in accordance with ASMEA112.18.1/CSA B125.1 and shall be listed to the U.S.EPA WaterSense High-Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Spec-ification.

402.5.2 Lavatory Faucets in Other Than Resi-dences, Apartments, and Private Bathrooms inLodging Facilities. Lavatory faucets installed in bath-rooms of buildings or occupancies other than those spec-ified in Section 402.5.1 shall be in accordance withSection 402.5.2.1 or Section 402.5.2.2.

402.5.2.1 Maximum Flow Rate. The flow rateshall not exceed 0.5 gpm (0.03 L/s) at 60 psi (414kPa) in accordance with ASME A112.18.1/CSAB125.1.

402.5.2.2 Metering Faucets. Metering faucetsshall deliver not more than 0.25 gallons (0.95 L) ofwater per cycle.

402.6 Showers.

402.6.1 Showerheads. Showerheads shall complywith the requirements of the Energy Policy Act of 1992,except that the flow rate shall not exceed 2.0 gpm (0.13 L/s) at 80 psi (552 kPa), when listed to ASMEA112.18.1/CSA B125.1.

402.6.2 Multiple Showerheads Serving OneShower Compartment. The total allowable flow rateof water from multiple showerheads flowing at any giventime, with or without a diverter, including rain systems,waterfalls, bodysprays, and jets, shall not exceed 2.0 gpm(0.13 L/s) per shower compartment, where the floor areaof the shower compartment is less than 1800 squareinches (1.161 m2). For each increment of 1800 squareinches (1.161 m2) of floor area thereafter or part thereof,additional showerheads are allowed, provided the totalflow rate of water from all flowing devices shall notexceed 2.0 gpm (0.13 L/s) for each such increment.

Exceptions:

(1) Gang showers in non-residential occupancies.Singular showerheads or multiple shower outletsserving one showering position in gang showers shallnot have more than 2.0 gpm (0.13 L/s) total flow.

(2) Where provided, accessible shower compartmentsshall not be permitted to have more than 4.0 gpm(0.25 L/s) total flow, where one outlet is the handshower. The hand shower shall have a control witha nonpositive shutoff feature.

402.6.3 Bath and Shower Diverters. The rate ofleakage out of the tub spout of bath and shower diverterswhile operating in the shower mode shall not exceed 0.1gpm (0.006 L/s) in accordance with ASMEA112.18.1/CSA B125.1.

402.6.4 Shower Valves. Shower valves shall meet thetemperature control performance requirements of ASSE1016 or ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1 when tested at2.0 gpm (0.13 L/s).

402.7 Commercial Pre-Rinse Spray Valves. The flowrate for a pre-rinse spray valve installed in a commercial

kitchen to remove food waste from cookware and dishes priorto cleaning shall not be more than 1.3 gpm (0.08 L/s) at 60 psi(414 kPa). Where pre-rinse spray valves with maximum flowrates of 1.0 gpm (0.06 L/s) or less are installed, the static pres-sure shall be not less than 30 psi (207 kPa). Commercialkitchen pre-rinse spray valves shall be equipped with an inte-gral automatic shutoff.

402.8 Emergency Safety Showers and Eye WashStations. Emergency safety showers and emergency eyewash stations shall not be limited in their water supply flowrates.

402.9 Drinking Fountains. Drinking fountains shall beself-closing.

402.10 Water and Drain Pipe Sizing. Reserved

402.11 Installation. Water-conserving fixtures and fixturefittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufac-turers’ instructions to maintain their rated performance.

403.0 Appliances.

403.1 Dishwashers. Residential and commercial dish-washers shall be in accordance with the Energy Star programrequirements.

403.2 Clothes Washers. Residential clothes washers shallbe in accordance with the Energy Star program requirements.Commercial clothes washers shall be in accordance withEnergy Star program requirements, where such requirementsexist.

404.0 Pressure Regulator.

404.1 Installation. Pressure regulators shall be installed inaccordance with the plumbing code.

405.0 Water Softeners and Treatment Devices.

405.1 Water Softeners. Actuation of regeneration of watersofteners shall be by demand initiation. Water softeners shallbe listed to NSF/ANSI Standard 44. Water softeners shallhave a rated salt efficiency exceeding 3400 grains (gr)(0.2200 kg) of total hardness exchange per pound (lb) (0.5 kg) of salt, based on sodium chloride (NaCl) equivalency,and shall not generate more than 5 gallons (19 L) of water per1000 grains (0.0647 kg) of hardness removed during theservice cycle.

405.2 Water Softener Limitations. In residential build-ings, where the supplied potable water hardness is equal toor less than 8 grains per gallon (gr/gal) (137 mg/L) measuredas total calcium carbonate equivalents, water softening equip-ment that discharges water into the wastewater system duringthe service cycle shall not be allowed, except as required formedical purposes.

405.3 Point-of-Use Reverse Osmosis Water Treat-ment Systems. Reverse osmosis water treatment systemsinstalled in residential occupancies shall be equipped withautomatic shutoff valves to prevent discharge when there is nocall for producing treated water. Reverse osmosis water treat-ment systems shall be listed to meet NSF/ANSI Standard 58.



406.0 Occupancy Specific Water Efficiency Require-ments.

406.1 Commercial Food Service.

406.1.1 Ice Makers. Ice makers shall be air cooled andshall be in accordance with Energy Star for commercialice machines.

406.1.2 Food Steamers. All steamers shall consumenot more than 5.0 gallons (19 L) per hour per steamerpan in the full operational mode.

406.1.3 Combination Ovens. Combination ovensshall not consume more than 3.5 gph (13 L/h) per pan inthe full operational mode.

406.1.4 Grease Interceptors. Grease interceptormaintenance procedures shall not include post-pumping/cleaning refill using potable water. Refill shallbe by connected appliance accumulated discharge only.

406.1.5 Dipper Well Faucets. Where dipper wellsare installed, the water supply to a dipper well shall havea shutoff valve and flow control. The flow of water intoa dipper well shall be limited by at least one of thefollowing methods:

(1) Maximum Continuous Flow. Water flow shallnot exceed the water capacity of the dipper well inone minute at supply pressure of 60 psi (414 kPa),and the maximum flow shall not exceed 2.2 gpm(0.14 L/s) at a supply pressure of 60 psi (414 kPa).The water capacity of a dipper well shall be themaximum amount of water that the fixture can holdbefore water flows into the drain.

(2) Metered Flow. The volume of water dispensedinto a dipper well in each activation cycle of a selfclosing fixture fitting shall not exceed the watercapacity of the dipper well, and the maximum flowshall not exceed 2.2 gpm (0.14 L/s) at a supply pres-sure of 60 psi (414 kPa).

406.2 Medical and Laboratory Facilities.

406.2.1 Steam Sterilizers. Controls shall be installedto limit the discharge temperature of condensate or waterfrom steam sterilizers to 140°F (60°C) or less. Venturi-type vacuum system shall not be utilized with vacuumsterilizers.

406.2.2 X-Ray Film Processing Units. Processorsfor X-ray film exceeding 6 inches (152 mm) in anydimension shall be equipped with water recycling units.

406.2.3 Exhaust Hood Liquid ScrubberSystems. Liquid scrubber systems for exhaust hoodsand ducts shall be of the recirculation type. Liquidscrubber systems for perchloric acid exhaust hoods andducts shall be equipped with a timer-controlled waterrecirculation system. The collection sump for perchloricacid exhaust systems shall be designed to automaticallydrain after the wash down process has completed.

407.0 Leak Detection and Control.

407.1 General. Where installed, leak detection and controldevices shall comply with IAPMO IGC115. Note: Leakdetection and control devices help protect property fromwater damage and also conserve water by shutting off theflow when leaks are detected.

408.0 Fountains and Other Water Features.

408.1 Use of Alternate Water Source for SpecialWater Features. Special water features such as ponds andwater fountains shall be provided with reclaimed (recycled)water, rainwater, or on-site treated non-potable water wherethe source and capacity is available on the premises andapproved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

409.0 Meters.

409.1 Required. A water meter shall be required for build-ings connected to a public water system, including munici-pally supplied reclaimed (recycled) water. In other thansingle-family houses, multi-family structures of three storiesor fewer above grade, and modular houses, a separate meteror submeter shall be installed in the following locations:

(1) The water supply for irrigated landscape with an accu-mulative area exceeding 2500 square feet (232 m2).

(2) The makeup water supply to cooling towers, evaporativecondensers, and fluid coolers.

(3) The makeup water supply to one or more boilers collec-tively exceeding 1 000 000 British thermal units per hour(Btu/h) (293 kW).

(4) The water supply to a water-using process where theconsumption exceeds 1000 gallons per day (gal/d)(0.0438 L/s), except for manufacturing processes.

(5) The water supply to each building on a property withmultiple buildings where the water consumption exceeds500 gal/d (0.021 L/s).

(6) The water supply to an individual tenant space on a prop-erty where any of the following applies:

(a) Water consumption exceeds 500 gal/d (0.021 L/s)for that tenant.

(b) Tenant space is occupied by a commercial laundry,cleaning operation, restaurant, food service, medicaloffice, dental office, laboratory, beauty salon, orbarbershop.

(c) Total building area exceeds 50 000 square feet (4645 m2).

(7) A makeup water supply to a swimming pool.

(8) The makeup water supply to an evaporative coolerhaving an air flow exceeding 30 000 cubic feet perminute (ft3/min) (14 158.2 L/s).

409.2 Consumption Data. A means of communicatingwater consumption data from submeters to the waterconsumer shall be provided.

409.3 Access. Meters and submeters shall be accessible.


410.0 HVAC Water Efficiency.

410.1 Once-Through Cooling. Once-through coolingusing potable water is prohibited.

410.2 Cooling Towers and Evaporative Coolers.Cooling towers and evaporative coolers shall be equippedwith makeup water and blow down meters, conductivitycontrollers and overflow alarms. Cooling towers shall beequipped with efficiency drift eliminators that achieve driftreduction to 0.002 percent of the circulated water volume forcounterflow towers and 0.005 percent for cross-flow towers.

410.3 Cooling Tower Makeup Water. Not less than fivecycles of concentration is required for air-conditioningcooling tower makeup water having a total hardness of lessthan 11 gr/gal (188 mg/L) expressed as calcium carbonate.Not less than 3.5 cycles of concentration is required for air-conditioning cooling tower makeup water having a total hard-ness equal to or exceeding 11 gr/gal (188 mg/L) expressed ascalcium carbonate.

Exception: Air-conditioning cooling tower makeup waterhaving discharge conductivity range not less than 7 gr/gal(120 mg/L) to 9 gr/gal (154 mg/L) of silica measured assilicon dioxide.

410.4 Evaporative Cooler Water Use. Evaporativecooling systems (also known as swamp coolers) shall use lessthan 3.5 gallons (13.2 L) of water per ton-hour of coolingwhen system controls are set to maximum water use. Wateruse, expressed in maximum water use per ton-hour ofcooling, shall be marked on the device and included inproduct user manuals, product information literature, andinstallation instructions. Water use information shall bereadily available at the time of code compliance inspection.

410.4.1 Overflow Alarm. Cooling systems shall beequipped with an overflow alarm to alert buildingowners, tenants, or maintenance personnel when thewater refill valve continues to allow water to flow intothe reservoir when the reservoir is already full. The alarmshall have a minimum sound pressure level rating of 85dBa measured at a distance of 10 feet.

410.4.2 Automatic Pump Shut-Off. Coolingsystems shall automatically cease pumping water to theevaporation pads when airflow across evaporation padsceases.

410.4.3 Cooler Reservoir Discharge. A waterquality management system (either timer or water qualitysensor) is required. Where timers are used, the timeinterval between discharge of reservoir water shall be setto 6 hours or greater of cooler operation. Where waterquality sensors are used, the discharge of reservoir watershall be set for greater 800 ppm or greater of TDS.Continuous discharge or continuous bleed systems areprohibited.

410.4.4 Discharge Water Reuse. Discharge watershall be reused where appropriate applications exist onsite. Where a nonpotable water source system exists onsite, evaporative cooler discharge water shall be collectedand discharged to such collection system.

Exception: Where the reservoir water adversely affectsthe quality of the nonpotable water supply making thenonpotable water unusable for its intended purposes.

410.4.5 Discharge Water to Drain. Where dischargewater is not recovered for reuse, the sump overflow lineshall not be directly connected to a drain. Where thedischarge water is put into a sanitary drain, a minimum 6inch (152 mm) air gap is required between the terminationof the discharge line and the drain opening. The dischargeline shall terminate in a location that is readily visible tothe building owner, tenants, or maintenance personnel.

410.5 Use of Reclaimed (Recycled) and On-SiteTreated Non-Potable Water for Cooling. Whereapproved for use by the water/wastewater utility and theAuthority Having Jurisdiction, reclaimed (recycled) or on-site treated non-potable water shall be permitted to be used forindustrial and commercial cooling or air-conditioning.

410.5.1 Drift Eliminator. A drift eliminator shall beutilized in a cooling system, utilizing alternate sourcesof water, where the aerosolized water may come incontact with employees or members of the public.

410.5.2 Disinfection. A biocide shall be used to treatthe cooling system recirculation water where the recy-cled water may come in contact with employees ormembers of the public.

411.0 Condensate Recovery. Condensate is permitted tobe used as on-site treated non-potable water where collected,stored and treated in accordance with Section 504.0.

412.0 Water-Powered Sump Pumps. Sump pumpspowered by potable or reclaimed (recycled) water pressureshall only be used as an emergency backup pump. The water-powered pump shall be equipped with a battery poweredalarm having a minimum rating of 85 dBa at 10 feet (3048mm). Water-powered pumps shall have a water efficiencyfactor of pumping at least 1.4 gallons (5.3 L) of water to aheight of 10 feet (3048 mm) for every gallon of water used tooperate the pump, measured at a water pressure of 60 psi (414kPa). Pumps shall be clearly labeled as to the gallons of waterpumped per gallon of potable water consumed.

Water-powered stormwater sump pumps shall beequipped with a reduced pressure principle backflow preven-tion assembly.

413.0 Landscape Irrigation Systems.

413.1 General. Where landscape irrigation systems areinstalled, they shall use low application irrigation methodsand comply with Sections 413.2 through 413.13. Require-ments limiting the amount or type of plant material used inlandscapes shall be established by the Authority Having Juris-diction.

Exception: Plants grown for food production.

413.2 Backflow Protection. Potable water and reclaimedwater supplies to landscape irrigation systems shall be



protected from backflow in accordance with the plumbingcode and Authority Having Jurisdiction.

413.3 Use of Alternate Water Sources for LandscapeIrrigation. Where available by pre-existing treatment,storage or distribution network, and where approved by theAuthority Having Jurisdiction, alternative water source(s)complying with Chapter 5 shall be utilized for landscape irri-gation. Where adequate capacity and volumes of pre-existingalternative water sources are available, the irrigation systemshall be designed to use minimum of 75 percent of alternativewater for the annual irrigation demand before supplementalpotable water is used.

413.4 Irrigation Control Systems. Where installed aspart of a landscape irrigation system, irrigation controlsystems shall:

413.4.1 Automatically adjust the irrigation schedule torespond to plant water needs determined by weather orsoil moisture conditions.

413.4.2 Utilize sensors to suspend irrigation during arainfall.

413.4.3 Utilize sensors to suspend irrigation whenadequate soil moisture is present for plant growth.

413.4.4 Have the capability to program multiple anddifferent run times for each irrigation zone to enablecycling of water applications and durations to mitigatewater flowing off of the intended irrigation zone.

413.4.5 The site specific settings of the irrigation controlsystem affecting the irrigation and shall be posted at thecontrol system location. The posted data, where appli-cable to the settings of the controller, shall include:

(1) Precipitation rate for each zone.

(2) Plant evapotranspiration coefficients for each zone.

(3) Soil absorption rate for each zone.

(4) Rain sensor settings.

(5) Soil moisture setting.

(6) Peak demand schedule including run times for eachzone and the number of cycles to mitigate runoff andmonthly adjustments or percentage.

413.5 Low Flow Irrigation. Irrigation zones using lowflow irrigation shall be equipped with filters sized for the irri-gation emission devices, and with a pressure regulatorinstalled upstream of the irrigation emission devices as neces-sary to reduce the operating water pressure meeting manu-facturers’ equipment requirements.

413.6 Mulched Planting Areas. Only low volume emit-ters are allowed to be installed in mulched planting areas withvegetation taller than 12 inches (305 mm).

413.7 System Performance Requirements. The land-scape irrigation system shall be designed and installed to:

(1) Prevent irrigation water from runoff out of the irrigationzone.

(2) Prevent water in the supply-line drainage from drainingout between irrigation events.

(3) Not allow irrigation water to be applied onto or enter non-

targeted areas including: adjacent property and vegeta-tion areas, adjacent hydrozones not requiring the irriga-tion water to meet its irrigation demand, non-vegetativeareas, impermeable surfaces, roadways, and structures.

413.8 Narrow or Irregularly Shaped LandscapeAreas. Narrow or irregularly shaped landscape areas, lessthan 4 feet (1219 mm) in any direction across any opposingboundaries shall not be irrigated by any irrigation emissiondevice except low flow emitters.

413.9 Sloped Areas. Where soil surface rises more than 1foot (305 mm) per 4 feet (1219 mm) of length, the irrigationzone system average precipitation rate shall not exceed 0.75inches (19 mm) per hour as verified through either of thefollowing methods:

(a) manufacturer documentation that the precipitation ratefor the installed sprinkler head does not exceed 0.75inches (19 mm) per hour where the sprinkler heads areinstalled no closer than the specified radius and wherethe water pressure of the irrigation system is no greaterthan the manufacturer’s recommendations.

(b) catch can testing in accordance with the requirements ofthe Authority Having Jurisdiction and where emittedwater volume is measured with a minimum of 6 catch-ment containers at random places within the irrigationzone for a minimum of 15 minutes to determine theaverage precipitation rate, expressed as inches per hour.

413.10 Sprinkler Head Installations. All installed sprin-kler heads shall be low precipitation rate sprinkler heads.

413.10.1 Sprinkler Heads in Common IrrigationZones. Sprinkler heads installed in irrigation zonesserved by a common valve shall be limited to applyingwater to plants with similar irrigation needs, and shallhave matched precipitation rates (identical inches ofwater application per hour as rated or tested, plus orminus 5 percent).

413.10.2 Sprinkler Head Pressure Regulation.Sprinkler heads shall utilize pressure regulating devices(as part of irrigation system or integral to the sprinklerhead) to maintain manufacturer’s recommended oper-ating pressure for each sprinkler and nozzle type.

413.10.3 Pop-up Type Sprinkler Heads. Wherepop-up type sprinkler heads are installed, the sprinklerheads shall rise to a height of not less than 4 inches (102mm) above the soil level when emitting water.

413.11 Irrigation Zone Performance Criteria. Irriga-tion zones shall be designed and installed to ensure theaverage precipitation rate of the sprinkler heads over the irri-gated area does not exceed 1.0 inch per hour as verifiedthrough either of the following methods:

(a) manufacturer’s documentation that the precipitation ratefor the installed sprinkler head does not exceed 1.0inches per hour where the sprinkler heads are installedno closer that the specified radius and where the waterpressure of the irrigation system is no greater than themanufacturer’s recommendations.

(b) catch can testing in accordance with the requirements of



the Authority Having Jurisdiction and where emittedwater volume is measured with a minimum of 6 catch-ment containers at random places within the irrigationzone for a minimum of 15 minutes to determine theaverage precipitation rate, expressed as inches per hour.

413.12 Qualifications. The Authority Having Jurisdictionshall have the authority to require landscape irrigationcontractors, installers, or designers to demonstrate compe-tency. Where required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction,the contractor, installer, or designer shall be certified toperform such work.

414.0 Trap Seal Protection.

414.1 Water Supplied Trap Primers. Water supplied trapprimers shall be electronic or pressure activated and shall useno more than 30 gallons (114 L) per year per drain. Where analternate water source, as defined by this code, is used forfixture flushing or other uses in the same room, the alternatewater source shall be used for the trap primer water supply.

Exception: Flushometer tailpiece trap primers complyingwith IAPMO PS 76 are exempted from the provisions of thissection.

414.2 Drainage Type Trap Seal Primer Devices.Drainage type trap seal primer devices shall not be limited inthe amount of water they discharge.

415.0 Vehicle Wash Facilities. The maximum make-upwater use for automobile washing shall not exceed 40 gallons(151 L) per vehicle for in-bay automatic car washes and 35gallons (132 L) for conveyor and express type car washes.Spray wands and foamy brushes shall use no more than 3.0gpm (0.06 L/s). Spot-free reverse osmosis discharge (reject)water shall be recycled. Towel ringers shall have a positiveshut-off valve. Spray nozzles shall be replaced annually.

Exemption: Bus and large commercial vehicles washes areexempt from the requirements in this section.


501.0 General.

501.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall apply tothe construction, alteration, and repair of alternate watersource systems for non-potable applications.

501.1.1 Allowable Use of Alternate Water. Where

approved or required by the Authority Having Jurisdic-

tion, alternate water sources (reclaimed (recycled) water,

rainwater, gray water and onsite treated non-potable

water) shall be permitted to be used in lieu of potable

water for the applications identified in this chapter.

501.2 System Design. Alternate water source systems

complying with this chapter shall be designed by a person

registered or licensed to perform plumbing design work or

who demonstrates competency to design the alternate water

source system as required by the Authority Having Jurisdic-

tion. Components, piping, and fittings used in any alternate

water source system shall be listed.

Exceptions:

(1) A person registered or licensed to perform plumbing

design work is not required to design rainwater catch-

ment systems used for irrigation with a maximum

storage capacity of 360 gallons (1363 L).


design work is not required to design rainwater catch-

ment systems for single family dwellings where all

outlets, piping, and system components are located on

the exterior of the building.


design work is not required to design gray water systems

having a maximum discharge capacity of 250 gallons per

day (gal/d) (15.77 L/s) for single family and multi-family

dwellings.

(4) A person registered or licensed to perform plumbing design

work is not required to design an on-site treated non-

potable water system for single family dwellings having a

maximum discharge capacity of 250 gal/d (15.77 L/s).

501.3 Permit. It shall be unlawful for any person to

construct, install, alter, or cause to be constructed, installed,

or altered any alternate water source system in a building or

on a premise without first obtaining a permit to do such work

from the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

Exceptions:

(1) A permit is not required for exterior rainwater catchment

systems used for outdoor drip and subsurface irrigation

with a maximum storage capacity of 360 gallons (1363 L).

(2) A plumbing permit is not required for rainwater catch-

ment systems for single family dwellings where all

outlets, piping, and system components are located on

the exterior of the building. This does not exempt the

need for permits if required for electrical connections,

tank supports, or enclosures.

501.4 Component Identification. System components

shall be properly identified as to the manufacturer.

501.5 Maintenance and Inspection. Alternate water

source systems and components shall be inspected and main-

tained in accordance with Section 501.5.1 through Section

501.5.3.

501.5.1 Frequency. Alternate water source systems

and components shall be inspected and maintained in

accordance with Table 501.5 unless more frequent

inspection and maintenance is required by the manufac-

turer.

501.5.2 Maintenance Log. A maintenance log for

gray water, rainwater, and on-site treated non-potable

water systems is required to have a permit in accordance

with Section 501.3 and shall be maintained by the prop-

erty owner and be available for inspection. The property

owner or designated appointee shall ensure that a record

of testing, inspection and maintenance as required by

Table 501.5 is maintained in the log. The log will indi-

cate the frequency of inspection and maintenance for

each system.

501.5.3 Maintenance Responsibility. The requiredmaintenance and inspection of alternate water sourcesystems shall be the responsibility of the property owner,unless otherwise required by the Authority Having Juris-diction.

501.6 Operation and Maintenance Manual. An opera-tion and maintenance manual for gray water, rainwater, andon-site treated water systems required to have a permit inaccordance with Section 501.3 shall be supplied to thebuilding owner by the system designer. The operating andmaintenance manual shall include the following:

(1) Detailed diagram of the entire system and the location ofsystem components.

(2) Instructions on operating and maintaining the system.

(3) Details on maintaining the required water quality asdetermined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

(4) Details on deactivating the system for maintenance,repair, or other purposes.

(5) Applicable testing, inspection, and maintenance frequen-cies as required by Table 501.5.

(6) A method of contacting the manufacturer(s).

501.7 Minimum Water Quality Requirements. Theminimum water quality for alternate water source systems shallmeet the applicable water quality requirements for the intendedapplication as determined by the Authority Having Jurisdic-tion. Water quality for non-potable rainwater catchment

CHAPTER 5ALTERNATE WATER SOURCES FOR NON-POTABLE APPLICATIONS


ALTERNATE WATER SOURCES FOR NON-POTABLE APPLICATIONS

systems shall comply with Section 505.9.4. In the absence ofwater quality requirements for on-site treated non-potablewater and reclaimed (recycled) water systems, the EPA/625/R-04/108 contains recommended water reuse guidelines to assistregulatory agencies develop, revise, or expand alternate watersource water quality standards.

Exceptions:

(1) Water treatment is not required for rainwater catchmentsystems used for aboveground irrigation with amaximum storage capacity of 360 gallons (1363 L).

(2) Water treatment is not required for gray water used forsubsurface irrigation.

(3) Water treatment is not required for rainwater catchmentsystems used for subsurface or drip irrigation.

501.8 Material Compatibility. Alternate water sourcesystems shall be constructed of materials that are compatiblewith the type of pipe and fitting materials, water treatment,and water conditions in the system.

501.9 System Controls. Controls for pumps, valves, and

other devices that contain mercury that come in contact with

alternate water source water supply shall not be permitted.

501.10 Commercial, Industrial, and InstitutionalRestroom Signs. A sign shall be installed in all restrooms

in commercial, industrial, and institutional occupancies using

reclaimed (recycled) water, on-site treated water, and non-

potable rainwater for water closets, urinals, or both. Each sign

shall contain ½ inch (12.7 mm) letters of a highly visible color

on a contrasting background. The location of the sign(s) shall

be such that the sign(s) shall be visible to all users. The loca-

tion of the sign(s) shall be approved by the Authority Having

Jurisdiction and shall contain the following text:

TO CONSERVE WATER, THIS BUILDING USES

*____________* TO FLUSH TOILETS AND URINALS.

501.10.1 Equipment Room Signs. Each room

containing reclaimed (recycled) water, on-site treated

water, and non-potable rainwater equipment shall have

a sign posted in a location that is visible to anyone

working on or near non-potable water equipment with

the following wording in 1 inch (25.4 mm) letters:

CAUTION: NON-POTABLE *____________*, DO

NOT DRINK. DO NOT CONNECT TO DRINKING

WATER SYSTEM. NOTICE: CONTACT BUILDING

MANAGEMENT BEFORE PERFORMING ANY

WORK ON THIS WATER SYSTEM.

*____________* Shall indicate RECLAIMED(RECYCLED) WATER, ON-SITE TREATEDWATER, or RAINWATER accordingly.

501.11 Inspection and Testing. Alternate water sourcesystems shall be inspected and tested in accordance withSection 501.11.1 and Section 501.11.2.

501.11.1 Supply System Inspection and Test.Alternate water source systems shall be inspected andtested in accordance with the plumbing code for testingof potable water piping.

501.11.2 Annual Cross-Connection Inspectionand Testing. An initial and subsequent annual inspec-tion and test shall be performed on both the potable andalternate water source systems. The potable and alternatewater source system shall be isolated from each other andindependently inspected and tested to ensure there is nocross-connection in accordance with Section 501.11.2.1through Section 501.11.2.4.

501.11.2.1 Visual System Inspection. Prior tocommencing the cross-connection testing, a dualsystem inspection shall be conducted by theAuthority Having Jurisdiction and other authoritieshaving jurisdiction as follows:

DESCRIPTION MINIMUM FREQUENCY

Inspect and clean filters andscreens, and replace (if necessary)

Every 3 months

Inspect and verify that disinfection,filters and water quality treatmentdevices and systems are operationaland maintaining minimum waterquality requirements as determinedby the Authority Having Jurisdiction

In accordance with manu-facturer’s instructions, andthe Authority Having Juris-diction

Inspect and clear debris from rain-water gutters, downspouts, and roofwashers

Every 6 months

Inspect and clear debris from roofor other aboveground rainwatercollection surfaces

Every 6 months

Remove tree branches and vegeta-tion overhanging roof or otheraboveground rainwater collectionsurfaces

As needed

Inspect pumps and verify operation After initial installation andevery 12 months thereafter

Inspect valves and verify operation After initial installation andevery 12 months thereafter

Inspect pressure tanks and verifyoperation

After initial installation andevery 12 months thereafter

Clear debris from and inspectstorage tanks, locking devices, andverify operation


Inspect caution labels and marking After initial installation andevery 12 months thereafter

Inspect and maintain mulch basinsfor gray water irrigation systems

As needed to maintainmulch depth and preventponding and runoff

Cross-connection inspection andtest*


Test water quality of rainwatercatchment systems required bySection 505.9.4 to maintain aminimum water quality

Every 12 months. After system renovation orrepair.

TABLE 501.5

MINIMUM ALTERNATE WATER SOURCE TESTING,

INSPECTION, AND MAINTENANCE FREQUENCY

* The cross-connection test shall be performed in the presence of the Authority Having Jurisdiction in accordance with the requirements of thisChapter.



(1) Meter locations of the alternate water sourceand potable water lines shall be checked toverify that no modifications were made, andthat no cross-connections are visible.

(2) Pumps and equipment, equipment room signs,and exposed piping in equipment room shall bechecked.

(3) Valves shall be checked to ensure that valvelock seals are still in place and intact. Valvecontrol door signs shall be checked to verifythat no signs have been removed.

501.11.2.2 Cross-Connection Test. The proce-dure for determining cross-connection shall befollowed by the applicant in the presence of theAuthority Having Jurisdiction and other authoritieshaving jurisdiction to determine whether a cross-connection has occurred as follows:

(1) The potable water system shall be activated andpressurized. The alternate water source systemshall be shut down, depressurized, and drained.

(2) The potable water system shall remain pressur-ized for a minimum period of time specified bythe Authority Having Jurisdiction while thealternate water source system is empty. Theminimum period the alternate water sourcesystem is to remain depressurized shall bedetermined on a case-by-case basis, taking intoaccount the size and complexity of the potableand the alternate water source distributionsystems, but in no case shall that period be lessthan 1 hour.

(3) The drain on the alternate water source systemshall be checked for flow during the test and allfixtures, potable and alternate water source,shall be tested and inspected for flow. Flowfrom any alternate water source system outletindicates a cross-connection. No flow from apotable water outlet shall indicate that it isconnected to the alternate water source system.

(4) The potable water system shall then be depres-surized and drained.

(5) The alternate water source system shall then beactivated and pressurized.

(6) The alternate water source system shall remainpressurized for a minimum period of time spec-ified by the Authority Having Jurisdiction whilethe potable water system is empty. Theminimum period the potable water system is toremain depressurized shall be determined on acase-by-case basis, but in no case shall thatperiod be less than 1 hour.

(7) All fixtures, potable and alternate water source,shall be tested and inspected for flow. Flowfrom any potable water system outlet indicatesa cross-connection. No flow from an alternate

water source outlet will indicate that it isconnected to the potable water system.

(8) The drain on the potable water system shall bechecked for flow during the test and at the endof the test.

(9) If there is no flow detected in any of the fixtureswhich would indicate a cross-connection, thepotable water system shall be repressurized.

501.11.2.3 Discovery of Cross-Connection.In the event that a cross-connection is discovered,the following procedure, in the presence of theAuthority Having Jurisdiction, shall be activatedimmediately:

(1) The alternate water source piping to thebuilding shall be shut down at the meter, andthe alternate water source riser shall be drained.

(2) Potable water piping to the building shall beshut down at the meter.

(3) The cross-connection shall be uncovered anddisconnected.

(4) The building shall be retested following proce-dures listed in Section 501.11.2.1 and Section501.11.2.2.

(5) The potable water system shall be chlorinatedwith 50 parts-per-million (ppm) chlorine for 24hours.

(6) The potable water system shall be flushed after24 hours, and a standard bacteriological testshall be performed. If test results are acceptable,the potable water system shall be permitted tobe recharged.

501.11.2.4 Annual Inspection. An annualinspection of the alternate water source system,following the procedures listed in Section 501.11.2.1shall be required. Annual cross-connection testing,following the procedures listed in Section 501.11.2.2shall be required by the Authority Having Jurisdic-tion, unless site conditions do not require it. In noevent shall the test occur less than once in 4 years.Alternate testing requirements shall be permitted bythe Authority Having Jurisdiction.

501.12 Separation Requirements. All undergroundalternate water source service piping other than gray watershall be separated from the building sewer in accordance withthe plumbing code. Treated non-potable water pipes shall bepermitted to be run or laid in the same trench as potable waterpipes with a 12 inch (305 mm) minimum vertical and hori-zontal separation when both pipe materials are approved foruse within a building. Where horizontal piping materials donot meet this requirement the minimum separation shall beincreased to 60 inches (1524 mm). The potable water pipingshall be installed at an elevation above the treated non-potablewater piping.

501.13 Abandonment. All alternate water source systemsthat are no longer in use or fails to be maintained in accor-

dance with Section 501.5 shall be abandoned. Abandonmentshall comply with Section 305.0.

501.14 Sizing. Unless otherwise provided for in this supple-ment, alternate water source piping shall be sized in accor-dance with the plumbing code for sizing potable water piping.

502.0 Gray Water Systems.

502.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply tothe construction, alteration, and repair of gray water systems.

502.2 Gray Water System.

502.2.1 Discharge. Gray water shall be permitted tobe diverted away from a sewer or private sewagedisposal system, and discharge to a subsurface irrigationor subsoil irrigation system. The gray water shall bepermitted to discharge to a mulch basin for single familyand multi-family dwellings. Gray water shall not be usedto irrigate root crops or food crops intended for humanconsumption that come in contact with soil.

502.2.2 Surge Capacity. Gray water systems shall bedesigned to have the capacity to accommodate peak flowrates and distribute the total amount of estimated graywater on a daily basis to a subsurface irrigation field,subsoil irrigation field, or mulch basin without surfacing,ponding, or runoff. A surge tank is required for allsystems that are unable to accommodate peak flow ratesand distribute the total amount of gray water by gravitydrainage. The water discharge for gray water systemsshall be determined in accordance with Section 502.8.1or Section 502.8.2.

502.2.3 Diversion. The gray water system shallconnect to the sanitary drainage system downstream offixture traps and vent connections through an approvedgray water diverter valve. The gray water diverter shallbe installed in an accessible location and clearly indicatethe direction of flow.

502.2.4 Backwater Valves. Gray water drains subjectto backflow shall be provided with a backwater valve solocated as to be accessible for inspection and mainte-nance.

502.3 Connections to Potable and Reclaimed (Recy-cled) Water Systems. Gray water systems shall have nodirect connection to any potable water supply, on-site treatednon-potable water supply, or reclaimed (recycled) watersystems. Potable, on-site treated non-potable, or reclaimed(recycled) water is permitted to be used as makeup water fora non-pressurized storage tank provided the connection isprotected by an airgap in accordance with the plumbing code.

502.4 Location. No gray water system or part thereof shallbe located on any lot other than the lot that is the site of thebuilding or structure that discharges the gray water, nor shallany gray water system or part thereof be located at any pointhaving less than the minimum distances indicated in Table502.4.

502.5 Plot Plan Submission. No permit for any graywater system shall be issued until a plot plan with appropriate

data satisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction has beensubmitted and approved.

502.6 Prohibited Location. Where there is insufficient lotarea or inappropriate soil conditions for adequate absorptionto prevent the ponding, surfacing or runoff of the gray water,as determined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, no graywater system shall be permitted. A gray water system is notpermitted on any property in a geologically sensitive area asdetermined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

502.7 Drawings and Specifications. The AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction shall require any or all of the followinginformation to be included with or in the plot plan before apermit is issued for a gray water system, or at any time duringthe construction thereof:



MINIMUM HORIZONTAL DISTANCE INCLEAR REQUIRED FROM:

SURGETANK(feet)

SUBSURFACEAND SUBSOILIRRIGATIONFIELD AND

MULCH BED(feet)

Building structures1 52, 9 23, 8

Property line adjoining private prop-

erty5 58

Water supply wells4 50 100

Streams and lakes4 50 505

Sewage pits or cesspools 5 5

Sewage disposal field 5 46

Septic tank 0 5

On-site domestic water service line 5 5

Pressurized public water main 10 107

TABLE 502.4

LOCATION OF GRAY WATER SYSTEM

For SI units: 1 foot = 304.8 mm

Note: Where irrigation or disposal fields are installed in sloping ground,

the minimum horizontal distance between any part of the distribution

system and the ground surface shall be 15 feet (4572 mm).

1 Including porches and steps, whether covered or uncovered, breezeways,

roofed carports, roofed patios, carports, covered walks, covered drive-

ways, and similar structures or appurtenances.2 The distance shall be permitted to be reduced to 0 feet for aboveground

tanks when first approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.3 Reference to a 45 degree (0.79 rad) angle from foundation.4 Where special hazards are involved, the distance required shall be

increased as directed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.5 These minimum clear horizontal distances shall also apply between the

irrigation or disposal field and the ocean mean higher high tide line.6 Add 2 feet (610 mm) for each additional foot of depth in excess of 1 foot

(305 mm) below the bottom of the drain line.7 For parallel construction or for crossings, approval by the Authority

Having Jurisdiction shall be required.8 The distance shall be permitted to be reduced to 11⁄2 feet (457 mm) for

drip and mulch basin irrigation systems.9 The distance shall be permitted to be reduced to 0 feet for surge tanks of

75 gallons (284 L) or less.



(1) Plot plan drawn to scale and completely dimensioned,showing lot lines and structures, direction and approxi-mate slope of surface, location of all present or proposedretaining walls, drainage channels, water supply lines,wells, paved areas and structures on the plot, number ofbedrooms and plumbing fixtures in each structure, loca-tion of private sewage disposal system and expansionarea or building sewer connecting to the public sewer,and location of the proposed gray water system.

(2) Details of construction necessary to ensure compliancewith the requirements of this chapter, together with a fulldescription of the complete installation, including instal-lation methods, construction, and materials as requiredby the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

(3) Details for all holding tanks shall include all dimensions,structural calculations, bracings, and such other pertinentdata as required.

(4) A log of soil formations and groundwater level as deter-mined by test holes dug in proximity to any proposedirrigation area, together with a statement of water absorp-tion characteristics of the soil at the proposed site asdetermined by approved percolation tests.

Exception: The Authority Having Jurisdiction shallpermit the use of Table 502.10 in lieu of percolation tests.

(5) Distance between the plot and any surface waters suchas lakes, ponds, rivers or streams, and the slope betweenthe plot and the surface water, if in close proximity.

502.8 Procedure for Estimating Gray WaterDischarge. Gray water systems shall be designed todistribute the total amount of estimated gray water on a dailybasis. The water discharge for gray water systems shall bedetermined in accordance with Section 502.8.1 or Section502.8.2.

502.8.1 Single Family Dwellings and Multi-Family Dwellings. The gray water discharge for singlefamily and multi-family dwellings shall be calculated bywater use records, calculations of local daily per personinterior water use, or the following procedure:

(1) The number of occupants of each dwelling unit shall

be calculated as follows:

First Bedroom 2 occupants

Each additional bedroom 1 occupant

(2) The estimated gray water flows of each occupant

shall be calculated as follows:

Showers, bathtubs 25 gallons (95 L) per day/

occupant and lavatories

Laundry 15 gallons (57 L) per day/

occupant

(3) The total number of occupants shall be multiplied

by the applicable estimated gray water discharge as

provided above and the type of fixtures connected

to the gray water system.

502.8.2 Commercial, Industrial, and InstitutionalOccupancies. The gray water discharge for commer-

cial, industrial, and institutional occupancies shall be

calculated by utilizing the procedure in Section 502.8.1,

water use records, or other documentation to estimate

gray water discharge.

502.9 Gray Water System Components. Gray watersystem components shall be in accordance with Section502.9.1 through Section 502.9.5.

502.9.1 Surge Tanks. Where installed, surge tanksshall comply with the following:

(1) Surge tanks shall be constructed of solid, durablematerials not subject to excessive corrosion or decayand shall be watertight. Surge tanks constructed ofsteel shall be approved by the Authority HavingJurisdiction, provided such tanks comply withapproved applicable standards.

(2) Each surge tank shall be vented as required by theplumbing code. The vent size shall be determinedbased on the total gray water fixture units as outlinedin the plumbing code.

(3) Each surge tank shall have an access opening withlockable gasketed covers or approved equivalent toallow for inspection and cleaning.

(4) Each surge tank shall have its rated capacity perma-nently marked on the unit. In addition, a sign statingGRAY WATER, DANGER — UNSAFE WATERshall be permanently marked on the holding tank.

(5) Each surge tank shall have an overflow drain. Theoverflow drains shall have permanent connectionsto the building drain or building sewer, upstream ofseptic tanks, if any. The overflow drain shall not beequipped with a shutoff valve.

(6) The overflow drainpipes shall not be less in size thanthe inlet pipe. Unions or equally effective fittingsshall be provided for all piping connected to the surgetank.

(7) Surge tank shall be structurally designed to with-stand anticipated earth or other loads. Surge tankcovers shall be capable of supporting an earth loadof not less than 300 pounds per square foot (lb/ft2)(1465 kg/m2) when the tank is designed for under-ground installation.

(8) If a surge tank is installed underground, the systemshall be designed so that the tank overflow willgravity drain to the existing sewer line or septic tank.The tank shall be protected against sewer line back-flow by a backwater valve installed in accordancewith the plumbing code.

(9) Surge tanks shall be installed on dry, level, well-compacted soil if underground or on a level 3 inch(76 mm) thick concrete slab if aboveground.

(10) Surge tanks shall be anchored to prevent againstoverturning when installed aboveground. Under-ground tanks shall be ballasted, anchored, or other-wise secured, to prevent the tank from floating out ofthe ground when empty. The combined weight of thetank and hold down system shall meet or exceed thebuoyancy forces of the tank.



502.9.2 Gray Water Pipe and Fitting Materials.Aboveground and underground building drainage andvent pipe and fittings for gray water systems shallcomply with the requirements for aboveground andunderground sanitary building drainage and vent pipeand fittings in the plumbing code. These materials shallextend not less than 2 feet (610 mm) outside the building.

502.9.3 Subsoil Irrigation Field Materials. Subsoilirrigation field piping shall be constructed of perforatedhigh-density polyethylene pipe, perforated ABS pipe,perforated PVC pipe, or other approved materials,provided that sufficient openings are available for distri-bution of the gray water into the trench area. Material,construction, and perforation of the pipe shall be incompliance with the appropriate absorption fielddrainage piping standards and shall be approved by theAuthority Having Jurisdiction.

502.9.4 Subsurface Irrigation Field and MulchBasin Supply Line Materials. Materials for gray waterpiping outside the building shall be polyethylene or PVC.Drip feeder lines shall be PVC or polyethylene tubing.

502.9.5 Valves. Valves shall be accessible.

502.9.6 Trap. Gray water piping discharging into thesurge tank or having a direct connection to the sanitarydrain or sewer piping shall be downstream of anapproved water seal type trap(s). If no such trap(s) exists,an approved vented running trap shall be installedupstream of the connection to protect the building fromany possible waste or sewer gases.

502.9.7 Backwater Valve. A backwater valve shall beinstalled on all gray water drain connections to the sani-tary drain or sewer.

502.10 Subsurface Irrigation System Zones. Irriga-tion or disposal fields shall be permitted to have one or morevalved zones. Each zone must be of adequate size to receivethe gray water anticipated in that zone.

502.10.1 Required Area of Subsurface IrrigationFields, Subsoil Irrigation Fields and MulchBasins. The minimum effective irrigation area ofsubsurface irrigation fields, subsoil irrigation fields, andmulch basins shall be determined by Table 502.10 for thetype of soil found in the excavation, based upon a calcu-lation of estimated gray water discharge pursuant toSection 502.8. For a subsoil irrigation field, the area shallbe equal to the aggregate length of the perforated pipesections within the valved zone multiplied by the widthof the proposed subsoil irrigation field.

502.10.2 Determination of Maximum AbsorptionCapacity. The irrigation field and mulch basin size shallbe based on the maximum absorption capacity of the soiland determined using Table 502.10. For soils not listed inTable 502.10, the maximum absorption capacity for theproposed site shall be determined by percolation tests orother method acceptable to the Authority Having Juris-diction. A gray water system shall not be permitted,where the percolation test shows the absorption capacityof the soil is unable to accommodate the maximumdischarge of the proposed gray water irrigation system.

502.10.3 Groundwater Level. No excavation for anirrigation field, disposal field, or mulch basin shallextend within 3 feet (914 mm) vertical of the highestknown seasonal groundwater level, nor to a depth wheregray water contaminates the groundwater or surfacewater. The applicant shall supply evidence of ground-water depth to the satisfaction of the Authority HavingJurisdiction.

502.11 Subsurface and Subsoil Irrigation Field, andMulch Basin Design and Construction. Subsurface andsubsoil irrigation field, and mulch basin design and construc-tion shall be in accordance with Section 502.11.1 throughSection 502.11.3. Where a gray water irrigation system designis predicated on soil tests, the subsurface or subsoil irrigationfield or mulch basin shall be installed at the same locationand depth as the tested area.

502.11.1 Subsurface Irrigation Field. A subsurfaceirrigation field shall be in accordance with Section502.11.1.1 through Section 502.11.1.6.

502.11.1.1 Minimum Depth. Supply piping,including drip feeders, shall be not less than 2 inches(51 mm) below finished grade and covered withmulch or soil.

502.11.1.2 Filter. Not less than 140 mesh (115micron) filter with a capacity of 25 gallons per minute(gpm) (1.58 L/s), or equivalent shall be installed.Where a filter backwash is installed, the backwash andflush discharge shall discharge into the building seweror private sewage disposal system. Filter backwashand flush water shall not be used for any purpose.

502.11.1.3 Emitter Size. Emitters shall beinstalled in accordance with the manufacturer’sinstallation instructions. Emitters shall have a flowpath of not less than 1200 microns (µ) (1200 µm)and shall not have a coefficient of manufacturingvariation (Cv) exceeding 7 percent. Irrigation systemdesign shall be such that emitter flow variation shallnot exceed 10 percent.

TYPE OF SOIL MINIMUM SQUARE FEET OFIRRIGATION AREAPER 100 GALLONS

OF ESTIMATEDGRAY WATERDISCHARGE

PER DAY

MAXIMUM ABSORPTIONCAPACITY IN

GALLONS PERSQUARE FOOT OF

IRRIGATION/LEACHING AREA FOR

A 24-HOUR PERIOD

Coarse sand or gravel 20 5.0

Fine sand 25 4.0

Sandy loam 40 2.5

Sandy clay 60 1.7

Clay with considerable

sand or gravel90 1.1

Clay with small

amounts of sand or

gravel

120 0.8

TABLE 502.10

DESIGN OF SIX TYPICAL SOILS

For SI units: 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2, 1 gallon per day = 0.000043 L/s



502.11.1.4 Number of Emitters. The minimumnumber of emitters and the maximum discharge ofeach emitter in an irrigation field shall be in accor-dance with Table 502.11.1.

502.11.1.5 Controls. The system design shallprovide user controls, such as valves, switches,timers, and other controllers, to rotate the distribu-tion of gray water between irrigation zones.

502.11.1.6 Maximum Pressure. Where pressureat the discharge side of the pump exceeds 20 pounds-force per square inch (psi) (138 kPa), a pressure-reducing valve able to maintain downstream pressurenot exceeding 20 psi (138 kPa) shall be installed down-stream from the pump and before any emission device.

502.11.2 Mulch Basin. A mulch basin shall be inaccordance with Section 502.11.2.1 through Section502.11.2.4.

502.11.2.1 Single Family and Multi-FamilyDwellings. The gray water discharge to a mulchbasin is limited to single family and multi-familydwellings.

502.11.2.2 Size. Mulch basins shall be of sufficientsize to accommodate peak flow rates and distributethe total amount of estimated gray water on a dailybasis without surfacing, ponding or runoff. Mulchbasins shall have a depth of not less than 10 inches(254 mm) below finished grade. The mulch basin sizeshall be based on the maximum absorption capacityof the soil and determined using Table 502.10.

502.11.2.3 Minimum Depth. Gray water supplypiping, including drip feeders, shall be a minimum 2inches (51 mm) below finished grade and coveredwith mulch.

502.11.2.4 Maintenance. The mulch basin shall bemaintained periodically to retain the required depthand area, and to replenish the required mulch cover.

502.11.3 Subsoil Irrigation Field. Subsoil irrigationfields shall be in accordance with Section 502.11.3.1through Section 502.11.3.3.

502.11.3.1 Minimum Pipe Size. Subsoil irriga-tion field distribution piping shall be not less than 3inches (80 mm) diameter.

502.11.3.2 Filter Material and Backfill. Filtermaterial, clean stone, gravel, slag, or similar materialacceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction,varying in size from 3⁄4 of an inch (19.1 mm) to 21⁄2inches (64 mm) shall be placed in the trench to thedepth and grade in accordance with Table 502.11.3.The perforated section of subsoil irrigation fielddistribution piping shall be laid on the filter mate-rial in an approved manner. The perforated sectionshall then be covered with filter material to theminimum depth in accordance with Table 502.11.3.The filter material shall then be covered with porousmaterial to prevent closure of voids with earth back-fill. No earth backfill shall be placed over the filtermaterial cover until after inspection and acceptance.

502.11.3.3 Subsoil Irrigation Field Construc-tion. Subsoil irrigation fields shall be constructedin accordance with Table 502.11.3. Where necessaryon sloping ground to prevent excessive line slopes,irrigation lines shall be stepped. The lines betweeneach horizontal leaching section shall be made withapproved watertight joints and installed on naturalor unfilled ground.

502.12 Gray Water System Color and Marking Infor-mation. Pressurized gray water distribution systems shall be

identified as containing non-potable water in accordance with

the plumbing code.

502.13 Special Provisions.

502.13.1 Other Collection and DistributionSystems. Other collection and distribution systems

shall be approved by the local Authority Having Juris-

DESCRIPTION MINIMUM MAXIMUM

Number of drain lines per

valved zone1 -

Length of each perforated

line- 100 feet

Bottom width of trench 12 inches 18 inches

Spacing of lines, center to

center4 feet -

Depth of earth cover of lines 10 inches -

Depth of filter material

cover of lines2 inches -

Depth of filter material

beneath lines3 inches -

Grade of perforated lines

levellevel

3 inches per 100

feet

TABLE 502.11.3SUBSOIL IRRIGATION FIELD CONSTRUCTION

For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 inch per foot = 83.3

mm/m

TYPE OF SOIL

MAXIMUMEMITTER

DISCHARGE

MINIMUM NUMBER OFEMITTERS PER GALLON OFESTIMATED GRAY WATER

DISCHARGE PER DAY*

gallon/day gallon/day

Sand 1.8 0.6

Sandy loam 1.4 0.7

Loam 1.2 0.9

Clay loam 0.9 1.1

Silty clay 0.6 1.6

Clay 0.5 2.0

TABLE 502.11.1SUBSURFACE IRRIGATION DESIGN CRITERIA FOR SIX TYPICAL SOILS

For SI units: 1 gallon per day = 0.000043 L/s

* The estimated gray water discharge per day shall be determined in accor-

dance with Section 503.9.



diction, as allowed by Section 102.0 of this supplement

and the plumbing code.

502.13.2 Higher Requirements. Nothing containedin this chapter shall be construed to prevent the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction from requiring compliance withhigher requirements than those contained herein, wheresuch higher requirements are essential to maintain a safeand sanitary condition.

502.14 Testing. Building drains and vents for gray watersystems shall be tested in accordance with the plumbing code.Surge tanks shall be filled with water to the overflow lineprior to and during inspection. Seams and joints shall be leftexposed, and the tank shall remain watertight. A flow testshall be performed through the system to the point of graywater discharge. Lines and components shall be watertight upto the point of the irrigation perforated and drip lines.

502.15 Maintenance. Gray water systems and componentsshall be maintained in accordance with Table 501.5.

503.0 Reclaimed (Recycled) Water Systems.

503.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply tothe installation, construction, alteration, and repair ofreclaimed (recycled) water systems intended to supply usessuch as water closets, urinals, trap primers for floor drainsand floor sinks, aboveground and subsurface irrigation, indus-trial or commercial cooling or air conditioning and other usesapproved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

503.2 Permit. It shall be unlawful for any person toconstruct, install, alter, or cause to be constructed, installed,or altered any reclaimed (recycled) water system within abuilding or on a premises without first obtaining a permit todo such work from the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

503.2.1 Plumbing Plan Submission. No permit forany reclaimed (recycled) water system shall be issueduntil complete plumbing plans, with appropriate datasatisfactory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction, havebeen submitted and approved.

503.3 System Changes. No changes or connections shallbe made to either the reclaimed (recycled) water system orthe potable water system within any site containing areclaimed (recycled) water system without approval by theAuthority Having Jurisdiction.

503.4 Connections to Potable or Reclaimed (Recy-cled) Water Systems. Reclaimed (recycled) water systemsshall have no connection to any potable water supply or alter-nate water source system. Potable water is permitted to beused as makeup water for a reclaimed (recycled) waterstorage tank provided the water supply inlet is protected by anairgap or reduced-pressure principle backflow preventercomplying with the plumbing code.

503.5 Initial Cross-Connection Test. A cross-connec-tion test is required in accordance with Section 501.11.2.Before the building is occupied or the system is activated, theinstaller shall perform the initial cross-connection test in thepresence of the Authority Having Jurisdiction and other

authorities having jurisdiction. The test shall be ruledsuccessful by the Authority Having Jurisdiction before finalapproval is granted.

503.6 Reclaimed (Recycled) Water System Mate-rials. Reclaimed (recycled) water supply and distributionsystem materials shall comply with the requirements of theplumbing code for potable water supply and distributionsystems, unless otherwise provided for in this section.

503.7 Reclaimed (Recycled) Water System Colorand Marking Information. Reclaimed (recycled) water

systems shall have a colored background in accordance with

the plumbing code. Reclaimed (recycled) water systems shall

be marked, in lettering in accordance with the plumbing code,

with the words: “CAUTION: NON-POTABLE RECLAIMED

(RECYCLED) WATER, DO NOT DRINK.” Field marking of

pipe meeting these requirements shall be permitted.

503.8 Valves. Valves, except fixture supply control valves,

shall be equipped with a locking feature.

503.9 Installation.

503.9.1 Hose Bibbs. Hose bibbs shall not be allowed

on reclaimed (recycled) water piping systems located in

areas accessible to the public. Access to reclaimed (recy-

cled) water at points in the system accessible to the public

shall be through a quick-disconnect device that differs from

those installed on the potable water system. Hose bibbs

supplying reclaimed (recycled) water shall be marked with

the words: “CAUTION: NON-POTABLE RECLAIMED

WATER, DO NOT DRINK,” and the symbol in Figure

503.9.

503.9.2 Required Appurtenances. The reclaimed(recycled) water system and the potable water systemwithin the building shall be provided with the requiredappurtenances (valves, air/vacuum relief valves, etc.) toallow for deactivation or drainage as required for cross-connection test in Section 501.11.2.

503.9.3 Same Trench as Potable Water Pipes.Reclaimed (recycled) water pipes shall be permitted tobe run or laid in the same trench as potable water pipeswith a 12 inches (305 mm) minimum vertical and hori-zontal separation when both pipe materials are approvedfor use within a building. When piping materials do not

FIGURE 503.9



meet this requirement the minimum horizontal separa-tion shall be increased to 60 inches (1524 mm). Thepotable water piping shall be installed at an elevationabove the reclaimed (recycled) water piping. Reclaimed(recycled) water pipes laid in the same trench or crossingbuilding sewer or drainage piping shall be installed inaccordance with the plumbing code for potable waterpiping.

503.10 Signs. Rooms and water closet tanks in buildingsusing reclaimed (recycled) water shall be in accordance withSection 501.10.

503.11 Inspection and Testing. Reclaimed (recycled)water systems shall be inspected and tested in accordancewith Section 501.11.

504.0 On-Site Treated Non-Potable Water Systems.

504.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to

the installation, construction, alteration, and repair of on-site

treated non-potable water systems intended to supply uses

such as water closets, urinals, trap primers for floor drains

and floor sinks, above and below ground irrigation, and other

uses approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

504.2 Plumbing Plan Submission. No permit for any

on-site treated non-potable water system shall be issued until

complete plumbing plans, with appropriate data satisfactory

to the Authority Having Jurisdiction, have been submitted and

approved.

504.3 System Changes. No changes or connections shall

be made to either the on-site treated non-potable water system

or the potable water system within any site containing an on-

site treated non-potable water system without approval by the

Authority Having Jurisdiction.

504.4 Connections to Potable or Reclaimed (Recy-cled) Water Systems. On-site treated non-potable water

systems shall have no connection to any potable water supply or

reclaimed (recycled) water source system. Potable or reclaimed

(recycled) water is permitted to be used as makeup water for a

non-pressurized storage tank provided the makeup water supply

is protected by an airgap in accordance with the plumbing code.

504.5 Initial Cross-Connection Test. A cross-connection

test is required in accordance with Section 501.11.2. Before

the building is occupied or the system is activated, the installer

shall perform the initial cross-connection test in the presence

of the Authority Having Jurisdiction and other authorities

having jurisdiction. The test shall be ruled successful by the

Authority Having Jurisdiction before final approval is granted.

504.6 On-Site Treated Non-Potable Water SystemMaterials. On-site treated non-potable water supply and distri-

bution system materials shall comply with the requirements of

the plumbing code for potable water supply and distribution

systems, unless otherwise provided for in this section.

504.7 On-Site Treated Non-Potable Water Devicesand Systems. Devices or equipment used to treat on-site

treated non-potable water in order to maintain the minimum

water quality requirements determined by the Authority

Having Jurisdiction shall be listed or labeled (third-party

certified) by a listing agency (accredited conformity assess-

ment body) or approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction

and approved for the intended application. Devices or equip-

ment used to treat on-site treated non-potable water for use in

water closet and urinal flushing, surface irrigation and similar

applications shall be listed and labeled to IAPMO IGC207-

2009a, NSF 350-2011 or approved by the Authority Having

Jurisdiction.

504.8 On-Site Treated Non-Potable Water SystemColor and Marking Information. On-site treated water

systems shall have a colored background in accordance with

the plumbing code. On-site treated water systems shall be

marked, in lettering in accordance with the plumbing code,

with the words: “CAUTION: ON-SITE TREATED NON-

POTABLE WATER, DO NOT DRINK.” Field marking of

pipe meeting these requirements shall be acceptable.

504.9 Valves. Valves, except fixture supply control valves,

shall be equipped with a locking feature.

504.10 Design and Installation. The design and installa-

tion of on-site treated non-potable systems shall be in accor-

dance with Section 504.10.1 through Section 504.10.5.

504.10.1 Listing Terms and Installation Instruc-tions. On-site treated non-potable water systems shall

be installed in accordance with the terms of its listing and

the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

504.10.2 Minimum Water Quality. On-site treated

non-potable water supplied to toilets or urinals or for

other uses in which it is sprayed or exposed shall be

disinfected. Acceptable disinfection methods shall

include chlorination, ultraviolet sterilization, ozone, or

other methods as approved by the Authority Having

Jurisdiction. The minimum water quality for on-site

treated non-potable water systems shall meet the appli-

cable water quality requirements for the intended appli-

cations as determined by the Authority Having

Jurisdiction.

504.10.3 Deactivation and Drainage. The on-sitetreated non-potable water system and the potable watersystem within the building shall be provided with therequired appurtenances (valves, air/vacuum relief valves,etc.) to allow for deactivation or drainage as required forcross-connection test in accordance with Section 501.11.2.

504.10.4 Near Underground Potable Water Pipe.On-site treated non-potable water pipes shall bepermitted to be run or laid in the same trench as potablewater pipes with a 12 inch (305 mm) minimum verticaland horizontal separation when both pipe materials areapproved for use within a building. Where piping mate-rials do not meet this requirement the minimum separa-tion shall be increased to 60 inches (1524 mm). Thepotable water piping shall be installed at an elevationabove the on-site treated non-potable water piping.

504.10.5 Required Filters. A filter permitting thepassage of particulates no larger than 100 microns (100



µm) shall be provided for on-site treated non-potablewater supplied to water closets, urinals, trap primers, anddrip irrigation system.

504.11 Signs. Signs in buildings using on-site treated non-potable water shall be in accordance with Section 501.10.

504.12 Inspection and Testing. On-site treated non-potable water systems shall be inspected and tested in accor-dance with Section 501.11.

505.0 Non-Potable Rainwater Catchment Systems.

505.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply tothe installation, construction, alteration, and repair of rain-water catchments systems intended to supply uses such aswater closets, urinals, trap primers for floor drains and floorsinks, irrigation, industrial processes, water features, coolingtower makeup and other uses approved by the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction. Additional design criteria can be foundin the ARCSA/ASPE Rainwater Catchment Design andInstallation Standard.

505.2 Plumbing Plan Submission. No permit for anyrainwater catchment system requiring a permit shall be issueduntil complete plumbing plans, with appropriate data satis-factory to the Authority Having Jurisdiction, have beensubmitted and approved. No changes or connections shall bemade to either the rainwater catchment or the potable watersystem within any site containing a rainwater catchment watersystem without approval by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

505.3 System Changes. No changes or connections shallbe made to either the rainwater catchment system or thepotable water system within any site containing a rainwatercatchment system requiring a permit without approval by theAuthority Having Jurisdiction.

505.4 Connections to Potable or Reclaimed (Recy-cled) Water Systems. Rainwater catchment systems shallhave no direct connection to any potable water supply oralternate water source system. Potable or reclaimed (recycled)water is permitted to be used as makeup water for a rainwatercatchment system provided the potable or reclaimed (recy-cled) water supply connection is protected by an airgap orreduced-pressure principle backflow preventer in accordancewith the plumbing code.

505.5 Initial Cross-Connection Test. Where any portionof a rainwater catchment system is installed within a building,a cross-connection test is required in accordance with505.11.2. Before the building is occupied or the system isactivated, the installer shall perform the initial cross-connec-tion test in the presence of the Authority Having Jurisdictionand other authorities having jurisdiction. The test shall beruled successful by the Authority Having Jurisdiction beforefinal approval is granted.

505.6 Sizing. The design and size of rainwater drains,gutters, conductors, and leaders shall be in accordance withthe plumbing code.

505.7 Rainwater Catchment System Materials. Rain-water catchment system materials shall be in accordance withSection 505.7.1 through Section 505.7.4.

505.7.1 Water Supply and Distribution Materials.Rainwater catchment water supply and distribution mate-rials shall comply with the requirements of the plumbingcode for potable water supply and distribution systems,unless otherwise provided for in this section.

505.7.2 Rainwater Catchment System DrainageMaterials. Materials used in rainwater catchmentdrainage systems, including gutters, downspouts,conductors, and leaders shall comply with the require-ments of the plumbing code for storm drainage.

505.7.3 Storage Tanks. Rainwater storage tanks shallbe in accordance with Section 505.9.5.

505.7.4 Collections Surfaces. The collection surfaceshall be constructed of a hard, impervious material.

505.8 Rainwater Catchment Water System Colorand Marking Information. Rainwater catchment systemsshall have a colored background in accordance with theplumbing code. Rainwater catchment systems shall bemarked, in lettering in accordance with the plumbing code,with the words: “CAUTION: NON-POTABLE RAINWATERWATER, DO NOT DRINK.”

505.9 Design and Installation.

505.9.1 Outside Hose Bibbs. Outside hose bibbsshall be allowed on rainwater piping systems. Hose bibbssupplying rainwater shall be marked with the words:“CAUTION: NON-POTABLE WATER, DO NOTDRINK” and the symbol in Figure 503.9.

505.9.2 Deactivation and Drainage for Cross-connection Test. The rainwater catchment system andthe potable water system within the building shall beprovided with the required appurtenances (e.g., valves,air or vacuum relief valves, etc.) to allow for deactivationor drainage as required for cross-connection test inSection 501.11.2.

505.9.3 Collection Surfaces.

505.9.3.1 Rainwater Catchment SystemSurfaces. Rainwater shall be collected from roofsurfaces or other manmade, aboveground collectionsurfaces.

505.9.3.2 Other Surfaces. Natural precipitationcollected from surface water runoff, vehicularparking surfaces or manmade surfaces at or belowgrade shall comply with the stormwater require-ments for on-site treated non-potable water systemsin Section 504.0.

505.9.3.3 Prohibited Discharges. Overflowsand bleed-off pipes from roof-mounted equipmentand appliances shall not discharge onto roof surfacesthat are intended to collect rainwater.

505.9.4 Minimum Water Quality. The minimumwater quality for harvested rainwater shall meet theapplicable water quality requirements for the intendedapplications as determined by the Authority HavingJurisdiction. In the absence of water quality requirementsdetermined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, theminimum treatment and water quality shall also complywith Table 505.9.4.



505.9.5 Rainwater Storage Tanks. Rainwaterstorage tanks shall be constructed and installed in accor-dance with Section 505.9.5.1 through Section 505.9.5.8.

505.9.5.1 Construction. Rainwater storage shallbe constructed of solid, durable materials not subjectto excessive corrosion or decay and shall be water-tight. Storage tanks shall be approved by theAuthority Having Jurisdiction, provided such tankscomply with approved applicable standards.

505.9.5.2 Location. Rainwater storage tanks shallbe permitted to be installed above or below grade.

505.9.5.3 Above Grade. Above grade storage

tanks shall be of an opaque material, approved for

aboveground use in direct sunlight or shall be

shielded from direct sunlight. Tanks shall be

installed in an accessible location to allow for

inspection and cleaning. The tank shall be installed

on a foundation or platform that is constructed to

accommodate all loads in accordance with the

building code.

505.9.5.4 Below Grade. Rainwater storage tanks

installed below grade shall be structurally designed

to withstand all anticipated earth or other loads.

Holding tank covers shall be capable of supporting

an earth load of not less than 300 pounds per square

foot (lb/ft2) (1465 kg/m2) when the tank is designed

for underground installation. Below grade rainwater

tanks installed underground shall be provided with

manholes. The manhole opening shall be a minimum

diameter of 20 inches (508 mm) and located a

minimum of 4 inches (102 mm) above the

surrounding grade. The surrounding grade shall be

sloped away from the manhole. Underground tanks

shall be ballasted, anchored, or otherwise secured,

to prevent the tank from floating out of the ground

when empty. The combined weight of the tank and

hold down system should meet or exceed the buoy-

ancy force of the tank.

505.9.5.5 Drainage and Overflow. Rainwater

storage tanks shall be provided with a means of

draining and cleaning. The overflow drain shall not

be equipped with a shutoff valve. The overflow

outlet shall discharge as required by the plumbing

code for storm drainage systems. Where discharging

to the storm drainage system, the overflow drain

shall be protected from backflow of the storm

drainage system by a backwater valve or other

approved method.

APPLICATION MINIMUM TREATMENT MINIMUM WATER QUALITY

Car washing

Debris excluder or other approved means in compliance

with Section 505.9.10, and

100 Micron (100 µm) in compliance with Section

505.9.11 for drip irrigation.

N/A

Subsurface and drip irrigation




505.9.11 for drip irrigation.

N/A

Spray irrigation where the maximum

storage volume is less than 360

gallons (1363 L)



Disinfection in accordance with Section 505.9.8.

N/A

Spray irrigation where the maximum

storage volume is equal to or greater

than 360 gallons (1363 L)


with Section 505.9.10.

Escherichia coli: < 100 CFU/100 mL, and

Turbidity: < 10 NTU

Urinal and water closet flushing,

clothes washing, and trap priming




505.9.11.


Turbidity: < 10 NTU

Ornamental fountains and other water

features


with Section 505.9.10.


Turbidity: < 10 NTU

Cooling tower make up water




505.9.11.


Turbidity: < 10 NTU

TABLE 505.9.4MINIMUM WATER QUALITY



505.9.5.5.1 Overflow Outlet Size. Theoverflow outlet shall be sized to accommodatethe flow of the rainwater entering the tank andnot less than the aggregate cross-sectional areaof all inflow pipes.

505.9.5.6 Opening and Access Protection.

505.9.5.6.1 Animals and Insects. Rainwatertank openings shall be protected to prevent theentrance of insects, birds, or rodents into the tank.

505.9.5.6.2 Human Access. Rainwater tankaccess openings exceeding 12 inches (305 mm)in diameter shall be secured to preventtampering and unintended entry by either alockable device or other approved method.

505.9.5.7 Marking. Rainwater tanks shall bepermanently marked with the capacity and thelanguage: “NON-POTABLE RAINWATER.” Whereopenings are provided to allow a person to enter thetank, the opening shall be marked with the followinglanguage: “DANGER-CONFINED SPACE.”

505.9.5.8 Storage Tank Venting. Where ventingby means of drainage or overflow piping is notprovided or is considered insufficient, a vent shallbe installed on each tank. The vent shall extend fromthe top of the tank and terminate a minimum of 6inches (152 mm) above grade and shall be aminimum of 1-½ inches (38 mm) in diameter. Thevent terminal shall be directed downward andcovered with a 3/32 inch (2.4 mm) mesh screen toprevent the entry of vermin and insects.

505.9.6 Pumps. Pumps serving rainwater catchmentsystems shall be listed. Pumps supplying water to waterclosets, urinals, and trap primers shall be capable ofdelivering not less than 15 psi (103 kPa) residual pressureat the highest and most remote outlet served. Where thewater pressure in the rainwater supply system within thebuilding exceeds 80 psi (552 kPa), a pressure reducingvalve reducing the pressure to 80 psi (552 kPa) or less toall water outlets in the building shall be installed inaccordance with the plumbing code.

505.9.7 Roof Drains. Primary and secondary roofdrains, conductors, leaders, and gutters shall be designedand installed in accordance with the plumbing code.

505.9.8 Water Quality Devices and Equipment.Devices and equipment used to treat rainwater to main-

tain the minimum water quality requirements determined

by the Authority Having Jurisdiction shall be listed or

labeled (third-party certified) by a listing agency (accred-

ited conformity assessment body) and approved for the

intended application.

505.9.9 Freeze Protection. Tanks and piping

installed in locations subject to freezing shall be provided

with an adequate means of freeze protection.

505.9.10 Debris Removal. The rainwater catchment

conveyance system shall be equipped with a debris

excluder or other approved means to prevent the accu-

mulation of leaves, needles, other debris and sediment

from entering the storage tank. Devices or methods used

to remove debris or sediment shall be accessible and

sized and installed in accordance with manufacturer’s

installation instructions.

505.9.11 Required Filters. A filter permitting the

passage of particulates no larger than 100 microns (100

µm) shall be provided for rainwater supplied to water

closets, urinals, trap primers, and drip irrigation system.

505.9.12 Roof Gutters. Gutters shall maintain a

minimum slope and be sized in accordance with the

plumbing code.

505.10 Signs. Signs in buildings using rainwater water shall

be in accordance with Section 501.10.

505.11 Inspection and Testing. Rainwater catchmentsystems shall be inspected and tested in accordance withSection 501.11.

505.11.1 Supply System Inspection and Test.Rainwater catchment systems shall be inspected andtested in accordance with Section 501.11 and the appli-cable provisions of the plumbing code for testing ofpotable water and storm drainage systems. Storage tanksshall be filled with water to the overflow opening for aperiod of 24 hours and during inspection or by othermeans as approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.All seams and joints shall be exposed during inspectionand checked for water tightness.


601.0 General.

601.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall establishthe means of conserving potable and non-potable water andenergy associated with the generation and use of hot water ina building. This includes provisions for the hot water distri-bution system, which is the portion of the potable water distri-bution system between a water heating device and theplumbing fixtures, including all dedicated return piping andappurtenances to the water heating device in a recirculationsystem.601.2 Insulation. Hot water supply and return piping shallbe thermally insulated. The wall thickness of the insulationshall be equal to the nominal diameter of the pipe up to 2inches (50 mm). The wall thickness shall be not less than 2inches (50 mm) for nominal pipe diameters exceeding 2inches (50 mm). The conductivity of the insulation [k-factor(Btu•in/(h•ft2•ºF))], measured radially, shall be less than orequal to 0.28 [Btu•in/(h•ft2•ºF)] [0.04 W/(m•k)]. Hot waterpiping to be insulated shall be installed such that insulation iscontinuous. Pipe insulation shall be installed to within ¼ inch(6.4 mm) of all appliances, appurtenances, fixtures, structuralmembers, or a wall where the pipe passes through to connectto a fixture within 24 inches (610 mm). Building cavities shallbe large enough to accommodate the combined diameter ofthe pipe plus the insulation, plus any other objects in thecavity that the piping must cross. Pipe supports shall beinstalled on the outside of the pipe insulation.Exceptions:

(1) Where the hot water pipe is installed in a wall that is notof sufficient width to accommodate the pipe and insula-tion, the insulation thickness shall be permitted to havethe maximum thickness that the wall can accommodateand not less than ½ inch (12.7 mm) thick.

(2) Hot water supply piping exposed under sinks, lavatories,and similar fixtures.

(3) Where hot water distribution piping is installed withinattic, crawlspace, or wall insulation.(a) In attics and crawlspaces the insulation shall cover

the pipe not less than 5 inches (140 mm) furtheraway from the conditioned space.

(b) In walls, the insulation must completely surroundthe pipe with not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) of insu-lation.

(c) If burial within the insulation will not completely orcontinuously surround the pipe, then these excep-tions do not apply.

601.3 Recirculation Systems.

601.3.1 Pump Operation.

601.3.1.1 For Low-Rise Residential Build-ings. Circulating hot water systems shall bearranged so that the circulating pump(s) can beturned off (automatically or manually) when the hot

water system is not in operation. [ASHRAE90.2:7.2] 601.3.1.2 For Pumps Between Boilers andStorage Tanks. When used to maintain storagetank water temperature, recirculating pumps shallbe equipped with controls limiting operation to aperiod from the start of the heating cycle to amaximum of 5 minutes after the end of the heatingcycle. [ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.4.4]

601.3.2 Recirculation Pump Controls. Pumpcontrols shall include on-demand activation or timeclocks combined with temperature sensing. Time clockcontrols for pumps shall not let the pump operate morethan 15 minutes every hour. Temperature sensors shallstop circulation when the temperature set point isreached and shall be located on the circulation loop at ornear the last fixture. The pump, pump controls andtemperature sensors shall be accessible. Pump operationshall be limited to the building’s hours of operation.601.3.3 Temperature Maintenance Controls. Forother than low-rise residential buildings, systemsdesigned to maintain usage temperatures in hot-waterpipes, such as recirculating hot-water systems or heattrace, shall be equipped with automatic time switches orother controls that can be set to switch off the usagetemperature maintenance system during extended periodswhen hot water is not required. [ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.4.2]601.3.4 System Balancing. Systems with multiplerecirculation zones shall be balanced to uniformlydistribute hot water, or they shall be operated with apump for each zone. The circulation pump controls shallcomply with the provisions of Section 601.3.2.601.3.5 Flow Balancing Valves. Flow balancingvalves shall be a factory preset automatic flow controlvalve, a flow regulating valve, or a balancing valve withmemory stop.601.3.6 Air Elimination. Provision shall be made forthe elimination of air from the return system.601.3.7 Gravity or Thermosyphon Systems.Gravity or thermosyphon systems are prohibited.

602.0 Service Hot Water – Low-Rise ResidentialBuildings.

602.1 General. The service water heating system for single-family houses, multi-family structures of three stories or fewerabove grade, and modular houses shall be in accordance withSection 602.2 through Section 602.7. The service waterheating system of all other buildings shall be in accordancewith Section 603.0.602.2 Water Heaters and Storage Tanks. Residential-type water heaters, pool heaters, and unfired water heaterstorage tanks shall meet the minimum performance require-ments specified by federal law.

CHAPTER 6WATER HEATING DESIGN, EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION


WATER HEATING DESIGN, EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION

Unfired storage water heating equipment shall have aheat loss through the tank surface area of less than 6.5 Britishthermal units per hour per square foot (Btu/h•ft2) (20.5W/m2). [ASHRAE 90.2:7.1]602.3 Recirculation Systems. Recirculation systemsshall meet the provisions in Section 601.3.602.4 Central Water Heating Equipment. Service waterheating equipment (central systems) that does not fall underthe requirements for residential-type service water heatingequipment addressed in Section 602.0 shall meet the appli-cable requirements for service water-heating equipment foundin Section 603.0. [ASHRAE 90.2:7.3]602.5 Insulation. Insulation of hot water and return pipingshall meet the provisions of Section 601.2.602.6 Hard Water. Where water has hardness equal to orexceeding 9 grains per gallon (gr/gal) (154 mg/L) measuredas total calcium carbonate equivalents, the water supply lineto water heating equipment in new one- and two familydwellings shall be roughed-in to allow for the installation ofwater treatment equipment.602.7 Maximum Volume of Hot Water. The maximumvolume of water contained in the hot water distribution shallcomply with Sections 602.7.1 or 602.7.2. The water volumeshall be calculated using Table 602.7.

602.7.1 Maximum Volume of Hot Water WithoutRecirculation or Heat Trace. The maximum volumeof water contained in the hot water distribution pipebetween the water heater and any fixture fitting shall notexceed 32 ounces (oz) (946 mL). Where a fixture fittingshut off valve (supply stop) is installed ahead of thefixture fitting, the maximum volume of water ispermitted to be calculated between the water heater andthe fixture fitting shut off valve (supply stop). 602.7.2 Maximum Volume of Hot Water withRecirculation or Heat Trace. The maximum volumeof water contained in the branches between the recircu-lation loop or electrically heat traced pipe and the fixturefitting shall not exceed a 16 oz (473 mL). Where a fixturefitting shut off valve (supply stop) is installed ahead of

the fixture fitting, the maximum volume of water ispermitted to be calculated between the recirculation loopor electrically heat traced pipe and the fixture fitting shutoff valve (supply stop).Exception: Whirlpool bathtubs or bathtubs that are notequipped with a shower are exempted from the require-ments of Section 602.7.602.7.3 Hot Water System Submeters. Where ahot water pipe from a circulation loop or electric heattrace line is equipped with a submeter, the hot waterdistribution system downstream of the submeter shallhave either an end-of-line hot water circulation pump orshall be electrically heat traced. The maximum volume ofwater in any branch from the circulation loop or electricheat trace line downstream of the submeter shall notexceed 16 oz (473 mL).

If there is no circulation loop or electric heat tracedline downstream of the submeter, the submeter shall belocated within 2 feet (610 mm) of the central hot watersystem; or the branch line to the submeter shall be circu-lated or heat traced to within 2 feet of the submeter. Themaximum volume from the submeter to each fixture shallnot exceed 32 oz (946 mL).

The circulation pump controls shall comply with theprovisions of Section 601.3.2.

603.0 Service Hot Water – Other Than Low-RiseResidential Buildings.

603.1 General. The service hot water, other than single-family houses, multi-family structures of three stories orfewer above grade, and modular houses, shall comply withthis section.603.2 Service Water Heating.

603.2.1 New Buildings. Service water heating systemsand equipment shall comply with the requirements of this section as described in Section 603.3. [ASHRAE90.1:7.1.1.1]

OUNCES OF WATER PER FOOT LENGTH OF PIPING

NOMINAL SIZE (inch)

COPPERM

COPPERL

COPPERK

CPVC CTS SDR 11

CPVCSCH 40

PEX-AL-PEX

PE-AL-PE

CPVCSCH 80

PEX CTSSDR 9

PE-RT SDR 9

PP SDR 6

PPSDR 7.3

PP SDR 11

3⁄8 1.06 0.97 0.84 NA 1.17 0.63 0.63 NA 0.64 0.64 0.91 1.09 1.24

1⁄2 1.69 1.55 1.45 1.25 1.89 1.31 1.31 1.46 1.18 1.18 1.41 1.68 2.12

3⁄4 3.43 3.22 2.90 2.67 3.38 3.39 3.39 2.74 2.35 2.35 2.23 2.62 3.37

1 5.81 5.49 5.17 4.43 5.53 5.56 5.56 4.57 3.91 3.91 3.64 4.36 5.56

11⁄4 8.70 8.36 8.09 6.61 9.66 8.49 8.49 8.24 5.81 5.81 5.73 6.81 8.60

11⁄2 12.18 11.83 11.45 9.22 13.20 13.88 13.88 11.38 8.09 8.09 9.03 10.61 13.47

2 21.08 20.58 20.04 15.79 21.88 21.48 21.48 19.11 13.86 13.86 14.28 16.98 21.39

For SI units: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 ounce = 29.573 mL

TABLE 602.7WATER VOLUME FOR DISTRIBUTION PIPING MATERIALS



EQUIPMENT TYPESIZE CATEGORY

(INPUT)SUBCATEGORY OR RATING CONDITION

PERFORMANCEREQUIRED1

TEST PROCEDURE2,3

Electric Table Top Water Heaters ≤12 kW Resistance≥20 gal 0.93–0.00132V EF DOE 10 CFR

Part 430

Electric water heaters

≤12 kW Resistance≥20 gal 0.97–0.00132V EF DOE 10 CFR

Part 430

>12 kW Resistance ≥20 gal 20 + 35√VSL, Btu/h

Section G.2 of ANSIZ21.10.3

≤24 Amps and≤250 Volts Heat Pump 0.93–0.00132V EF DOE 10 CFR

Part 430

Gas storage water heaters

≤75 000 Btu/h ≥20 gal 0.62–0.0019V EF DOE 10 CFRPart 430

>75 000 Btu/h <4000 (Btu/h)/gal 80% Et (Q/800 +110√V)SL, Btu/h

Sections G.1 andG.2 of ANSI

Z21.10.3

Gas instantaneous water heaters

>50 000 Btu/h and <200000 Btu/h

≥4000 (Btu/h)/galand <2 gal 0.62–0.0019V EF DOE 10 CFR

Part 430

≥200 000 Btu/h4 ≥4000 (Btu/h)/galand <10 gal 80% Et Sections G.1 and

G.2 of ANSIZ21.10.3≥200 000 Btu/h ≥4000 (Btu/h)/gal

and ≥10 gal80% Et (Q/800 + 110√V)

SL, Btu/h

Electronic instantaneous water heaters5

≤ 12 kW ≥ 4000 (Btu/h)/gal and < 2 gal 0.93 – (0.00132•V) EF DOE 10 CFR

Part 430

> 12 kW ≥ 4000 (Btu/h)/gal and < 2 gal 95% Et Section G.2 of ANSI

Z21.10.3

Oil storage water heaters

≤105 000 Btu/h ≥20 gal 0.59-0.0019V EF DOE 10 CFRPart 430

>105 000 Btu/h <4000 (Btu/h)/gal 78% Et (Q/800 + 110√V)SL, Btu/h


Z21.10.3

Oil instantaneous water heaters

≤210 000 Btu/h ≥4000 (Btu/h)/galand <2 gal 0.59–0.0019V EF DOE 10 CFR

Part 430

>210 000 Btu/h ≥4000 (Btu/h)/galand <10 gal 80% Et Sections G.1 and

G.2 of ANSIZ21.10.3>210 000 Btu/h ≥4000 (Btu/h)/gal

and ≥10 gal78% Et (Q/800 + 110√V)

SL, Btu/h

Hot-water supply boilers, gas and oil ≥300 000 Btu/h and<12 500 000 Btu/h

≥4000 (Btu/h)/galand <2 gal 80% Et


Z21.10.3Hot-water supply boilers, gas ––––– ≥4000 (Btu/h)/gal

and <10 gal80% Et (Q/800 + 110√V)

SL, Btu/h

Hot-water supply boilers, oil ––––– ≥4000 (Btu/h)/galand ≥10 gal

78% Et (Q/800 + 110√V)SL, Btu/h

Pool heaters, oil and gas All ––––– 78% Et ASHRAE 146

Heat pump pool heaters All

50.0°F db44.2°F wbOutdoor air

80.0°FEntering Water

4.0 COP AHRI 1160

Unfired storage tanks All R-12.5 (none)

For SI units: 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW, 1 degree Fahrenheit = t/cº = (t/ºF-32)/1.81 Energy factor (EF) and thermal efficiency (Et ) are minimum requirements, while standby loss (SL) is maximum Btu/h (W) based on a 70°F (21ºC)

temperature difference between stored water and ambient requirements. In the EF equation, V is the rated volume in gallons. In the SL equation, V is therated volume in gallons and Q is the nameplate input rate in Btu/h.

2 Section 12 of ASHRAE 90.1 contains a complete specification, including the year version, of the referenced test procedure.3 Section G1 is titled “Test Method for Measuring Thermal Efficiency” and Section G2 is titled “Test Method for Measuring Standby Loss.”4 Instantaneous water heaters with input rates below 200 000 Btu/h (58.6 kW) must comply with these requirements if the water heater is designed to heat

water to temperatures of 180°F (82ºC) or higher. 5 Not part of ASHRAE 90.1 Table 7-8.

TABLE 603.4.2PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR WATER HEATING EQUIPMENT [ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 7.8]



603.2.2 Additions to Existing Buildings. Servicewater heating systems and equipment shall comply withthe requirements of this section.

Exception: When the service water heating to an addi-tion is provided by existing service water heating systemsand equipment, such systems and equipment shall not berequired to comply with this supplement. However, anynew systems or equipment installed must comply withspecific requirements applicable to those systems andequipment. [ASHRAE 90.1:7.1.1.2]603.2.3 Alterations to Existing Buildings. Buildingservice water heating equipment installed as a directreplacement for existing building service water heatingequipment shall comply with the requirements of Section603.0 applicable to the equipment being replaced. Newand replacement piping shall comply with Section 603.4.3.Exception: Compliance shall not be required wherethere is insufficient space or access to meet these require-ments. [ASHRAE 90.1:7.1.1.3]

603.3 Compliance Path(s).

603.3.1 General. Compliance shall be achieved bymeeting the requirements of Section 603.1, General;Section 603.4, Mandatory Provisions; Section 603.5,Prescriptive Path; and Section 603.6, Submittals.[ASHRAE 90.1:7.2.1]603.3.2 Energy Cost Budget Method. Projectsusing the Energy Cost Budget Method (Section 11 ofASHRAE 90.1) for demonstrating compliance with thestandard shall meet the requirements of Section 603.4,Mandatory Provisions, in conjunction with Section 11 ofASHRAE 90.1, Energy Cost Budget Method. [ASHRAE90.1:7.2.2]

603.4 Mandatory Provisions.

603.4.1 Load Calculations. Service water heatingsystem design loads for the purpose of sizing systemsand equipment shall be determined in accordance withmanufacturers’ published sizing guidelines or generallyaccepted engineering standards and handbooks accept-able to the adopting authority (e.g., ASHRAE Hand-book – HVAC Applications). [ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.1]603.4.2 Equipment Efficiency. Water heating equip-ment, hot-water supply boilers used solely for heatingpotable water, pool heaters, and hot-water storage tanksshall meet the criteria listed in Table 603.4.2. Wheremultiple criteria are listed, all criteria shall be met. Omis-sion of minimum performance requirements for certainclasses of equipment does not preclude use of such equip-ment where appropriate. Equipment not listed in Table603.4.2 has no minimum performance requirements. Exceptions: Water heaters and hot-water supply boilershaving more than 140 gallons (530 L) of storage capacityare not required to meet the standby loss (SL) require-ments of Table 603.4.2 when:(1) The tank surface is thermally insulated to R-12.5.(2) A standing pilot light is not installed.

(3) Gas- or oil-fired storage water heaters have a fluedamper or fan-assisted combustion. [ASHRAE90.1:7.4.2]

603.4.3 Insulation. Insulation of hot water and returnpiping shall meet the provisions in Section 601.2.603.4.4 Hot Water System Design.

603.4.4.1 Recirculation Systems. Recircula-tion systems shall meet the provisions in Section601.3.

603.4.4.4 Maximum Volume of Hot Water. Themaximum volume of water contained in hot waterdistribution lines between the water heater and thefixture stop or connection to showers, kitchenfaucets, and lavatories shall be determined in accor-dance with Section 602.7.

603.4.5 Service Water Heating System Controls.

603.4.5.1 Temperature Controls. Temperaturecontrols shall be provided that allow for storagetemperature adjustment from 120°F (49ºC) or lowerto a maximum temperature compatible with theintended use.

Exception: When the manufacturers’ installationinstructions specify a higher minimum thermostatsetting to minimize condensation and resultingcorrosion. [ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.4.1]

603.4.5.2 Outlet Temperature Controls.Temperature controlling means shall be provided tolimit the maximum temperature of water deliveredfrom lavatory faucets in public facility restrooms to110°F (43ºC). [ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.4.3]

603.4.6 Pools.

603.4.6.1 Pool Heaters. Pool heaters shall beequipped with a readily accessible ON/OFF switchto allow shutting off the heater without adjusting thethermostat setting. Pool heaters fired by natural gasshall not have continuously burning pilot lights.[ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.5.1]

603.4.6.2 Pool Covers. Heated pools shall beequipped with a vapor retardant pool cover on or atthe water surface. Pools heated to more than 90°F(32ºC) shall have a pool cover with a minimum insu-lation value of R-12.Exception: Pools deriving over 60 percent of theenergy for heating from site-recovered energy orsolar energy source. [ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.5.2]603.4.6.3 Time Switches. Time switches shall beinstalled on swimming pool heaters and pumps.Exceptions:

(1) Where public health standards require 24-hourpump operation.

(2) Where pumps are required to operate solar andwaste heat recovery pool heating systems.[ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.5.3]



603.4.7 Heat Traps. Vertical pipe risers serving storagewater heaters and storage tanks not having integral heattraps and serving a nonrecirculating system shall haveheat traps on both the inlet and outlet piping as close aspractical to the storage tank. A heat trap is a means tocounteract the natural convection of heated water in avertical pipe run. The means is either a device specifi-cally designed for the purpose or an arrangement oftubing that forms a loop of 360 degrees (6.28 rad) orpiping that from the point of connection to the waterheater (inlet or outlet) includes a length of piping directeddownward before connection to the vertical piping of thesupply water or hot-water distribution system, as appli-cable. [ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.6]

603.5 Prescriptive Path.

603.5.1 Space Heating and Water Heating. Theuse of a gas-fired or oil-fired space-heating boiler systemotherwise complying with Section 603.0 to provide thetotal space heating and water heating for a building isallowed when one of the following conditions is met:(1) The single space-heating boiler, or the component

of a modular or multiple boiler system that is heatingthe service water, has a standby loss in Btu/h (kW)not exceeding (13.3 × pmd + 400)/n, where (pmd) isthe probable maximum demand in gallons per hour,determined in accordance with the proceduresdescribed in generally accepted engineering stan-dards and handbooks, and (n) is the fraction of theyear when the outdoor daily mean temperature isgreater than 64.9°F (18.28ºC).

The standby loss is to be determined for a testperiod of 24 hours duration while maintaining aboiler water temperature of at least 90°F (32ºC)above ambient, with an ambient temperaturebetween 60°F (16ºC) and 90°F (32ºC). For a boilerwith a modulating burner, this test shall beconducted at the lowest input.

(2) It is demonstrated to the satisfaction of the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction that the use of a single heatsource will consume less energy than separate units.

(3) The energy input of the combined boiler and waterheater system is less than 150 000 Btu/h (44 kW).[ASHRAE 90.1:7.5.1]

603.5.2 Service Water Heating Equipment. Servicewater heating equipment used to provide the additionalfunction of space heating as part of a combination (inte-grated) system shall satisfy all stated requirements for theservice water heating equipment. [ASHRAE 90.1:7.5.2]603.5.3 Heat Recovery for Service Water Heating.

603.5.3.1 Condenser heat recovery systems shallbe installed for heating or preheating of service hotwater provided all of the following are true:(1) The facility operates 24 hours a day.(2) The total installed heat rejection capacity of the

water-cooled systems exceeds 6 000 000 Btu/h(1758 kW) of heat rejection.

(3) The design service water heating loadexceeds 1 000 000 Btu/h (293 kW). [ASHRAE90.1:6.5.6.2.1]

603.5.3.2 The required heat recovery system shallhave the capacity to provide the smaller of:(1) Sixty percent of the peak heat rejection load at

design conditions.(2) Preheat of the peak service hot water draw to

85°F (29ºC). [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.6.2.2]Exceptions:

(a) Facilities that employ condenser heat recoveryfor space heating with a heat recovery designexceeding 30 percent of the peak water-cooledcondenser load at design conditions.

(b) Facilities that provide 60 percent of their servicewater heating from site-solar or site-recoveredenergy or from other sources.

603.6 Submittals.

603.6.1 General. The Authority Having Jurisdictionshall require submittal of compliance documentation andsupplemental information, in accordance with Section103.0 of this supplement and the applicable mechanicaland building codes.

604.0 Solar Water Heating Systems.

604.1 General. The erection, installation, alteration, addi-tion to, use or maintenance of solar water heating systemsshall be in accordance with this section and the Uniform SolarEnergy Code.604.2 Annual Inspection and Maintenance. Solarenergy systems that utilize a heat transfer fluid shall beinspected annually, unless inspections are required on a morefrequent basis by the solar energy system manufacturer.

605.0 Hard Water.

605.1 Softening and Treatment. Where water has hard-ness equal to or exceeding 10 gr/gal (171 mg/L) measured astotal calcium carbonate equivalents, the water supply line towater heating equipment and the circuit of boilers shall be soft-ened or treated to prevent accumulation of lime scale andconsequent reduction in energy efficiency.

606.0 Drain Water Heat Exchangers. Drain water heatexchangers shall comply with IAPMO PS-92. The heatexchanger shall be accessible.


701.0 General.

701.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall establishthe means of enhancing energy efficiency associated withmechanical systems in a building.

702.0 Heating, Ventilation, and Air-ConditioningLow-Rise Residential Buildings.

702.1 General. The heating, ventilating, air-conditioning,for single-family houses, multi-family structures of threestories or fewer above grade, and modular houses shall be inaccordance with Section 702.2 through Section 702.13. Theheating, ventilation, and air-conditioning system of otherbuildings shall be in accordance with Section 703.0.

702.2 Heating, Ventilating, and Air-ConditioningSystems and Equipment. This section shall regulate onlyequipment using single-phase electric power, air conditioners,and heat pumps with rated cooling capacities less than 65 000British thermal units per hour (Btu/h) (19.0 kW), warm airfurnaces with rated heating capacities less than 225 000 Btu/h(66 kW), boilers less than 300 000 Btu/h (88 kW) input, andheating-only heat pumps with rated heating capacities less than65 000 Btu/h (19.0 kW). [ASHRAE 90.2:6.2]

702.2.1 Non-Residential Type Systems andEquipment. Heating, ventilating, and air-conditioningsystems and equipment that does not fall under therequirements in Section 702.0 shall be in accordancewith the applicable requirements of Section 703.0.

702.3 Balancing. The air distribution system design,including outlet grilles, shall provide a means for balancingthe air distribution system unless the design procedureprovides a system intended to operate within ± 10 percent ofdesign air quantities. [ASHRAE 90.2:6.3]

702.3.1 Balancing Dampers. Balancing dampersshall be installed in all branch ducts and the axis of thedamper must be installed parallel to the direction ofairflow in the main duct.

702.4 Ducts. Ducts shall be sized, installed, and tested inaccordance with Section 702.4.1 through Section 702.4.4.

702.4.1 Insulation for Ducts. Portions of the air distri-bution system installed in or on buildings for heating andcooling shall be R-8. When the mean outdoor dew-pointtemperature in any month exceeds 60°F (16°C), vaporretarders shall be installed on conditioned-air supply ducts.Vapor retarders shall have a water vapor permeance notexceeding 0.5 perm [0.0000000000286 kg/(Pa•s•m2)] whentested in accordance with Procedure A in ASTM E96.

Insulation is not required when the ducts are withinthe conditioned space. [ASHRAE 90.2:6.4]

702.4.2 Ducts and Register Penetrations. Joints,seams, and penetrations of duct systems shall be madeairtight by means of mastics, gasketing, or other meansin accordance with the mechanical code. Register pene-

trations shall be sealed to the wall or floor assemblies.Where HVAC duct penetrates a conditioned space, theduct penetration shall be sealed to the wall or floorassembly to prevent leakage into an unconditioned space.

702.4.3 Duct Leakage Test. For systems with anyduct or air handler outside of the conditioned space, aduct leakage test shall be performed in accordance withSection 702.4.3.1.

702.4.3.1 Duct Leakage Verification Test.Ductwork shall be tested to the maximum permittedleakage in 1 cubic foot per minute (ft3/min)/100square feet (ft2) (0.05 L/s/m2) of duct surface areain accordance with the SMACNA Air Duct LeakageTest Manual. All register penetrations shall besealed during the test. The test shall be conductedwith a pressure differential of 0.1 inch water gauge(0.024 kPa) across the tested system.

702.4.4 Duct Sizing. Duct systems shall be sized inaccordance with ACCA Manual D or other methodsapproved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction with thevelocity in the main duct not to exceed 1000 feet perminute (ft/min) (5 m/s) and the velocity in the secondarybranch duct not to exceed 600 ft/min (3.05 m/s).

702.5 Insulation for Piping. HVAC system piping installedto serve buildings and within buildings shall be thermally insu-lated in accordance with Table 702.5. [ASHRAE 90.2:6.5]

702.6 Ventilation and Combustion Air.

702.6.1 Ventilation Air. The building shall bedesigned to have the capability to provide the ventilationair specified in Table 702.6.1. Mechanical ventilationshall be calculated in accordance with Equation 702.6.1.[ASHRAE 90.2:6.3.1]

Mechanical (Equation 702.6.1)Ventilation = [(0.35 – Summer) × Volume] / 60

Where:

Mechanical Ventilation = required mechanical ventilation rate to

supplement summer infiltration, cfm

Summer = summer design infiltration rate, ach

Volume = volume of conditioned space, ft3

702.6.2 Combustion Air. Combustion air for fossilfuel heating equipment shall be in accordance with thelocally adopted code or with one of the following:natural gas and propane heating equipment, NFPA 54;oil heating equipment, NFPA 31; or solid fuel burningequipment, NFPA 211. [ASHRAE 90.2:6.3.2]

702.7 Electric Heating Systems. Electric heatingsystems shall be installed in accordance with the followingrequirements. [ASHRAE 90.2:6.7]

CHAPTER 7HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEMS

AND EQUIPMENT - ENERGY EFFICIENCY


HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONINGSYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT – ENERGY EFFICIENCY

702.7.1 Wall, Floor, or Ceiling Electric-Resis-tance Heating. Where wall, floor, or ceiling electric-resistance heating units are used, the structure shall bezoned and heaters installed in each zone in accordancewith the heat loss of that zone. Where living and sleeping

zones are separate, the number of zones shall not be lessthan two. If two or more heaters are installed in any oneroom, they shall be controlled by one thermostat.[ASHRAE 90.2:6.7.1]

702.7.2 Electric Central Warm Air Heating. Whenelectric central warm air heating is to be installed, an elec-tric heat pump or an off-peak electric heating system withthermal storage shall be used. [ASHRAE 90.2:6.7.2]

Exceptions:

(1) Electric resistance furnaces where the ducts arelocated inside the conditioned space, and not lessthan two zones are provided where the living andsleeping zones are separate.

(2) Packaged air-conditioning units with supplementalelectric heat.

702.8 Bath Ceiling Units. Bath ceiling units providing anycombination of heat, light, or ventilation shall be providedwith controls permitting separate operation of the heatingfunction. [ASHRAE 90.2:6.8]

702.9 HVAC Equipment, Rated Combinations. HVACsystem equipment and system components shall be furnishedwith the input(s), the output(s), and the value of the appro-

For SI Units: t/ºC= (t/ºF-32)/1.8, 1 British thermal unit = 1055 J, 1 inch = 25 mm1 For insulation outside the stated conductivity range, the minimum thickness (T) shall be determined as follows:

T = r{(1 + t/r)K/k – 1}

Where:

T = minimum insulation thickness (inches).

r = actual outside radius of pipe (inches).

t = insulation thickness listed in this table for applicable fluid temperature and pipe size.

K = conductivity of alternate material at mean rating temperature indicated for the applicable fluid temperature [Btu∙inch/(h∙ft2∙ºF)]

k = the upper value of the conductivity range listed in this table for the applicable fluid temperature.2 These thicknesses are based on energy efficiency considerations only. Additional insulation is sometimes required relative to safety issues/surface tempera-

ture. 3 Piping insulation is not required between the control valve and coil on run-outs when the control valve is located within 4 feet (1219 mm) of the coil and the

pipe size is 1 inch (25 mm) or less.4 These thicknesses are based on energy efficiency considerations only. Issues such as water vapor permeability or surface condensation sometimes require vapor

retarders, additional insulation or both.5 For piping exposed to outdoor air, increase insulation thickness by 1⁄2 inch (12.7 mm). The outdoor air is defined as any portion of insulation that is exposed

to outdoor air. For example, attic spaces and crawlspaces are considered exposed to outdoor air.

INSULATION CONDUCTIVITY NOMINAL PIPE DIAMETER (inches)

FLUID DESIGN OPERATINGTEMPERATURE RANGE

(°F)Btu•inch/(h•ft

2•°F)

MEAN RATINGTEMPERATURE

(°F)<1 1 TO 1-1⁄4 1-1⁄2 TO 3-1/2 4 TO 6

EQUAL TO OR

GREATERTHAN 8

HEATING SYSTEMS (STEAM, STEAM CONDENSATE, AND HOT WATER)2, 3

201–250 0.27–0.30 150 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0

141–200 0.25–0.29 125 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5

105–140 0.22–0.28 100 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0

COOLING SYSTEMS (CHILLED WATER, BRINE, AND REFRIGERANT)4

40–55 0.22–0.28 100 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0

Below 40 0.22–0.28 100 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.5

TABLE 702.5

MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION THICKNESS1, 5

[ASHRAE 90.2: TABLE 6.5]

For SI units: 1 cubic foot per minute = 0.00047 m3/s.1 Calculate in accordance with Equation 702.6.1.2 Reference standards:

(A) ACCA Manual J

(B) ASHRAE GRP-158

TABLE 702.6.1 VENTILATION AIR

[ASHRAE 90.2: TABLE 6.1.1]

CATEGORYMINIMUM

REQUIREMENTCONDITIONS

Mechanical

ventilation1 50 ft3/min outdoor air

When summer design

infiltration rate calcu-

lated in accordance with

reference standard A or

B is less than 0.35 ach2

Kitchen exhaust 100 ft3/min intermittent All conditions

Bath exhaust intermittent All conditions

priate performance descriptor of HVAC products in accor-dance with federal law or as specified in Table 702.9, as appli-cable. These shall be based on newly produced equipment orcomponents. Manufacturers’ recommended maintenanceinstructions shall be furnished with and attached to the equip-ment. The manufacturer of electric-resistance heating equip-ment shall furnish full-load energy input over the range ofvoltages at which the equipment is intended to operate.[ASHRAE 90.2:6.9]

702.10 Controls.

702.10.1 Temperature Control. Each system or eachzone within a system shall be provided with at least onethermostat capable of being set from 55°F (13°C) to 85°F(29°C) and capable of operating the system’s heating andcooling. The thermostat or control system, or both, shallhave an adjustable deadband, the range of which includesa setting of 10°F (-12°C) between heating and coolingwhen automatic changeover is provided. Wall-mountedtemperature controls shall be mounted on an inside wall.[ASHRAE 90.2:6.10.1]

702.10.1.1 Initial Control Setting. The Controlshall initially be set for a maximum heating temper-ature of 70°F (21°C) and a cooling temperature ofnot less than 78°F (26°C).

702.10.2 Ventilation Control. Each mechanicalventilation system (supply, exhaust, or both) shall beequipped with a readily accessible switch or other meansfor shutoff. Manual or automatic dampers installed forthe purpose of isolating outside air intakes and exhaustsfrom the air distribution system shall be designed fortight shutoff. [ASHRAE 90.2:6.10.2]

702.10.3 Humidity Control.

702.10.3.1 Heating. If additional energy-consuming equipment is provided for adding mois-ture to maintain specific selected relative humiditiesin spaces or zones, a humidistat shall be provided.This device shall be capable of being set to preventenergy from being used to produce relative humidity

within the space above 30 percent. [ASHRAE90.2:6.10.3.1]

702.10.3.2 Cooling. If additional energy-consuming equipment is provided for reducinghumidity, it shall be equipped with controls capableof being set to prevent energy from being used toproduce a relative humidity within the space below50 percent during periods of human occupancy andbelow 60 percent during unoccupied periods.[ASHRAE 90.2:6.10.3.2]

702.10.4 Freeze Protection Systems. Freezeprotection systems, such as heat tracing of outdoor pipingand heat exchangers, including self-regulating heattracing, shall include automatic controls capable of shut-ting off the systems when outdoor air temperatures areabove 40°F (4°C) or when the conditions of the protectedfluid will prevent freezing. Snow- and ice-meltingsystems shall include automatic controls capable of shut-ting off the systems when the pavement temperature isabove 50°F (10°C) and no precipitation is falling and anautomatic or manual control that will allow shutoff whenthe outdoor temperature is above 40°F (4°C) so that thepotential for snow or ice accumulation is negligible.[ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.8]

702.10.5 Other Controls. When setback, zoned,humidity and cooling controls and equipment areprovided, they shall be designed and installed in accor-dance with Section 702.10. [ASHRAE 90.2:6.10.3.3]

702.11 Whole House Fans. Whole house exhaust fansshall have insulated louvers or covers which close when thefan is off. Covers or louvers shall have a insulation value ofnot less than R-4.2, and shall be installed in accordance withmanufacturer’s instructions. The attic openings shall be suffi-cient to accommodate the ventilation capacity of the wholehouse fan. The operation of the whole house fan shall beconsidered in determining the adequacy of providing combus-tion air in accordance with the mechanical code.

702.12 Attic Fans. Reserved.

702.13 Dampers. Dampers shall be installed to close offoutdoor air inlets and exhaust outlets when the ventilationsystem is not operating.

703.0 Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning –Other Than Low-Rise Residential Buildings.

703.1 General. The heating, ventilation, and air-condi-tioning in buildings, other than single-family houses, multi-family structures of three stories or fewer above grade, andmodular houses, shall be in accordance with this section.

703.1.1 Scope.

703.1.1.1 New Buildings. Mechanical equipmentand systems serving the heating, cooling, or venti-lating needs of new buildings shall comply with therequirements of this section as described in Section703.2. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.1.1.1]

703.1.1.2 Additions to Existing Buildings.Mechanical equipment and systems serving theheating, cooling, or ventilating needs of additions to



EQUIPMENTTYPE

SUBCATE-GORY OR

RATING CONDI-TION

MINIMUMEFFICIENCY

TESTPROCEDURE

Ground-

water* source

heat pump

Cooling Mode

11.0 EER @ 70ºF

Ent. WaterISO 13256-1

11.5 EER @ 50ºF

Ent. Water

Heating Mode

3.4 COP @ 70ºF

Ent. WaterISO 13256-1

3.0 COP @ 50ºF

Ent. Water

For SI units: t/ºC = (t/ºF-32)/1.8

* Performance for electrically powered equipment with capacity less than

65 000 Btu/h (19.0 kW) when rated in accordance with ARI Standard 325.

TABLE 702.9MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR NON-FEDERALLY COVERED

HVAC EQUIPMENT[ASHRAE 90.2: TABLE 6.9]

existing buildings shall comply with the require-ments of this section as described in Section 703.2.

Exception: When HVAC to an addition is providedby existing HVAC systems and equipment, suchexisting systems and equipment shall not be requiredto comply with this supplement. However, any newsystems or equipment installed must comply withspecific requirements applicable to those systemsand equipment. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.1.1.2]

703.1.1.3 Alterations to Heating, Ventilating,and Air-Conditioning in Existing Buildings.

703.1.1.3.1 New HVAC equipment as a directreplacement of existing HVAC equipment shallcomply with the specific minimum efficiencyrequirements applicable to that equipment.[ASHRAE 90.1:6.1.1.3.1]

703.1.1.3.2 New cooling systems installed toserve previously uncooled spaces shall complywith this section as described in Section 703.2.[ASHRAE 90.1:6.1.1.3.2]

703.1.1.3.3 Alterations to existing coolingsystems shall not decrease economizer capa-bility unless the system complies with Section703.5.1. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.1.1.3.3]

703.1.1.3.4 New and replacement ductworkshall comply with Section 703.4.4.1 and Section703.4.4.2. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.1.1.3.4]

703.1.1.3.5 New and replacement piping shallcomply with Section 703.4.4.1. [ASHRAE90.1: 6.1.1.3.5]

Exceptions: Compliance shall not be required:

(1) for equipment that is being modified orrepaired but not replaced, provided that suchmodifications, repairs for the following orboth will not result in an increase in theannual energy consumption of the equip-ment using the same energy type.

(2) where a replacement or alteration of equip-ment requires extensive revisions to othersystems, equipment, or elements of abuilding, and such replaced or altered equip-ment is a like-for-like replacement.

(3) for a refrigerant change of existing equip-ment.

(4) for the relocation of existing equipment.

(5) for ducts and pipes where there is insuffi-cient space or access to meet these require-ments.

703.2 Compliance Path(s).

703.2.1 Compliance with Section 703.0 shall beachieved by meeting all requirements for Section 703.1,General; Section 703.7, Submittals; Section 703.8,Minimum Equipment Efficiency Tables; and either:

(1) Section 703.3, Simplified Approach Option forHVAC Systems.

(2) Section 703.4, Mandatory Provisions; and Section703.5, Prescriptive Path. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.2.1]

Exception: Projects using the Energy Cost BudgetMethod of Section 11 of ASHRAE 90.1, provided suchprojects comply with Section 703.4, the mandatory provi-sions of this section, as a portion of that compliance path.

703.3 Simplified Approach Option for HVACSystems.

703.3.1 Scope. The simplified approach is an optionalpath for compliance when the following conditions aremet:

(1) Building is two stories or fewer in height.

(2) Gross floor area is less than 25 000 ft2 (2323 m2).

(3) Each HVAC system in the building complies withthe requirements listed in Section 703.3.2.[ASHRAE 90.1:6.3.1]

703.3.2 Criteria. The HVAC system must meet all ofthe following criteria:

(1) The system serves a single HVAC zone.

(2) The equipment must meet the variable flow require-ments of Section 703.4.3.10.

(3) Cooling (if any) shall be provided by a unitary pack-aged or split-system air conditioner that is either air-cooled or evaporatively cooled with efficiencymeeting the requirements shown in Table 703.8.1(1)(air conditioners), Table 703.8.1(2) (heat pumps), orTable 703.8.1(4) (packaged terminal and room airconditioners and heat pumps) for the applicableequipment category.

(4) The system shall have an air economizer meetingthe requirements of Section 703.5.1.

(5) Heating (if any) shall be provided by a unitary pack-aged or split-system heat pump that meets the appli-cable efficiency requirements shown in Table703.8.1(2) (heat pumps) or Table 703.8.1(4) (pack-aged terminal and room air conditioners and heatpumps), a fuel-fired furnace that meets the appli-cable efficiency requirements shown in Table703.8.1(5) (furnaces, duct furnaces, and unitheaters), an electric resistance heater, or a baseboardsystem connected to a boiler that meets the appli-cable efficiency requirements shown in Table703.8.1(6) (boilers).

(6) The system shall meet the exhaust air energyrecovery requirements of Section 703.5.6.1.

(7) The system shall be controlled by a manualchangeover or dual setpoint thermostat.

(8) If a heat pump equipped with auxiliary internal elec-tric resistance heaters is installed, controls shall beprovided that prevent supplemental heater operationwhen the heating load can be met by the heat pumpalone during both steady-state operation and setbackrecovery. Supplemental heater operation is permittedduring outdoor coil defrost cycles. The heat pumpmust be controlled by either:



(a) A digital or electronic thermostat designed forheat pump use that energizes auxiliary heat onlywhen the heat pump has insufficient capacity tomaintain setpoint or to warm up the space at asufficient rate.

(b) A multistage space thermostat and an outdoor airthermostat wired to energize auxiliary heat onlyon the last stage of the space thermostat and whenoutside air temperature is less than 40°F (4°C).Heat pumps whose minimum efficiency is regu-lated by NAECA and whose HSPF rating bothmeets the requirements shown in Table 703.8.1(2)and includes all usage of internal electric resist-ance heating are exempted from the controlrequirements of this part [Section 703.3.2(7)].

(9) The system controls shall not permit reheat or anyother form of simultaneous heating and cooling forhumidity control.

(10) Systems serving spaces other than hotel/motel guestrooms, and other than those requiring continuousoperation, which have both a cooling or heatingcapacity greater than 15 000 Btu/h (4.4 kW) and asupply fan motor power greater than 3⁄4 horsepower(hp) (0.6 kW), shall be provided with a time clockthat:

(a) Can start and stop the system under differentschedules for seven different day-types perweek.

(b) Capable of retaining programming and timesetting during a loss of power for a period of atleast 10 hours.

(c) Includes an accessible manual override thatallows temporary operation of the system for upto two hours.

(d) Capable of temperature setback down to 55°F(13ºC) during off hours.

(e) Capable of temperature setup to 90°F (32ºC)during off hours.

(11) Except for piping within manufacturer’s units,HVAC piping shall be insulated in accordance withTable 703.8.3. Insulation exposed to weather shall besuitable for outdoor service (e.g., protected byaluminum, sheet metal, painted canvas, or plasticcover). Cellular foam insulation shall be protected asabove or painted with a coating that is water retar-dant and provides shielding from solar radiation.

(12) Ductwork and plenums shall be insulated in accor-dance with Table 703.8.2(1) and Table 703.8.2(2)and shall be sealed in accordance with Table703.4.4.2(1).

(13) Construction documents shall require a ducted systemto be air balanced in accordance with industry-accepted procedures.

(14) Outdoor air intake and exhaust systems shall meet therequirements of Section 703.4.3.4.

(15) Where separate heating and cooling equipmentserves the same temperature zone, thermostats shallbe interlocked to prevent simultaneous heating andcooling.

(16) Systems with a design supply air capacity greaterthan 10 000 ft3/min (4719.4 L/s) shall have optimumstart controls.

(17) The system shall comply with the demand controlventilation requirements in Section 703.4.3.9.[ASHRAE 90.1:6.3.2]

703.3.3 Climate Zone Determination. Climatezones identified in this supplement shall be determined inaccordance with Section 5.1.4 of ASHRAE 90.1.

Exception: If recorded historical climatic data are avail-able for a construction site, it is permitted to be used todetermine compliance if approved by the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction.

703.4 Mandatory Provisions.

703.4.1 Equipment Efficiencies, Verification, andLabeling Requirements.

703.4.1.1 Minimum Equipment Efficien-cies—Listed Equipment—Standard Ratingand Operating Conditions. Equipment shownin Table 703.8.1(1) through Table 703.8.1(7) shallhave a minimum performance at the specified ratingconditions when tested in accordance with the spec-ified test procedure. Where multiple rating condi-



TABLE 703.3.2ELIMINATE REQUIRED ECONOMIZER FOR COMFORT

COOLING BY INCREASING COOLING EFFICIENCY[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.3.2]

Climate Zone Efficiency Improvementa

2a 17%

2b 21%

3a 27%

3b 32%

3c 65%

4a 42%

4b 49%

4c 64%

5a 49%

5b 59%

5c 74%

6a 56%

6b 65%

7 72%

8 77%

aIf a unit is rated with an IPLV, IEER or SEER then to eliminate the

required air or water economizer, the minimum cooling efficiency of

the HVAC unit must be increased by the percentage shown. If the HVAC

unit is only rated with a full load metric like EER or COP cooling then

these must be increased by the percentage shown.

tions or performance requirements are provided, theequipment shall satisfy all stated requirements,unless otherwise exempted by footnotes in the table.Equipment covered under the Federal Energy PolicyAct of 1992 (EPACT) shall have no minimum effi-ciency requirements for operation at minimumcapacity or other than standard rating conditions.Equipment used to provide water heating functionsas part of a combination system shall satisfy allstated requirements for the appropriate space heatingor cooling category.

Tables are as follows:

(1) Table 703.8.1(1) – Air Conditioners andCondensing Units.

(2) Table 703.8.1(2) – Heat Pumps.

(3) Table 703.8.1(3) – Water-Chilling Packages(see Section 703.4.1.2.1 for water-cooledcentrifugal water-chilling packages that aredesigned to operate at nonstandard conditions).

(4) Table 703.8.1(4) – Packaged Terminal andRoom Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps.

(5) Table 703.8.1(5) – Furnaces, Duct Furnaces,and Unit Heaters.

(6) Table 703.8.1(6) – Boilers.

(7) Table 703.8.1(7) – Heat Rejection Equipment.

(8) Table 703.8.1(8) – Heat Transfer Equpment.

(9) Table 703.8.1(9) – Variable Refrigerant FlowAir Conditioners.

(10) Table 703.8.1(10) – Variable Refrigerant FlowAir-to-Air and Applied Heat Pumps.

(11) Table 703.8.1(11) – Air Conditioners ServingComputer Rooms.

Furnaces with input ratings of ≥225 000 Btu/h(66 kW), including electric furnaces, that are notlocated within the conditioned space shall havejacket losses not exceeding 0.75 percent of the inputrating. Air conditioners primarily serving computerrooms and covered by ASHRAE Standard 127 shallmeet the requirements in Table 703.8.1(11). Allother air conditioners shall meet the requirements inTable 703.8.1(1). [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.1.1]

703.4.1.2 Minimum Equipment Efficiencies—Listed Equipment—Nonstandard Conditions.

703.4.1.2.1 Water-Cooled CentrifugalChilling Packages. Equipment not designedfor operation at AHRI Standard 550/590 testconditions of 44°F (7ºC) leaving chilled fluidtemperature and 85°F (29ºC) enteringcondenser-fluid temperature with 3 gallons perminute (gpm) per ton (0.0002 L/s/kg)condenser-fluid flow (and, thus, cannot betested to meet the requirements of Table703.8.1(3)) shall have maximum full-loadkW/ton and NPLV ratings adjusted using thefollowing equation:

(Equation 703.4.1.2.1)

Adjusted maximum full-load kW/ton rating =(full-load kW/ton from Table 703.8.1(3))/KadjAdjusted maximum NPLV rating = (IPLV from Table 703.8.1(3))/Kadj

Kadj = A x B

Where:

A = 0.00000014592 x (LIFT)4 - 0.0000346496 x (LIFT)3 + 0.00314196 x (LIFT)2 - 0.147199 x (LIFT) + 3.9302

B = 0.0015 x LvgEvap + 0.934

LIFT = LvgCond - LvgEvap

LvgCond = Full-load condenser leaving fluid temperature (°F)

LvgEvap = Full-load evaporator leaving temperature (°F)

The adjusted full-load and NPLV values areonly applicable for centrifugal chillers meetingall of the following full-load design ranges:

(1) Minimum Evaporator Leaving Tempera-ture: 36°F (2ºC)

(2) Maximum Condenser Leaving Tempera-ture: 115°F (46ºC)

(3) LIFT ≥ 20ºF and ≤ 80ºF

Manufacturers shall calculate the adjustedmaximum kW/ton and NPLV before deter-mining whether to label the chiller per Section703.4.1.5. Compliance with 90.1-2007 or -2010or both shall be labeled on chillers within thescope of the Standard.

Centrifugal chillers designed to operateoutside of these ranges are not covered by thisStandard.. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.1.2.1]

Example: Path A 600 ton (600 000 kg)centrifugal chiller Table 703.8.1(3) efficiencies

Full Load = 0.570 kW/ton

IPLV = 0.539 kW/ton

LvgCond = 91.16°F

LvgEvap = 42°F

LIFT = 91.16 – 42 = 49.16°F (10ºC)

Kadj = A x B

A = 0.00000014592 x (49.16)4 - 0.0000346496 x (49.16)3 + 0.00314196 x (4916)2 - 0.147199 x(4916) + 3.9302 = 1.0228

B = 0.0015 x 42 + 0.934 = 0.9970

Adjusted full load = 0.570/(1.0228 x 0.9970)

= 0.559 kW/ton



NPLV = 0.539/(1.0228 x 0.9970) = 0.529 kW/ton

703.4.1.2.2 Positive Displacement (air-and water-cooled) Chilling Packages.Equipment with an evaporator leaving fluidtemperature higher than 32°F (0°C) shall showcompliance with Table 703.8.1(3) when testedor certified with water at standard rating condi-tions, per the referenced test procedure.[ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.1.2.2]

703.4.1.3 Equipment Not Listed. Equipmentnot listed in the tables referenced in Section703.4.1.1 and Section 703.4.1.2 may be used.[ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.1.3]

703.4.1.4 Verification of Equipment Efficien-cies. Equipment efficiency information supplied bymanufacturers shall be verified as follows:

(1) Equipment covered under EPACT shall complywith U.S. Department of Energy certificationrequirements.

(2) If a certification program exists for a coveredproduct, and it includes provisions for verifica-tion and challenge of equipment efficiencyratings, then the product shall be listed in thecertification program, or

(3) If a certification program exists for a coveredproduct, and it includes provisions for verifica-tion and challenge of equipment efficiencyratings, but the product is not listed in theexisting certification program, the ratings shallbe verified by an independent laboratory testreport, or

(4) If no certification program exists for a coveredproduct, the equipment efficiency ratings shallbe supported by data furnished by the manu-facturer, or

(5) Where components such as indoor or outdoorcoils from different manufacturers are used, thesystem designer shall specify component effi-ciencies whose combined efficiency meets theminimum equipment efficiency requirements inSection 703.4.1.

(6) Requirements for plate type liquid-to-liquidheat exchangers are listed in Table 703.8.1(8).[ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.1.4]

703.4.1.5 Labeling.

703.4.1.5.1 Mechanical Equipment.Mechanical equipment that is not covered bythe U.S. National Appliance Energy Conserva-tion Act (NAECA) of 1987 shall carry a perma-nent label installed by the manufacturer statingthat the equipment complies with the require-ments of ASHRAE 90.1. [ASHRAE90.1:6.4.1.5.1]

703.4.1.5.2 Packaged Terminal AirConditioners. Nonstandard size packaged

terminal air conditioners and heat pumps withexisting sleeves having an external wall openingof less than 16 inches (406 mm) high or lessthan 42 inches (1067 mm) wide and having across-sectional area less than 670 square inches(in2) (62 m2) shall be factory labeled as follows:Manufactured for nonstandard size applicationsonly: not to be installed in new constructionprojects. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.1.5.2]

703.4.2 Calculations.

703.4.2.1 Load Calculations. Heating and coolingsystem design loads for the purpose of sizing systemsand equipment shall be determined in accordance withANSI/ASHRAE/ACCA Standard 183-2007, PeakCooling and Heating Load Calculations in BuildingExcept Low-Rise Residential Buildings. [ASHRAE90.1:6.4.2.1]

703.4.2.2 Pump Head. Pump differential pressure(head) for the pupose of sizing pumps shall be deter-mined in accordance with generally accepted engi-neering standards and handbooks acceptable to theadopting authority. The pressure drop through eachdevice and pipe segment in the critical circuit at designconditions shall be calculated. [ASHRAE90.1:6.4.2.2]

703.4.2.3 System Sizing. Reserved.

703.4.3 Controls.

703.4.3.1 Zone Thermostatic Controls.

703.4.3.1.1 General. The supply of heatingand cooling energy to each zone shall be indi-vidually controlled by thermostatic controlsresponding to temperature within the zone. Forthe purposes of Section 703.4.3.1, a dwellingunit shall be permitted to be considered a singlezone. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.1.1]

Exceptions: Independent perimeter systemsthat are designed to offset only building enve-lope loads shall be permitted to serve one ormore zones also served by an interior systemprovided:

(1) The perimeter system includes at least onethermostatic control zone for each buildingexposure having exterior walls facing onlyone orientation for 50 contiguous feet (15 240 mm) or more.

(2) The perimeter system heating and coolingsupply is controlled by a thermostaticcontrol(s) located within the zones(s)served by the system.

Exterior walls are considered to havedifferent orientations if the directions they facediffer by more than 45 degrees (0.79 rad).

703.4.3.1.2 Dead Band. Where used tocontrol both heating and cooling, zone thermo-static controls shall be capable of providing atemperature range or dead band of not less than



5°F (-15ºC) within which the supply of heatingand cooling energy to the zone is shut off orreduced to a minimum. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.1.2]

Exceptions:

(1) Thermostats that require manual changeoverbetween heating and cooling modes.

(2) Special occupancy or special applicationswhere wide temperature ranges are notacceptable (such as retirement homes,process applications, museums, some areasof hospitals) and are approved by theAuthority Having Jurisdiction.

703.4.3.2 Setpoint Overlap Restriction. Whereheating and cooling to a zone are controlled by sepa-rate zone thermostatic controls located within thezone, means (such as limit switches, mechanicalstops, or, for DDC systems, software programming)shall be provided to prevent the heating setpoint fromexceeding the cooling setpoint minus any applicableproportional band. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.2]

703.4.3.3 Off-Hour Controls. HVAC systemsshall have the off-hour controls required by Section703.4.3.3.1 through Section 703.4.3.3.4. [ASHRAE90.1:6.4.3.3]

Exceptions:

(1) HVAC systems intended to operate continu-ously.

(2) HVAC systems having a design heatingcapacity and cooling capacity less than 15 000Btu/h (4.4 kW) that are equipped with readilyaccessible manual ON/ OFF controls.

703.4.3.3.1 Automatic Shutdown. HVACsystems shall be equipped with at least one ofthe following:

(1) Controls that can start and stop the systemunder different time schedules for sevendifferent day-types per week, are capableof retaining programming and time settingduring loss of power for a period of not lessthan 10 hours, and include an accessiblemanual override, or equivalent function,that allows temporary operation of thesystem for up to 2 hours.

(2) An occupant sensor that is capable of shut-ting the system off when no occupant issensed for a period of up to 30 minutes.

(3) A manually operated timer capable ofbeing adjusted to operate the system for upto 2 hours.

(4) An interlock to a security system that shutsthe system off when the security system isactivated. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.3.1]

Exception: Residential occupancies shall usecontrols that can start and stop the system undertwo different time schedules per week.

703.4.3.3.2 Setback Controls. Heatingsystems located in climate zone 2 through zone8 shall be equipped with controls that have thecapability to automatically restart and temporarilyoperate the system as required to maintain zonetemperatures above a heating setpoint adjustabledown to 55°F (13ºC) or lower. Cooling systemslocated in climate zones 1b, 2b, and 3b shall beequipped with controls that have the capability toautomatically restart and temporarily operate thesystem as required to maintain zone temperaturesbelow a cooling setpoint adjustable up to 90°F(32ºC) or higher or to prevent high spacehumidity levels. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.3.2]

Exception: Radiant floor and ceiling heatingsystems.

703.4.3.3.3 Optimum Start Controls. Indi-vidual heating and cooling air distributionsystems with a total design supply air capacityexceeding 10 000 ft3/min (4719.4 L/s), served byone or more supply fans, shall have optimumstart controls. The control algorithm shall, as aminimum, be a function of the differencebetween space temperature and occupiedsetpoint and the amount of time prior to sched-uled occupancy. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.3.3]

703.4.3.3.4 Zone Isolation. HVAC systemsserving zones that are intended to operate or beoccupied nonsimultaneously shall be dividedinto isolation areas. Zones may be grouped intoa single isolation area provided it does notexceed 25 000 ft2 (2323 m2) of conditionedfloor area nor include more than one floor. Eachisolation area shall be equipped with isolationdevices capable of automatically shutting offthe supply of conditioned air and outdoor air toand exhaust air from the area. Each isolationarea shall be controlled independently by adevice meeting the requirements of Section703.4.3.3.1, Automatic Shutdown. For centralsystems and plants, controls and devices shallbe provided to allow stable system and equip-ment operation for any length of time whileserving only the smallest isolation area servedby the system or plant. [ASHRAE90.1:6.4.3.3.4]

Exceptions: Isolation devices and controls arenot required for the following:

(1) Exhaust air and outdoor air connections toisolation zones when the fan system towhich they connect is 5000 ft3/min (2360L/s) and smaller.

(2) Exhaust airflow from a single isolationzone of less than 10 percent of the designairflow of the exhaust system to which itconnects.

(3) Zones intended to operate continuously or



intended to be inoperative only when allother zones are inoperative.

703.4.3.4 Ventilation System Controls.

703.4.3.4.1 Stair and Shaft Vents. Stairand elevator shaft vents shall be equipped withmotorized dampers that are capable of beingautomatically closed during normal buildingoperation and are interlocked to open asrequired by fire and smoke detection systems.[ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.4.1]

703.4.3.4.2 Shutoff Damper Controls.Both outdoor air supply and exhaust systemsshall be equipped with motorized dampers thatwill automatically shut when the systems orspaces served are not in use. Ventilation outdoorair dampers shall be capable of automaticallyshutting off during preoccupancy building warm-up, cool down, and setback, except when venti-lation reduces energy costs (e.g., night purge) orwhen ventilation must be supplied to meet coderequirements. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.4.2]

Exceptions:

(1) Backdraft gravity (nonmotorized) dampersare acceptable for exhaust and relief inbuildings less than three stories in heightand for ventilation air intakes and exhaustand relief dampers in buildings of anyheight located in climate zone 1 throughzone 3. Backdraft dampers for ventilationair intakes must be protected from directexposure to wind.

(2) Backdraft gravity (nonmotorized) dampersare acceptable in systems with a designoutdoor air intake or exhaust capacity of300 ft3/min (142.0 L/s) or less.

(3) Dampers are not required in ventilation orexhaust systems serving unconditionedspaces.

(4) Dampers are not required in exhaustsystems serving Type 1 kitchen exhausthoods.

703.4.3.4.3 Damper Leakage. Whereoutdoor air supply and exhaust/relief dampersare required by Section 703.4.3.4, they shallhave a maximum leakage rate when tested inaccordance with AMCA Standard 500 as indi-cated in Table 703.4.3.4.3. [ASHRAE90.1:6.4.3.4.3]

703.4.3.4.4 Ventilation Fan Controls. Fanswith motors greater than 0.75 hp (0.6 kW) shallhave automatic controls complying with Section703.4.3.3.1 that are capable of shutting off fanswhen not required. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.4.4]

Exception: HVAC systems intended to operatecontinuously.

703.4.3.4.5 Enclosed Parking GarageVentilation. Heat Enclosed parking garageventilation systems shall automatically detectcontaminant levels and stage fans or modulatefan airflow rates to 50 percent or less of designcapacity provided acceptable contaminant levelsare maintained. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.4.5]

Exceptions:

(1) Garages less than 30 000 square feet (9144m2) with ventilation systems that do notutilize mechanical cooling or mechanicalheating.

(2) Garages that have a garage area to ventila-tion system motor nameplate hp ratio that



VENTILATION AIR INTAKE EXHAUST/RELIEF

CLIMATE ZONE NONMOTORIZED1 MOTORIZED NONMOTORIZED

1 MOTORIZED

1, 2

any height

–

20

–

4

–

20 4

3

any height

–

20

–

10

–

20 10

4, 5b, 5c

less than 3 stories

3 or more stories

–

not allowed

not allowed

–

10

10

–

20

not allowed

10

10

5a, 6, 7, 8

les than 3 stories

3 or more stories

–

not allowed

not allowed

–

4

4

–

20

not allowed

4

4

For SI units: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 cubic foot per minute = 0.06 L/s, 1 square foot = 0.929 m2, 1 inch water gauge = 0.249 kPa1 Dampers smaller than 24 inches (610 mm) in either dimension shall have leakage of 40 (ft3/min)/ft2 (203 L/s/m2).

TABLE 703.4.3.4.3 MAXIMUM DAMPER LEAKAGE

(ft3/min/ft2) at 1.0 in. w.g.

[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.4.3.4.3]

exceed 1500 ft2/hp (186 m2/kW) and do notutilize mechanical cooling or mechanicalheating.

(3) Where not permitted by the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction.

703.4.3.5 Heat Pump Auxiliary Heat Control.Heat pumps equipped with internal electric resist-ance heaters shall have controls that prevent supple-mental heater operation when the heating load canbe met by the heat pump alone during both steady-state operation and setback recovery. Supplementalheater operation is permitted during outdoor coildefrost cycles. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.5]

Exceptions: Heat pumps whose minimum effi-ciency is regulated by U.S. National ApplianceEnergy Conservation Act (NAECA) and whoseHSPF rating both meets the requirements shown inTable 703.8.1(2) and includes all usage of internalelectric resistance heating.

703.4.3.6 Humidifier Preheat. Humidifiers withpreheating jackets mounted in the airstream shall beprovided with an automatic valve to shut off preheatwhen humidification is not required. [ASHRAE90.1:6.4.3.6]

703.4.3.7 Humidification and Dehumidifica-tion. Where a zone is served by a system or systemswith both humidification and dehumidification capa-bility, means (such as limit switches, mechanicalstops, or, for DDC systems, software programming)shall be provided capable of preventing simulta-neous operation of humidification and dehumidifi-cation equipment. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.7]

Exceptions:

(1) Zones served by desiccant systems, used withdirect evaporative cooling in series.

(2) Systems serving zones where specific humiditylevels are required, such as museums and hospi-tals, and approved by the Authority HavingJurisdiction.

703.4.3.8 Freeze Protection and Snow/IceMelting Systems. Freeze protection systems,such as heat tracing of outdoor piping and heatexchangers, including self-regulating heat tracing,shall include automatic controls capable of shuttingoff the systems when outdoor air temperatures areabove 40°F (4ºC) or when the conditions of theprotected fluid will prevent freezing. Snow- and ice-melting systems shall include automatic controlscapable of shutting off the systems when the pave-ment temperature is above 50°F (10ºC) and noprecipitation is falling and an automatic or manualcontrol that will allow shutoff when the outdoortemperature is above 40°F (4ºC) so that the potentialfor snow or ice accumulation is negligible.[ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.8]

703.4.3.9 Ventilation Controls for High-Occupancy Areas. Demand control ventilation

(DCV) is required for spaces larger than 500 ft2

(46.45 m2) and with a design occupancy for ventila-tion of greater than 40 people per 1000 ft2 (93 m2) offloor area and served by systems with one or moreof the following:

(1) An air-side economizer.

(2) An automatic modulating control of the outdoorair damper, or

(3) A design outdoor airflow greater than 3000ft3/min (1416.0 L/s). [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.9]

Exceptions:

(1) Systems with the exhaust air energy recoverycomplying with Section 703.5.6.1.

(2) Multiple-zone systems without DDC of indi-vidual zones communicating with a centralcontrol panel.

(3) Systems with a design outdoor airflow less than1200 ft3/min (566 L/s).

(4) Spaces where the supply airflow rate minus anymakeup or outgoing transfer air requirement isless than 1200 ft3/min (566 L/s).

703.4.3.10 Single Zone Variable-Air-VolumeControls. HVAC systems shall have variable airflowcontrols as follows:

(1) Air-handling and fan-coil units with chilled-watercooling coils and supply fans with motors greaterthan or equal to 5.36 hp (4 kW) shall have theirsupply fans controlled by two-speed motors orvariable-speed drives. At cooling demands lessthan or equal to 50 percent, the supply fancontrols shall be able to reduce the airflow to nogreater than the larger of the following:

(a) One half of the full fan speed , or

(b) The volume of outdoor air required to meet theventilation requirements of ASHRAE 62.1.

(2) Effective January 1, 2012, all air-conditioningequipment and air-handling units with directexpansion cooling and a cooling capacity atAHRI conditions greater than or equal to 110 000Btu/h (32.2 kW) that serve single zones shall havetheir supply fans controlled by two-speed motorsor variable-speed drives. At cooling demands lessthan or equal to 50 percent, the supply fancontrols shall be able to reduce the airflow to nogreater than the larger of the following:

(a) Two-thirds of the full fan speed, or

(b) The volume of outdoor air required to meet theventilation requirements of ASHRAE 62.1.[ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.3.10]

703.4.3.11 Outdoor Heating. Only radiant heatsystems shall be used to provide heat outdoors.Outdoor radiant heating systems shall be providedwith controls that sense the presence of occupantsor other device that automatically shuts down thesystem when no occupants are in the heating area.



703.4.4 HVAC System Construction and Insula-tion. HVAC Ducts shall be constructed in accordancewith provisions contained in the SMACNA HVAC DuctConstruction Standard. HVAC system construction andinsulation shall also comply with Section 703.4.4.1through Section 703.4.4.2.

703.4.4.1 Insulation.

703.4.4.1.1 General. Insulation required bythis section shall be installed in accordance withindustry-accepted standards (see InformativeAppendix E of ASHRAE 90.1). These require-ments do not apply to HVAC equipment. Insu-lation shall be protected from damage,including that due to sunlight, moisture, equip-ment maintenance, and wind, but not limited tothe following:

(1) Insulation exposed to weather shall be suit-able for outdoor service (e.g., protected byaluminum, sheet metal, painted canvas, orplastic cover). Cellular foam insulationshall be protected as above or painted witha coating that is water retardant andprovides shielding from solar radiation thatcan cause degradation of the material.

(2) Insulation covering chilled-water piping,refrigerant suction piping, or cooling ductslocated outside the conditioned space shallinclude a vapor retardant located outsidethe insulation (unless the insulation isinherently vapor retardant), all penetrationsand joints of which shall be sealed.[ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.4.1.1]

703.4.4.1.2 Duct and Plenum Insulation.All supply and return ducts and plenumsinstalled as part of an HVAC air distributionsystem shall be thermally insulated in accor-dance with Table 703.8.2(1) and Table703.8.2(2). [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.4.1.2]

Exceptions:

(1) Factory-installed plenums, casings, orductwork furnished as a part of HVACequipment tested and rated in accordancewith Section 703.4.1.

(2) Ducts or plenums located in heated spaces,semi-heated spaces, or cooled spaces.

(3) For runouts less than 10 feet (3048 mm) inlength to air terminals or air outlets, the ratedR-value of insulation need not exceed R-3.5.

(4) Backs of air outlets and outlet plenumsexposed to unconditioned or indirectlyconditioned spaces with face areas exceeding5 ft2 (0.5 m2) need not exceed R-2; those 5 ft2

(0.5 m2) or smaller need not be insulated.

703.4.4.1.3 Piping Insulation. Piping shallbe thermally insulated in accordance with Table703.8.3. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.4.4.1.3]

Exceptions:

(1) Factory-installed piping within HVACequipment tested and rated in accordancewith Section 703.4.1.

(2) Piping that conveys fluids having a designoperating temperature range between 60°F(16ºC) and 105°F (41ºC), inclusive.

(3) Piping that conveys fluids that have notbeen heated or cooled through the use offossil fuels or electricty (such as roof andcondensate drains, domestic cold watersupply, natural gas piping).

(4) Where heat gain or heat loss will not increaseenergy usage (such as liquid refrigerantpiping).

(5) In piping 1 inch (25.4 mm) or less, insula-tion is not required for strainers, controlvalves, and balancing valves.

703.4.4.1.4 Sensible Heating Panel Insu-lation. All thermally ineffective panel surfacesof sensible heating panels, including U-bends,and headers, shall be insulated with a minimumof R-35. Adjacent envelope insulation countstoward this requirement. [ASHRAE90.1:6.4.4.1.4]

703.4.4.1.5 Radiant Floor Heating. Thebottom surfaces of floor structures incorpo-rating radiant heating shall be insulated with aminimum of R-35. Adjacent envelope insula-tion counts toward this requirement. [ASHRAE90.1:6.4.4.1.5]

Exception: Requirements for heated slab-on-grade floors incorporating radiant heating are inChapter 5 of ASHRAE 90.1.

703.4.4.2 Ductwork and Plenum Leakage.

703.4.4.2.1 Duct Sealing. Ductwork andplenums shall be sealed in accordance withTable 703.4.4.2(1) (Table 703.4.4.2(2) providesdefinitions of seal levels), as required to meetthe requirements of Section 703.4.4.2.2 and theSMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standardor ASHRAE 90.1.

703.4.4.2.2 Duct Leakage Tests. Ductworkthat is designed to operate at static pressures inexcess of 3 inches Water Column (0.75 kPa)and all ductwork located outdoors shall be leak-tested according to the SMACNA HVAC AirDuct Leakage Test Manual. Representativesections totaling no less than 25 percent of thetotal installed duct area for the designated pres-sure class shall be tested. All sections shall beselected by the building owner or the designatedrepresentative of the building owner. Positivepressure leakage testing is acceptable for nega-tive pressure ductwork. The maximumpermitted duct leakage shall be:



Lmax = CLP 0.65 (Equation 703.4.4.2.2)

Where:

Lmax = maximum permitted leakage in (ft3/min)/100 square feet (0.05 L/s/m2) duct surface area;

CL = 4, duct leakage class, (ft3/min)/100 square feet (0.05 L/s/m2) duct surface area at 1 inch Water Column (0.24 kPa).

P = test pressure, which shall be equal tothe design duct pressure class rating in inchwater column (0.24 kPa) [based on ASHRAE90.1:6.4.4.2.2]

703.4.4.2.2.1 Duct Leakage Testswith Less than 3 inches WaterColumn. Ductwork that is designed tooperate at static pressures less than 3 inchesWater Column (0.75 kPa) located outdoorsand within unconditioned space shall beleak-tested according to the testing proce-dures contained in SMACNA HVAC AirDuct Leakage Test Manual or AssociatedAir Balance Council Procedural StandardsChapter 5 Leakage Testing. Positive pres-sure leakage testing is acceptable for nega-tive pressure ductwork.

703.5 Prescriptive Path.

703.5.1 Economizers. Each cooling system that has afan shall include either an air or water economizermeeting the requirements of Section 703.5.1.1 throughSection 703.5.1.4. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.1]

Exceptions: Economizers are not required for thesystems listed below.

(1) Individual fan-cooling units with a supply capacityless than the minimum listed in Table 703.5.1(1) forcomfort cooling applications and Table 703.5.1(2)for computer room applications.

(2) Systems that include nonparticulate air treatment asrequired by Section 6.2.1 in ASHRAE 62.1.

(3) In hospitals and ambulatory surgery centers, wheremore than 75 percent of the air designed to besupplied by the system is to spaces that are requiredto be humidified above 35°F (2ºC) dew-pointtemperature to comply with applicable codes oraccreditation standards. In all other buildings, wheremore than 25 percent of the air designed to besupplied by the system is to spaces that are designedto be humidified above 35°F (2ºC) dew-pointtemperature to satisfy process needs. This exceptiondoes not apply to computer rooms.

(4) Systems that include a condenser heat recoverysystem with a minimum capacity as defined inSections 603.5.3.

(5) Systems that serve residential spaces where thesystem capacity is less than five times the require-ment listed in Table 703.5.1(1).

(6) Systems that serve spaces whose sensible coolingload at design conditions, excluding transmissionand infiltration loads, is less than or equal to trans-mission and infiltration losses at an outdoor temper-ature of 60°F (16ºC).

(7) Systems expected to operate less than 20 hours perweek.

(8) Where the use of outdoor air for cooling will affectsupermarket open refrigerated casework systems.

(9) For comfort cooling where the cooling efficiencymeets or exceeds the efficiency requirements inTable 703.3.2.

(10) Systems primarily serving computer rooms where:



SEALLEVEL SEALING REQUIREMENTS

*

A

All transverse joints, longitudinal seams, and duct wall

penetrations. Pressure-sensitive tape shall not be used

as the primary sealant, unless it has been certified to

comply with UL-181A or UL-181B by an independent

testing laboratory and the tape is used in accordance

with that certification. [See note.]

B

All transverse joints, longitudinal seams. Pressure-sensi-

tive tape shall not be used as the primary sealant, unless

it has been certified to comply with UL-181A or UL-

181B by an independent testing laboratory and the tape

is used in accordance with that certification. [See note.]

C Transverse joints only.

Note: UL-181A or UL-181B is not applicable to metal-to-metal duct joints.* Longitudinal seams are joints oriented in the direction of airflow. Trans-

verse joints are connections of two duct sections oriented perpendicular to

airflow. Duct wall penetrations are openings made by any screw fastener,

pipe, rod, or wire. Spiral lock seams in a round or flat oval duct need not

be sealed. All other connections are considered transverse joints, including

but not limited to spin-ins, taps, and other branch connections, access door

frames and jambs, duct connections to equipment, etc.

DUCT LOCATION

DUCT TYPE

SUPPLY

EXHAUST RETURN≤2 in.

w.c.2

>2 in.

w.c.2

Outdoor A A C A

Unconditioned

spacesB A C B

Conditioned spaces3 C B B C

For SI unit: 1 inch Water Column = 0.249 kPa1 See Table 703.4.4.2(2) description of seal level.2 Duct design static pressure classification.3 Includes indirectly conditioned spaces such as alum air plenums.

TABLE 703.4.4.2(1)

MINIMUM DUCT SEAL LEVEL1

TABLE 703.4.4.2(2)

DUCT SEAL LEVELS

(a) The total design cooling load of all computerrooms in the building is less then 3 000 000Btu/h (879 kW) and the building in which theyare located is not served by a centralized chilledwater plant, or

(b) The room total design cooling load is less than600 000 Btu/h (176 kW) and the building inwhich they are located is served by a central-ized chilled water plant, or

(c) The local water authority does not allow coolingtowers, or

(d) Less than 600 000 Btu/h (176 kW) of computerroom cooling equipment capacity is beingadded to an existing building

(11) Dedicated systems for computer rooms where aminimum of 75 percent of the design load serves

(a) Those spaces classified as an essential facility.

(b) Those spaces having a mechanical coolingdesign of Tier IV as defined by ANSI/TIA-942.

(c) Those spaces classified under NFPA 70 Article708 - Critical Operations Power Systems (COPS).

(d) Those spaces where core clearing and settle-ment services are performed such that theirfailure to settle pending financial transactionscould present systemic risk as described in “TheInteragancy Paper on Sound Practices toStrengthen the Resilience of the US FinancialSystem, April 7, 2003.”

703.5.1.1 Air Economizers.

703.5.1.1.1 Design Capacity. Air economizersystems shall be capable of modulating outdoorair and return air dampers to provide up to 100

percent of the design supply air quantity asoutdoor air for cooling. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.1.1.1]

703.5.1.1.2 Control Signal. Economizerdampers shall be capable of being sequencedwith the mechanical cooling equipment andshall not be controlled by only mixed airtemperature. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.1.1.2]

Exception: The use of mixed air temperaturelimit control shall be permitted for systemscontrolled from space temperature (such assingle-zone systems).

703.5.1.1.3 High-Limit Shutoff. All air econ-omizers shall be capable of automaticallyreducing outdoor air intake to the designminimum outdoor air quantity when outdoor airintake will no longer reduce cooling energyusage. High-limit shutoff control types forspecific climates shall be chosen from Table703.5.1.1.3(1). High-limit shutoff controlsettings for these control types shall be thoselisted in Table 703.5.1.1.3(2). [ASHRAE90.1:6.5.1.1.3]

703.5.1.1.4 Dampers. Both return air andoutdoor air dampers shall meet the requirementsof Section 703.4.3.4. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.1.1.4]

703.5.1.1.5 Relief of Excess Outdoor Air.Systems shall provide a means to relieve excessoutdoor air during air economizer operation toprevent overpressurizing the building. The relief



CLIMATE ZONESCOOLING CAPACITY FOR WHICH AN ECONOMIZER IS REQUIRED

1a, 1b No economizer requirement

2a, 2b, 3a, 4a, 5a, 6a

3b, 3c, 4b, 4c, 5b, 5c, 6b, 7, 8≥54 000 Btu/h

For SI units: 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW

CLIMATE ZONESALLOWED CONTROL

TYPESPROHIBITED

CONTROL TYPES

1b. 2b, 3b, 3c, 4b,

4c, 5b, 5c, 6b, 7, 8

Fixed dry bulb

Differential dry bulb

Electronic enthalpy1

Differential enthalpy

Dew-point and dry-

bulb temperatures

Fixed enthalpy

1a, 2a. 3a, 4a

Fixed enthalpy

Electronic enthalpy


Dew-point and dry-

bulb temperatures

Fixed Dry Bulb


5a, 6a

Fixed dry bulb


Fixed enthalpy

Electronic enthalpy1


Dew-point and dry-

bulb temperatures

1 Electronic enthalpy controllers are devices that use a combination of

humidity and dry-bulb temperature in their switching algorithm.

TABLE 703.5.1.1.3(1)

HIGH-LIMIT SHUTOFF CONTROL OPTIONS

FOR AIR ECONOMIZERS

[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.5.1.1.3A]

TABLE 703.5.1(1)

MINIMUM FAN-COOLING UNIT SIZE FOR WHICH AN

ECONOMIZER IS REQUIRED FOR COMFORT COOLING

[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.5.1A]

CLIMATE ZONESCOOLING CAPACITY FOR WHICH AN ECONOMIZER IS REQUIRED

1a, 1b, 2a, 3a, 4a No economizer requirement

2b, 5a, 6a, 7, 8 ≥135 000 Btu/h

3b, 3c, 4b, 4c, 5b, 5c, 6b ≥65 000 Btu/h


TABLE 703.5.1(2)

MINIMUM FAN-COOLING UNIT SIZE FOR WHICH AN

ECONOMIZER IS REQUIRED FOR COMPUTER ROOMS

[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.5.1B]

air outlet shall be located to avoid recirculationinto the building. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.1.1.5]

703.5.1.2 Water Economizers.

703.5.1.2.1 Design Capacity. Water econo-mizer systems shall be capable of coolingsupply air by indirect evaporation and providingup to 100 percent of the expected systemcooling load at outdoor air temperatures of 50°F(10ºC) dry bulb/ 45°F (7ºC) wet bulb andbelow. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.1.2.1]

Exceptions:

(1) Systems primarily serving computer roomsin which 100 percent of the expectedsystem cooling load at 40°F (4ºC) drybulb/35°F (2ºC) wet bulb is met with evap-orative water economizers.

(2) Systems primarily serving computer roomswith dry cooler water economizers whichsatisfy 100 percent of the expected systemcooling load at 35°F (2ºC) dry bulb.

(3) Systems where dehumidification require-ments cannot be met using outdoor airtemperatures of 50°F (10ºC) dry bulb/45°F(7ºC) wet bulb and where 100 percent ofthe expected system cooling load at 45°F(7ºC) dry bulb/40°F (4ºC) wet bulb is metwith evaporative water economizers.

703.5.1.2.2 Maximum Pressure Drop.Precooling coils and water-to-water heat

exchangers used as part of a water economizersystem shall either have a water-side pressuredrop of less than 15 feet of water (45 kPa) or asecondary loop shall be created so that the coilor heat exchanger pressure drop is not seen bythe circulating pumps when the system is in thenormal cooling (noneconomizer) mode.[ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.1.2.2]

703.5.1.3 Integrated Economizer Control.Economizer systems shall be integrated with themechanical cooling system and be capable ofproviding partial cooling even when additionalmechanical cooling is required to meet the remainderof the cooling load. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.1.3]

703.5.1.4 Economizer Heating SystemImpact. HVAC system design and economizercontrols shall be such that economizer operationdoes not increase the building heating energy useduring normal operation. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.1.4]

Exception: Economizers on VAV systems that causezone level heating to increase due to a reduction insupply air temperature.

703.5.2 Simultaneous Heating and Cooling Limi-tation.

703.5.2.1 Zone Controls. Zone thermostaticcontrols shall prevent:

(1) Reheating.

(2) Recooling.

(3) Mixing or simultaneously supplying air that has



DEVICE TYPE CLIMATEREQUIRED HIGH LIMIT

(ECONOMIZER OFF WHEN):

EQUATION DESCRIPTION

Fixed dry bulb1b, 2b, 3b, 3c, 4b, 4c,

5b, 5c, 6b, 7, 8, 5a, 6a

TOA > 75°F Outdoor air temperature exceeds 75°F

TOA > 70°F Outdoor air temperature exceeds 70°F

Differential dry bulblb. 2b, 3b, 3c, 4b, 4c,

5a, 5b, 5c, 6a, 6b, 7, 8TOA>TRA

Outdoor air temperature exceeds return air

temperature

Fixed enthalpy 2a, 3a, 4a, 5a, 6a hOA > 28 Btu/lb1 Outdoor air enthalpy exceeds 28 Btu/lb of

dry air1

Electronic enthalpy All (TOA, RHOA) > AOutdoor air temperature/RH exceeds the

"A" setpoint curve2

Differential enthalpy All hOA > hRAOutdoor air enthalpy exceeds return air

enthalpy

Dew-point and dry-bulb

temperaturesAll DPoa>55°F or Toa>75°F

Outdoor air dry bulb exceeds 75°F or

outside dew point exceeds 55°F (65 gr/lb)

For SI units: t/ºC = (t/ºF-32)/1.8, 1 British thermal unit per pound = 2326 J/kg1 At altitudes substantially different than sea level, the Fixed Enthalpy limit shall be set to the enthalpy value at 75°F (24ºC) and 50 percent relative

humidity. As an example, at approximately 6000 feet (1829 m) elevation the fixed enthalpy limit is approximately 30.7 Btu/lb (71 408 J/kg).2 Setpoint "A" corresponds to a curve on the psychrometric chart that goes through a point at approximately 75°F (24ºC) and 40 percent relative humidity

and is nearly parallel to dry-bulb lines at low humidity levels and nearly parallel to enthalpy lines at high humidity levels.

TABLE 703.5.1.1.3(2)

HIGH-LIMIT SHUTOFF CONTROL SETTINGS

FOR AIR ECONOMIZERS

[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.5.1.1.3B]

been previously mechanically heated and airthat has been previously cooled, either bymechanical cooling or by economizer systems.

(4) Other simultaneous operation of heating andcooling systems to the same zone. [ASHRAE90.1:6.5.2.1]

Exceptions:

(1) Zones for which the volume of air that isreheated, recooled, or mixed is less than thelarger of the following:

(a) 30 percent of the zone design peak supplyrate.

(b) The outdoor airflow rate required to meetthe ventilation requirements of Section 6.2of ASHRAE Standard 62.1 for the zone.

(c) Any higher rate that can be demonstrated,to the satisfaction of the Authority HavingJurisdiction, to reduce overall systemannual energy usage by offsettingreheat/recool energy losses through a reduc-tion in outdoor air intake for the system.

(d) The air flow rate required to comply withapplicable codes or accreditation standards,such as pressure relationships or minimumair change rates.

(2) Zones that comply with all of the following:

(a) The air flow in dead band between heatingand cooling does not exceed the larger ofthe following:

(i). 20 percent of the zone design peaksupply rate.

(ii) The outdoor air flow rate required tomeet the ventilation requirements ofSection 6.2 of ASHRAE Standard 62.1for the zone.

(iii) Any higher rate that can be demon-strated, to the satisfaction of theAuthority Having Jurisdiction, toreduce overall system annual energyusage by offsetting reheat/recoolenergy losses through a reduction inoutdoor air intake.

(b) The air flow rate that is reheated, recooled,or mixed in peak heating demand shall beless than 50 percent of the zone designpeak supply rate.

(c) Airflow between dead band and fullheating or full cooling shall be modulated.

(3) Laboratory exhaust systems that comply with703.5.7.2.

(4) Zones where not less than 75 percent of theenergy for reheating or for providing warm air inmixing systems is provided from a site-recovered(including condenser heat) or site-solar energysource.

703.5.2.1.1 Supply Air TemperatureReheat Limit .Where reheating is permittedby other parts of this supplement, zones thathave both supply and return/exhaust air open-ings greater than 6 feet (1829 mm) above floorshall not supply heating air more than 20°F (-7°C) above the space temperature setpoint.

Exceptions:

(1) Laboratory exhaust systems that complywith Section 703.5.7.2.

(2) During reoccupancy building warm-up andsetback. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.2.1.1]

703.5.2.2 Hydronic System Controls. Theheating of fluids in hydronic systems that have beenpreviously mechanically cooled and the cooling offluids that have been previously mechanicallyheated shall be limited in accordance with Section703.5.2.2.1 through Section 703.5.2.2.3. [ASHRAE90.1:6.5.2.2]

703.5.2.2.1 Three-Pipe System. Hydronicsystems that use a common return system forboth hot water and chilled water shall not beused. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.2.2.1]

703.5.2.2.2 Two-Pipe Changeover System.Systems that use a common distribution system tosupply both heated and chilled water are accept-able provided all of the following are met:

(1) The system is designed to allow a deadband between changeover from one modeto the other of at least 15°F (-9ºC) outdoorair temperature.

(2) The system is designed to operate and isprovided with controls that will allow oper-ation in one mode for not less than 4 hoursbefore changing over to the other mode.

(3) Reset controls are provided that allow heatingand cooling supply temperatures at thechangeover point to be no more than 30°F (-1.1ºC) apart. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.2.2.2]

703.5.2.2.3 Hydronic (Water Loop) HeatPump Systems. Hydronic heat pumpsconnected to a common heat pump water loopwith central devices for heat rejection (e.g.,cooling tower) and heat addition (e.g., boiler)shall have the following:

(1) Controls that are capable of providing aheat pump water supply temperature deadband of at least 20°F (-7ºC) between initi-ation of heat rejection and heat addition bythe central devices (e.g., tower and boiler).

(2) For climate zone 3 through zone 8, if aclosed-circuit tower (fluid cooler) is used,either an automatic valve shall be installedto bypass all but a minimal flow of wateraround the tower (for freeze protection) orlow-leakage positive closure dampers shall



be provided. If an open-circuit tower is useddirectly in the heat pump loop, an automaticvalve shall be installed to bypass all heatpump water flow around the tower. If anopen-circuit tower is used in conjunctionwith a separate heat exchanger to isolate thetower from the heat pump loop, then heatloss shall be controlled by shutting down thecirculation pump on the cooling tower loop.[ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.2.2.3]

Exception: Where a system loop temperatureoptimization controller is used to determine themost efficient operating temperature based onreal-time conditions of demand and capacity,dead bands of less than 20°F (-7ºC) shall beallowed.

703.5.2.3 Dehumidification. Where humidistaticcontrols are provided, such controls shall preventreheating, mixing of hot and cold airstreams, orother means of simultaneous heating and cooling ofthe same airstream. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.2.3]

Exceptions:

(1) The system is capable of reducing supply airvolume to 50 percent or less of the designairflow rate or the minimum outdoor air venti-lation rate specified in ASHRAE Standard 62.1or other applicable federal, state, or local codeor recognized standard, whichever is larger,before simultaneous heating and cooling takesplace.

(2) The individual fan cooling unit has a designcooling capacity of 80 000 Btu/h (23.4 kW) orless and is capable of unloading to 50 percentcapacity before simultaneous heating andcooling takes place.

(3) The individual mechanical cooling unit has adesign cooling capacity of 40 000 Btu/h (12.0kW) or less. An individual mechanical coolingunit is a single system composed of a fan or fansand a cooling coil capable of providing mechan-ical cooling.

(4) Systems serving spaces where specific humiditylevels are required to satisfy process needs, suchas vivariums, museums, surgical suites; andbuildings with refrigerating systems, such assupermarkets, refrigerated warehouses, and icearenas. This exception does not apply tocomputer rooms.

(5) Not less than 75 percent of the energy forreheating or for providing warm air in mixingsystems is provided from a site-recovered(including condenser heat) or site-solar energysource.

(6) Systems where the heat added to the airstreamis the result of the use of a desiccant system and75 percent of the heat added by the desiccantsystem is removed by a heat exchanger, either

before or after the desiccant system with energyrecovery.

703.5.2.4 Humidification. Systems with hydroniccooling and humidification systems designed tomaintain inside humidity at a dew-point temperaturegreater than 35°F (2ºC) shall use a water economizerif an economizer is required by Section 703.5.1.[ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.2.4]

703.5.3 Air System Design and Control. EachHVAC system having a total fan system motor nameplatehorsepower (hp) exceeding 5 hp (4.0 kW) shall meet theprovisions of Section 703.5.3.1 through Section703.5.3.4. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.3]

703.5.3.1 Fan System Power Limitation.

703.5.3.1.1 Each HVAC system at fan systemdesign conditions shall not exceed the allow-able fan system motor nameplate horsepower(Option 1) or fan system brake horsepower(Option 2) as shown in Table 703.5.3.1.1(1).This includes supply fans, return/relief fans,exhaust fans, and fan-powered terminal unitsassociated with systems providing heating orcooling capability. Single zone variable air-volume systems shall comply witht the constantvolume fan power limitation. [ASHRAE90.1:6.5.3.1.1]

Exceptions:

(1) Hospital, vivarium and laboratory systemsthat utilize flow control devices on exhaust,return or both to maintain space pressurerelationships necessary for occupant healthand safety or environmental control shalluse variable-volume fan power limitation.

(2) Individual exhaust fans with motor name-plate horsepower of 1 hp (0.75 kW) or less.

703.5.3.1.2 Motor Nameplate Horse-power. For each fan, the selected fan motorshall be no larger than the first available motorsize greater than the brake horsepower (bhp).The fan brake horsepower must be indicated onthe design documents to allow for complianceverification by the code official. [ASHRAE90.1:6.5.3.1.2]

Exceptions:

(1) For fans less than 6 bhp, where the firstavailable motor larger than the brake horse-power (bhp) has a nameplate rating within50 percent of the brake horsepower (bhp),the next larger nameplate motor size shallbe selected.

(2) For fans 6 bhp and larger, where the firstavailable motor larger than the brake horse-power (bhp) has a nameplate rating with 30percent of the brake horsepower (bhp), thenext larger nameplate motor size shall beselected.



703.5.3.2 VAV Fan Control (IncludingSystems Using Series Fan Power Boxes).

703.5.3.2.1 Part-load Fan Power Limita-tion. Individual VAV fans with motors 10 hp(7.5 kW) and larger shall meet one of thefollowing:

(1) The fan shall be driven by a mechanical orelectrical variable-speed drive.

(2) The fan shall be a vane-axial fan with vari-able-pitch blades.

(3) The fan shall have other controls anddevices that will result in fan motordemand of no more than 30 percent ofdesign wattage at 50 percent of design airvolume when static pressure setpointequals one-third of the total design staticpressure, based on manufacturers’ certifiedfan data. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.3.2.1]

703.5.3.2.2 Static Pressure Sensor Loca-tion. Static pressure sensors used to control VAVfans shall be placed in a position such that thecontroller setpoint is no greater than one-third thetotal design fan static pressure, except forsystems with zone reset control complying withSection 703.5.3.2.3. If this results in the sensorbeing located downstream of major duct splits,multiple sensors shall be installed in each majorbranch to ensure that static pressure can be main-tained in each. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.3.2.2]

703.5.3.2.3 Setpoint Reset. For systemswith DDC of individual zone boxes reporting tothe central control panel, static pressure setpointshall be reset based on the zone requiring themost pressure; i.e., the setpoint is reset loweruntil one zone damper is nearly wide open.[ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.3.2.3]

703.5.3.3 Multiple-zone VAV System Ventila-tion Optimization Control. Multiple-zone VAVsystems with DDC of individual zone boxesreporting to a central control panel shall includemeans to automatically reduce outdoor air intakeflow below design rates in response to changes insystem ventialation efficiency as defined byASHRAE Standard 62.1, Appendix A.

Exceptions to 703.5.3.3:

(1) VAV systems with zonal transfer fans that recir-culate air from other zones without directlymixing it with outdoor air, dual-duct dual-fanVAV systems, and VAV systems with fan-powered terminal units.



DEVICE ADJUSTMENT

CREDITS

Fully ducted return and/or

exhaust air systems

0.5 in. w.c. (2.15 in w.c. for labo-

ratory and vivarium systems)

Return and/or exhaust airflow

control devices

0.5 in. w.c.

Exhaust filters, scrubbers, or

other exhaust treatment

The pressure drop of device

calculated at fan system design

condition

Particulate Filtration Credit:

MERV 9 through 12

0.5 in. w.c.


MERV 13 through 15

0.9 in. w.c.


MERV 16 and greater and elec-

tronically enhanced filters

Pressure drop calculated at 2x

clean filter pressure drop at fan

system design condition

Carbon and other gas-phase air

cleaners

Clean filter pressure drop at

fan system design condition

Biosafety cabinet Pressure drop of device at fan


Energy Recovery Device, other

than Coil Runaround Loop

(2.2 x Energy Recovery Effec-

tiveness)—0.5 in w.c. for each

airstream

Coil Runaround Loop 0.6 in. w.c. for each airstream

Evaporative humidifier/cooler in

series with another cooling coil

Pressure drop of device at fan


Sound Attenuation Section 0.15 in. w.c.

Exhaust system serving fume

hoods

0.35 in. w.c.

Laboratory and vivarium exhaust

systems in high-rise buildings

0.25 in. w.c./100 ft of vertical

duct exceeding 75 ft

For SI units: 1 inch water column = 0.249 kPa, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

TABLE 703.5.3.1.1(2)FAN POWER LIMITATION PRESSURE DROP ADJUSTMENT

[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.5.3.1.1B]

LIMITCONSTANT

VOLUMEVARIABLEVOLUME

Option 1: Fan

System Motor

Nameplate hp

Allowable

Nameplate

Motor hp

hp ≤CFMS •

0.0011

hp ≤CFMS •

0.0015

Option 2: Fan

System bhp

Allowable Fan

System bhp

bhp ≤CFMS •

0.00094 + A

bhp ≤CFMS •

0.0013 + A

For SI units: 1 horsepower = 0.75 kW, 1 cubic foot per minute = 0.47 L/s

* Where:

CFMS = the maximum design supply airflow rate to condi-

tioned spaces served by the system in cubic feet per

minute (0.47 L/s)

hp = the maximum combined motor nameplate horsepower

bhp = the maximum combined fan brake horsepower

A = sum of (PD x CFMD/4131)

Where:

PD = each applicable pressure drop adjustment from

Table 703.5.3.1.1(2) in inch water column

(0.249 kPa)

CFMD = the design airflow through each applicable

device from Table 703.5.3.1.1(2) in cubic feet

per minute (0.47 L/s)

TABLE 703.5.3.1.1(1)

FAN POWER LIMITATION*

[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.5.3.1.1A]

(2) Systems required to have the exhaust air energyrecovery complying with Section 703.5.6.1.

(3) Systems where total design exhaust airflow ismore than 70 percent of total design outdoor airintake flow requirements.

703.5.3.4 Supply-Air Temperature ResetControls. Multiple zone HVAC systems mustinclude controls that automatically reset the supply-air temperature in response to representativebuilding loads, or to outdoor air temperature. Thecontrols shall reset the supply air temperature at least25 percent of the difference between the designsupply-air temperature and the design room airtemperature. Controls that adjst the reset based onzone humidity are allowed. Zones which areexpected to experience relatively constant loads,such as electronic equipment rooms, shall bedesigned for the fully reset supply temperature.

Exceptions:

(1) Climate zones 1a, 2a, and 3a.

(2) Systems that prevent re-heating, re-cooling ormixing of heated and cooled supply air.

(3) Systems in which at least 75 percent of theenergy for reheating (on an annual basis) isfrom site recovered or site solar energy sources.

703.5.4 Hydronic System Design and Control.[ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.4]

703.5.4.1 Hydronic Variable Flow Systems.HVAC pumping systems having a total pump systempower exceeding 10 hp (7.5 kW) that include controlvalves designed to modulate or step open and close asa function of load shall be designed for variable fluidflow and shall be capable of reducing pump flow ratesto 50 percent or less of the design flow rate. Individualchilled water pumps serving variable flow systemshaving motors exceeding 5 hp (4.0 kW) shall havecontrols, devices or both (such as variable speedcontrol) that will result in pump motor demand of nomore than 30 percent of design wattage at 50 percentof design water flow. The controls or devices shall becontrolled as a function of desired flow or to maintaina minimum required differential pressure. Differentialpressure shall be measured at or near the most remoteheat exchanger or the heat exchanger requiring thegreatest differential pressure. The differential pressuresetpoint shall be no more than one-hundred and tenpercent of that required to achieve design flow throughthe heat exchanger. Where differential pressure controlis used to comply with this section and DDC controlsare used the setpoint shall be reset downward basedon valve positions until one valve is nearly wide open.[ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.4.1]

Exceptions:

(1) Systems where the minimum flow is less thanthe minimum flow required by the equipmentmanufacturer for the proper operation of equip-ment served by the system, such as chillers, and

where total pump system power is 75 hp (56.0kW) or less.

(2) Systems that include no more than three controlvalves.

703.5.4.2 Pump Isolation. When a chilled-waterplant includes more than one chiller, provisions shallbe made so that the flow in the chiller plant can beautomatically reduced, correspondingly, when achiller is shut down. Chillers referred to in thissection, piped in series for the purpose of increasedtemperature differential, shall be considered as onechiller.

When a boiler plant includes more than oneboiler, provisions shall be made so that the flow inthe boiler plant can be automatically reduced, corre-spondingly, when a boiler is shut down. [ASHRAE90.1:6.5.4.2]

703.5.4.3 Chilled- and Hot-Water TemperatureReset Controls. Chilled- and hot-water systemswith a design capacity exceeding 300 000 Btu/h (88kW) supplying chilled or heated water (or both) tocomfort conditioning systems shall include controlsthat automatically reset supply water temperatures byrepresentative building loads (including return watertemperature) or by outdoor air temperature.[ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.4.3]

Exceptions:

(1) Where the supply temperature reset controlscannot be implemented without causingimproper operation of heating, cooling, humid-ifying, or dehumidifying systems.

(2) Hydronic systems, such as those required bySection 703.5.4.1 that use variable flow toreduce pumping energy.

703.5.4.4 Hydronic (Water Loop) HeatPumps and Water-Cooled Unitary Air-Condi-tioners. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.4.4]

703.5.4.4.1 Each hydronic heat pump andwater-cooled unitary air-conditioner shall havea two-position automatic valve interlocked toshut off water flow when the compressor is off.[ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.4.4.1]

Exception: Units employing water economizers.

703.5.4.4.2 Hydronic heat pumps and water-cooled unitary air-conditioners having a totalpump system power exceeding 5 hp (4.0 kW)shall have controls, devices or both (such asvariable speed control) that will result in pumpmotor demand of not mroe than 30 percent ofdesign wattage at 50 percent of design waterflow. [ASHRAE 90.1: 6.5.4.4.2]

703.5.4.5 Pipe Sizing. All chilled-water andcondenser-water piping shall be designed such thatthe design flow rate in each pipe segment shall notexceed the values listed in Table 703.5.4.5 for theappropriate total annual hours of operation. Pipe size



selections for systems that operate under variableflow conditions (e.g., modulating two-way controlvalves at coils) and that contain variable-speed pumpmotors are allowed to be made from the “VariableFlow/Variable Speed” columns. All others shall bemade from the “Other” columns. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.4.5]

Exception:

(1) Design flow rates exceeding the values in Table703.5.4.5 are allowed in specific sections ofpipe if the pipe in question is not in the criticalcircuit at design conditions and is not predictedto be in the critical circuit during more than 30percent of operating hours.

(2) Piping systems that have equivalent or lowertotal pressure drop than the same systemconstructed with standard weight steel pipe withpiping and fittings sized per Table 703.5.4.5.

703.5.5 Heat Rejection Equipment.

703.5.5.1 General. Section 703.5.5 applies to heatrejection equipment used in comfort cooling systemssuch as air-cooled condensers, open cooling towers,closed-circuit cooling towers, and evaporativecondensers. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.5.1]

Exception: Heat rejection devices whose energyusage is included in the equipment efficiency ratingslisted in Table 703.8.1(1) through Table 703.8.1(4).

703.5.5.2 Fan Speed Control. Each fan poweredby a motor of 7.5 hp (6.0 kW) or larger shall havethe capability to operate that fan at two-thirds of fullspeed or less and shall have controls that automati-cally change the fan speed to control the leaving fluidtemperature or condensing temperature/pressure ofthe heat rejection device. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.5.2]

Exceptions:

(1) Condenser fans serving multiple refrigerantcircuits.

(2) Condenser fans serving flooded condensers.

(3) Installations located in climate zone 1 and zone 2.

(4) Up to one-third of the fans on a condenser ortower with multiple fans, where the lead fanscomply with the speed control requirement.

703.5.5.3 Limitation on Centrifugal FanOpen-Circuit Cooling Towers. Centrifugal fanopen-circuit cooling towers with a combined ratedcapacity of 1100 gallons per minute (gpm) (69.4 L/s)or greater at 95°F (35ºC) condenser water return, 85°F(29ºC) condenser water supply, and 75°F (24ºC)outdoor air wet-bulb temperature shall meet theenergy efficiency requirement for axial fan open-circuit cooling towers listed in Table 703.8.1(7).

Exception: Open-circuit cooling towers that areducted (inlet or discharge) or require external soundattenuation. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.5.3]

703.5.6 Energy Recovery.

703.5.6.1 Exhaust Air Energy Recovery. Eachfan system shall have an energy recovery systemwhen the system’s supply air flow rate exceeds thevalue listed in Table 703.5.6.1 based on the climatezone and percentage of outdoor air flow rate atdesign conditions.

Energy recovery systems required by thissection shall have not less than 50 percent recoveryeffectiveness. Fifty percent energy recovery effec-tiveness shall mean a change in the enthalpy of theoutdoor air supply equal to 50 percent of the differ-ence between the outdoor air and return airenthalpies at design conditions. Provision shall bemade to bypass or control the energy recoverysystem to permit air economizer operation asrequired by Section 703.5.1.1. [ASHRAE90.1:6.5.6.1]

Exceptions:

(1) Laboratory systems meeting Section 703.5.7.2.

(2) Systems serving spaces that are not cooled andthat are heated to less than 60°F (16ºC).



Operating Hours/Year ≤2000 Hours/Year >2000 and ≤ 4400 Hours/year >4400 Hours/Year

Nominal Pipe Size, in. OtherVariable Flow/Variable Speed

OtherVariable Flow/Variable Speed

OtherVariable Flow/ Variable Speed

2 1/2 120 180 85 130 68 110

3 180 270 140 210 110 170

4 350 530 260 400 210 320

5 410 620 310 470 250 370

6 740 1100 570 860 440 680

8 1200 1800 900 1400 700 1100

10 1800 2700 1300 2000 1000 1600

12 2500 3800 1900 2900 1500 2300

Maximum Velocity for

Pipes over 12 in. Size8.5 fps 13.0 fps 6.5 fps 9.5 fps 5.0 fps 7.5 fps

TABLE 703.5.4.5PIPING SYSTEM DESIGN MAXIMUM FLOW RATE IN GPM

[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.5.4.5]

(3) Systems exhausting toxic, flammable, paint,corrosive fumes, or dust.

(4) Commercial kitchen hoods used for collectingand removing grease vapors and smoke.

(5) Where more than 60 percent of the outdoor airheating energy is provided from site-recoveredor site-solar energy.

(6) Heating energy recovery in climate zone 1 andzone 2.

(7) Cooling energy recovery in climate zones 3c,4c, 5b, 5c, 6b, 7, and 8.

(8) Where the largest source of air exhausted at asingle location at the building exterior is less than75 percent of the design outdoor air flow rate.

(9) Systems requiring dehumidification thatemploy energy recovery in series with thecooling coil.

(10) Systems expected to operate less than 20 hoursper week at the outdoor air percentage coveredby Table 703.5.6.1.

703.5.6.2 Heat Recovery for Service WaterHeating.

703.5.6.2.1 Condenser heat recovery systemsshall be installed for heating or preheating ofservice hot water provided all of the followingare true:

(1) The facility operates 24 hours a day.

(2) The total installed heat rejection capacityof the water-cooled systems exceeds 6 000000 Btu/h (1758 kW) of heat rejection.

(3) The design service water heating loadexceeds 1 000 000 Btu/h (293 kW).[ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.6.2.1]

703.5.6.2.2 The required heat recovery systemshall have the capacity to provide the smallerof:

(1) 60 percent of the peak heat rejection load atdesign conditions, or

(2) Preheat of the peak service hot water drawto 85ºF (30ºC).

Exceptions:

(1) Facilities that employ condenser heatrecovery for space heating with a heatrecovery design exceeding 30 percent ofthe peak water-cooled condenser load atdesign conditions.

(2) Facilities that provide 60 percent of theirservice water heating from site-solar orsite-recovered energy or from othersources. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.6.2.2]

703.5.7 Exhaust Systems.

703.5.7.1 Kitchen Exhaust Systems.

703.5.7.1.1 Replacement air introduced directlyinto the hood cavity of kitchen exhaust hoodsshall not exceed 10 percent of the hood exhaustairflow rate. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.7.1.1]

703.5.7.1.2 Conditioned supply air delivered toany space with a kitchen hood shall not exceedthe greater of:

(1) The supply flow required to meet the spaceheating or cooling load

(2) The hood exhaust flow minus the availabletransfer air from adjacent spaces. Availabletransfer air is that portion of outdoor venti-lation air not required to satisfy otherexhaust needs, such as restrooms, and notrequired to maintain pressurization of adja-cent spaces. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.7.1.2]

703.5.7.1.3 If a kitchen/dining facility has atotal kitchen hood exhaust airflow rate greaterthan 5000 ft3/min (2360 L/s) then each hoodshall have an exhaust rate that complies withTable 703.5.7.1.3. If a single hood, or hoodsection, is installed over appliances with differentduty ratings, then the maximum allowable flowrate for the hood or hood section shall not exceedthe Table 703.5.7.1.3 values for the highest appli-



ZONE

% OUTDOOR AIR AT FULL DESIGN AIRFLOW RATE

≥30%

and<40%

≥40%

and<50%

≥50%

and<60%

≥60%

and<70%

≥70%

and<80%

≥80%

DESIGN SUPPLY FAN AIRFLOW RATE (cfm)

3B, 3C, 4B, 4C, 5B NR NR NR NR ≥5000 ≥5000

1B, 2B, 5C NR NR ≥26 000 ≥12 000 ≥5000 ≥4000

6B ≥11 000 ≥5500 ≥4500 ≥3500 ≥2500 ≥1500

1A, 2A, 3A, 4A, 5A,

6A≥5500 ≥4500 ≥3500 ≥2000 ≥1000 >0

7, 8 ≥2500 ≥1000 >0 >0 >0 >0

TABLE 703.5.6.1ENERGY RECOVERY REQUIREMENT

[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.5.6.1]

NR—Not required

ance duty rating under the hood or hood section.Refer to ASHRAE Standard 154 for definitionsof hood type, appliance duty, and net exhaustflow rate.

Exception: At least 75 percent of all the replac-ment air is transfer air that would otherwise beexhausted. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.7.1.3]

703.5.7.1.4 If a kitchen/dining facility has atotal kitchen hood exhaust airflow rate greaterthan 5000 ft3/min (2360 L/s) then it shall haveone of the following:

(1) At least 50 percent of all replacement air istransfer air that would otherwise beexhausted.

(2) Demand ventilation system(s) on at least75 percent of the exhaust air. Such systemsshall be capable of at least 50 percentreduction in exhaust and replacement airsystem airflow rates, including controlsnecessary to modulate airflow in responseto appliance operation and to maintain fullcapture and containment of smoke, effluentand combustion products during cookingand idle.

(3) Listed energy recovery devices with asensible heat recovery effectiveness of notless than 40 percent on at least 50 percentof the total exhaust airflow. [ASHRAE90.1:6.5.7.1.4]

703.5.7.1.5 Performance Testing. Anapproved field test method shall be used to eval-uate design air flow rates and demonstrateproper capture and containment performance ofinstalled commercial kitchen exhaust systems.Where demand ventilation systems are utilizedto meet Section 703.5.7.1.4, additional perform-

ance testing shall be required to demonstrateproper capture and containment at minimumairflow. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.7.1.5]

703.5.7.2 Laboratory Exhaust Systems.Buildings with laboratory exhaust systems having atotal exhaust rate greater than 5000 ft3/min (2360L/s) shall include at least one of the followingfeatures:

(1) VAV laboratory exhaust and room supplysystems capable of reducing exhaust andmakeup air flow rates and/or incorporate a heatrecovery system to precondition makeup airfrom laboratory exhaust that shall meet thefollowing:

A + Bx(E/M)≥50%

Where:

A = Percentage that the exhaust and makeup airflow rates can be reduced from design condi-tions.

B = Percentage sensible recovery effectivness.

E = Exhaust airflow rate through the heatrecovery device at design conditions.

M = Makeup air flow rate of the system at designconditions.

(2) VAV laboratory exhaust and room supplysystems that are required to have minimumcirculation rates to comply with code or accred-itation standards shall be capable of reducingzone exhaust and makeup air flow rates to theregulated minimum circulation values, or theminimum required to maintain pressurizationrelationship requirements. Non regulated zonesshall be capable of reducing exhaust andmakeup air flow rates to 50 percent of the zonedesign values, or the minimum required to main-tain pressurization relationship requirements.

(3) Direct makeup (auxiliary) air supply equal to atleast 75 percent of the exhaust rate, heated nowarmer than 2°F (-17ºC) below room setpoint,cooled to no cooler than 3°F (-16ºC) above roomsetpoint, no humidification added, and no simul-taneous heating and cooling used for dehumidi-fication control. [ASHRAE 90.1: 6.5.7.2]

703.5.7.3 Grease Removal Devices. Reserved.

703.5.8 Radiant Heating Systems.

703.5.8.1 Heating Unenclosed Spaces. Radiantheating shall be used when heating is required forunenclosed spaces. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.5.8.1]

Exception: Loading docks equipped with air curtains.

703.5.8.2 Heating Enclosed Spaces. Radiantheating systems that are used as primary or supple-mental enclosed space heating must be in confor-mance with the governing provisions of the



Type ofHood

Light DutyEquipment

MediumDuty

Equipment

HeavyDuty

Equipment

ExtraHeavy DutyEquipment

Wall-

mounted

canopy

140 210 280 385

Single

island280 350 420 490

Double

island

(per side)

175 210 280 385

Eyebrow 175 175Not

allowed

Not

allowed

Backshelf/

Pass-over210 210 280

Not

allowed

TABLE 703.5.7.1.3MAXIMUM NET EXHAUST FLOW RATE, CFM PER

LINEAR FOOT OF HOOD LENGTH[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.5.7.1.3]

supplement, including, but not limited to, thefollowing:

(1) Radiant hydronic ceiling or floor panels (usedfor heating or cooling).

(2) Combination or hybrid systems incorporatingradiant heating (or cooling) panels.

(3) Radiant heating (or cooling) panels used inconjunction with other systems such as VAV orthermal storage systems. [ASHRAE90.1:6.5.8.2]

703.5.9 Hot Gas Bypass Limitation. Coolingsystems shall not use hot gas bypass or other evaporatorpressure control systems unless the system is designedwith multiple steps of unloading or continuous capacitymodulation. The capacity of the hot gas bypass shall belimited as indicated in Table 703.5.9. [ASHRAE90.1:6.5.9]

Exception: Unitary packaged systems with coolingcapacities not greater than 90 000 Btu/h (26.4 kW).

703.6 Alternative Compliance Path (Not Used).[ASHRAE 90.1:6.6]

703.7 Submittals.

703.7.1 General. The Authority Having Jurisdictionshall require submittal of compliance documentation andsupplemental information in accordance with Section703.7.1.1 through Section 703.7.1.3.

703.7.1.1 Construction Details. Compliancedocuments shall show all the pertinent data andfeatures of the building, equipment, and systems insufficient detail to permit a determination of compli-ance by the building official and to indicate compli-ance with the requirements of this supplement.[ASHRAE 90.1:4.2.2.1]

703.7.1.2 Supplemental Information. Supple-mental information necessary to verify compliancewith this supplement, such as calculations, worksheets,compliance forms, vendor literature, or other data, shallbe made available when required by the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction. [ASHRAE 90.1:4.2.2.2]

703.7.1.3 Manuals. Operating and maintenanceinformation shall be provided to the building owner.This information shall include, but not be limited to,the information specified Section 703.7.1.3.1 andSection 703.7.3.2. [ASHRAE 90.1:4.2.2.3]

703.7.1.3.1 Required Information.Construction documents shall require that anoperating manual and maintenance manual beprovided to the building owner. The manualsshall include, at a minimum, the following:

(1) Submittal data stating equipment rating andselected options for each piece of equip-ment requiring maintenance.

(2) Operation manuals and maintenance manualsfor each piece of equipment requiring main-tenance. Required routine maintenanceactions shall be clearly identified.

(3) Names and addresses of at least one quali-fied service agency.

(4) A complete narrative of how each system isintended to operate. [ASHRAE 90.1:4.2.2.3]

703.7.2 Labeling of Material and Equipment.Materials and equipment shall be labeled in a mannerthat will allow for determination of their compliance withthe applicable provisions of this supplement. [ASHRAE90.1:4.2.3]

703.7.3 Completion Requirements. The followingrequirements are mandatory provisions and are neces-sary for compliance with this supplement. [ASHRAE90.1:6.7.2]

703.7.3.1 Drawings. Construction documents shallrequire that, within 90 days after the date of systemacceptance, record drawings of the actual installationbe provided to the building owner or the designatedrepresentative of the building owner. Record draw-ings shall include, as a minimum, the location andperformance data on each piece of equipment, generalconfiguration of duct and pipe distribution systemincluding sizes, and the terminal air or water designflow rates. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.7.2.1]

703.7.3.2 Manuals. Construction documents shallrequire that an operating manual and a maintenancemanual be provided to the building owner or thedesignated representative of the building ownerwithin 90 days after the date of system acceptance.These manuals shall be in accordance with industry-accepted standards (see Informative Appendix E ofASHRAE 90.1) and shall include, at a minimum, thefollowing:

(1) Submittal data stating equipment size andselected options for each piece of equipmentrequiring maintenance.

(2) Operation manuals and maintenance manuals foreach piece of equipment requiring maintenance,except equipment not furnished as part of theproject. Required routine maintenance actionsshall be clearly identified.

(3) Names and addresses of at least one serviceagency.

(4) HVAC controls system maintenance and cali-bration information, including wiring diagrams,



Rated Capacity Maximum Hot GasBypass Capacity

(percent of total capacity)

≤240,000 Btu/h 50%

>240,000 Btu/h 25%


TABLE 703.5.9HOT GAS BYPASS LIMITATION

[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.5.9]

schematics, and control sequence descriptions.Desired or field-determined setpoints shall bepermanently recorded on control drawings atcontrol devices or, for digital control systems,in programming comments.

(5) A complete narrative of how each system isintended to operate, including suggestedsetpoints. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.7.2.2]

703.7.3.3 System Balancing.

703.7.3.3.1 General. Construction docu-ments shall require that all HVAC systems bebalanced in accordance with generally acceptedengineering standards (see informativeAppendix E of ASHRAE 90.1). Constructiondocuments shall require that a written balancereport be provided to the building owner or thedesignated representative of the building ownerfor HVAC systems serving zones with a totalconditioned area exceeding 5000 ft2 (465.0 m2).[ASHRAE 90.1:6.7.2.3.1]

703.7.3.3.2 Air System Balancing. Airsystems shall be balanced in a manner to firstminimize throttling losses. Then, for fans withfan system power greater than 1 hp (0.75 kW),fan speed shall be adjusted to meet design flowconditions. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.7.2.3.2]

703.7.3.3.3 Hydronic System Balancing.Hydronic systems shall be proportionatelybalanced in a manner to first minimize throttlinglosses; then the pump impeller shall be trimmedor pump speed shall be adjusted to meet designflow conditions. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.7.2.3.3]

Exceptions: Impellers need not be trimmed norpump speed adjusted.

(1) For pumps with pump motors of 10 hp (7.5kW) or less.

(2) When throttling results in no greater than 5percent of the nameplate horsepower draw,or 3 hp (2.2 kW), whichever is greater, abovethat required if the impeller was trimmed.

703.7.3.4 System Commissioning. HVACcontrol systems shall be tested to ensure thatcontrol elements are calibrated, adjusted, and inproper working condition. For projects larger than50 000 ft2 (4645.2 m2) conditioned area, exceptwarehouses and semiheated spaces, detailedinstructions for commissioning HVAC systemsshall be provided by the designer in plans and spec-ifications. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.7.2.4]

703.7.3.4.1 Minimum Level of Commis-sion. Commissioning shall be performed forHVAC systems in accordance with Level 1,Basic Commissioning of the SMACNA HVACSystems Commissioning Manual. (SeeAppendix C for additional information onHVAC system commissioning).

703.8 Minimum Equipment Efficiency Tables.[ASHRAE 90.1:6.8]

703.8.1 Minimum Efficiency Requirement ListedEquipment—Standard Rating and OperatingConditions. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.8.1]

703.8.2 Duct Insulation Tables. [ASHRAE 90.1:6.8.2]

704.0 Solar Energy Systems. Solar energy systems shallbe installed in accordance with the Uniform Solar EnergyCode.

705.0 Geothermal Systems.

705.1 General. Geothermal systems that use the earth orbody of water as a heat source or sink for heating or coolingshall comply with Section 705.1.1 through Section 705.1.4.

705.1.1 Design, Installation and Testing. Geot-hermal systems shall be designed by a registered designprofessional. The geothermal system design, installationand testing shall comply with CSA C448, and the appli-cable requirements for hydronic piping systems of themechanical code.

705.1.2 Pipe Materials. Unless otherwise approvedby the Authority Having Jurisdiction, underground andsubmerged pipe used in geothermal systems shall bepolyethylene manufactured from resin compound PE3408 or PE 4710 that complies with ASTM D3350 witha cell classification of 345564 or 345434. Pipe shallcomply with ASTM Standard D 3035 or CSA StandardB137.1. Polyethylene fittings shall comply with therequirements in ASTM D3261, ASTM D2683, ASTMF1055 or CSA Standard B137.1. Joints and connectionsof underground and submerged polyethylene piping shallbe heat fused or electrofused. All other pipe and fittingsshall comply with the applicable requirements forhydronic piping systems in the mechanical code.

705.1.3 Marking. Geothermal piping systems shall haveuppercase lettering, with the words “GEOTHERMAL”or “GEO.” Additional, the piping shall not be markedwith the word “potable,” or the letters “P” or “PW.”

705.1.4 Heat Pump Approval. Water source heatpumps used in conjunction with geothermal heatexchangers shall be listed and labeled for use in suchsystems and shall be designed for the minimum andmaximum design water temperature.





EQUIPMENT TYPE SIZE CATEGORYHEATING SECTION

TYPE

SUBCATEGORY ORRATING

CONDITIONMINIMUM EFFICIENCY

1TEST PROCEDURE

2

Air conditioners, air cooled <65 000 Btu/h3 AllSplit System 13.0 SEER

AHRI

210/240

Single Package 13.0 SEER

Through-the-wall, air

cooled≤30 000 Btu/h3 All

Split System 12.0 SEER


Air conditioners, air cooled

≥65 000 Btu/h

and <135 000

Btu/h

Electric resist-

ance (or none)

Split system and

single package

11.2 EER

11.4 IEER

AHRI

340/360

All otherSplit system and

single package

11.0 EER

11.2 IEER

≥135 000 Btu/h

and <240 000

Btu/h

Electric resist-

ance (or none)

Split system and

single package

11.0 EER

11.2 IEER


single package

10.8 EER

11.0 IEER

≥240 000 Btu/h

and <760 000

Btu/h

Electric resist-

ance (or none)

Split system and

single package

10.0 EER

10.1 IEER


single package

9.8 EER

9.9 IEER

≥760 000 Btu/h

Electric resist-

ance (or none)

Split system and

single package

9.7 EER

9.8 IEER


single package

9.5 EER

9.6 IEER

TABLE 703.8.1(1)ELECTRONICALLY OPERATED UNITARY AIR CONDITIONERS AND CONDENSING UNITS –

MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1A]




TYPE



1TEST PROCEDURE

2

Air conditioners, water

cooled

<65 000 Btu/h AllSplit system and

single package

12.1 EER

12.3 IEER

AHRI

210/240

≥65 000 Btu/h

and <135 000

Btu/h

Electric resist-

ance (or none)

Split system and

single package

11.5 EER (before 6/1/2011)

12.1 EER (as of 6/1/2011)

11.7 IEER (before 6/1/2011)

12.3 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)

AHRI

340/360


single package

11.3 EER (before 6/1/2011)

11.9 EER (as of 6/1/2011)

11.5 IEER (before 6/1/2011)

12.1 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)

≥135 000 Btu/h

and <240 000

Btu/h

Electric Resist-

ance (or none)

Split system and

single package

11.0 EER (before 6/1/2011)

12.5 EER (as of 6/1/2011_

11.2 IEER (before 6/1/2011)

12.5 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)


single package

10.8 EER (before 6/1/2011)

12.3 EER (before 6/1/2011)

11.0 IEER (before 6/1/2011)

12.5 IEER (before 6/1/2011)

≥240 000 Btu/h

and <760 000

Btu/h

Electric Resist-

ance (or none)

Split system and

single package

11.0 EER (before 6/1/2011)

12.4 EER (as of 6/1/2011)

11.1 IEER (before 6/1/2011)

12.6 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)


single package

10.8 EER (before 6/1/2011)

12.2 EER (as of 6/1/2011)

10.9 IEER (before 6/1/2011)

12.4 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)

≥760 000 Btu/h

Electric Resist-

ance (or none)

Split system and

single package

11.0 EER (before 6/1/2011)

12.2 EER (as of 6/1/2011_

11.1 IEER (before 6/1/2011)

12.4 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)


single package

10.8 EER (before 6/1/2011)

12.0 EER (as of 6/1/2011_

10.9 IEER (before 6/1/2011)

12.2 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)

Air conditioners, evapora-

tively cooled

<65 000 Btu/h AllSplit system and

single package

12.1 EER

12.3 IEER

AHRI

210/240

≥65 000 Btu/h

and <135 000

Btu/h

Electric resist-

ance (or none)

Split system and

single package

11.5 EER (before 6/1/2011)

12.1 EER (as of 6/1/2011)

11.7 IEER (before 6/1/2011)

12.3 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)

AHRI

340/360All other

Split system and

single package

11.3 EER (before 6/1/2011)

11.9 EER (as of 6/2/2011)

11.5 IEER (before 6/1/2011)

12.1 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)

≥135 000 Btu/h

and <240 000

Btu/h

Electric Resist-

ance (or none)

Split system and

single package

11.0 EER (before 6/1/2011)

12.0 EER (as of 6/1/2011_

11.2 IEER (before 6/1/2011)

12.2 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)

TABLE 703.8.1(1) (continued)ELECTRONICALLY OPERATED UNITARY AIR CONDITIONERS AND CONDENSING UNITS –





TYPE



1TEST PROCEDURE

2

Air conditioners, evapora-

tively cooled

≥135 000 Btu/h

and <240 000

Btu/h


single package

10.8 EER (before 6/1/2011)

11.8 EER (as of 6/1/2011)

11.0 IEER (before 6/1/2011)

12.0 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)

AHRI

340/360

≥240 000 Btu/h

and <760 000

Btu/h

Electric Resist-

ance (or none)

Split system and

single package

11.0 EER (before 6/1/2011)

11.9 EER (as of 6/1/2011)

11.1 IEER (before 6/1/2011)

12.1 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)


single package

10.8 EER (before 6/1/2011)

12.2 EER (as of 6/1/2011)

10.9 IEER (before 6/1/2011)

11.9 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)

≥760 000 Btu/h

Electric Resist-

ance (or none)

Split system and

single package

11.0 EER (before 6/1/2011)

11.7 EER (as of 6/1/2011_

11.1 IEER (before 6/1/2011)

11.9 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)


single package

10.8 EER (before 6/1/2011)

11.5 EER (as of 6/1/2011_

10.9 IEER (before 6/1/2011)

11.7 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)

Condensing units, air cooled ≥135 000 Btu/h – –

10.1 EER (before 6/1/2011)

10.5 EER (as of 6//1/2011)

11.4 IEER (before 6/1/2011)

11.8 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)

AHRI

365Condensing units, water

cooled≥135 000 Btu/h – –

13.1 EER (before 6/1/2011)

13.5 EER (as of 6//1/2011)

13.6 IEER (before 6/1/2011)

14.0 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)

Condensing units, water or

evaporatively cooled≥135 000 Btu/h – –

13.1 EER (before 6/1/2011)

13.5 EER (as of 6//1/2011)

13.6 IEER (before 6/1/2011)

14.0 IEER (as of 6/1/2011)

For SI units: 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW1 IPLVs and part-load rating conditions are only applicable to equipment with capacity modulation.2 Section 12 of ASHRAE 90.1 contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure including the referenced year version of the test procedure. 3 Single-phase, air-cooled air conditioners <65 000 Btu/h (19.05 kW) are regulated by NAECA. SEER values are those set by NAECA.

TABLE 703.8.1(1) (continued)ELECTRONICALLY OPERATED UNITARY AIR CONDITIONERS AND CONDENSING UNITS –




EQUIPMENT TYPE SIZE CATEGORY HEATING SECTIONTYPE

SUBCATEGORYOR RATING CONDITION

MINIMUM EFFICIENCY1

TEST PROCEDURE2

Air cooled

(cooling mode)<65 000 Btu/h3 All

Split System 13.0 SEER

AHRI

210/240


Through-the-wall (air

cooled, cooling mode)≤30 000 Btu/h3 All

Split System 12 SEER


Air cooled

(cooling mode)

≥65 000 Btu/h and

<135 000 Btu/h

Electric resistance

(or none)

Split system and

single package

11.0 EER

11.2 IEER

AHRI

340/360


single package

10.8 EER

11.0 IEER

≥135 000 Btu/h

and <240 000

Btu/h

Electric resistance

(or none)

Split system and

single package

10.6 EER

10.7 IEER


single package

10.4 EER

10.5 IEER

≥240 000 Btu/h

Electric resistance

(or none)

Split system and

single package

9.5 EER

9.6 IEER


single package

9.3 EER

9.4 IEER

Water source (cooling

mode)

<17 000 Btu/h All86°F entering

water11.2 EER

ISO 13256-1

≥17 000 Btu/h and

<65 000 Btu/hAll

86°F entering

water12.0 EER

≥65 000 Btu/h and

<135 000 Btu/hAll

86°F entering

water12.0 EER

Groundwater source

(cooling mode)<135 000 Btu/h All

59°F entering

water16.2 EER

Ground source

(cooling mode)<135 000 Btu/h All

77°F entering

water13.4 EER ISO 13256-1

Water source water-to-

water (cooling mode)<135 000 Btu/h All

86°F entering

water10.6 EER

ISO 13256-2

Groundwater source

water to water (cooling

mode)

<135 000 Btu/h All59°F entering

water16.3 EER

Ground source brine to

water (cooling mode)<135 000 Btu/h All

77°F entering

water12.1 EER

Air cooled (heating

mode)<65 000 Btu/h3

(cooling capacity)

– Split system 7.7 HSPF

AHRI 210/240– Single package 7.7 HSPF

Through-the-wall, (air

cooled, heating mode)≤30 000 Btu/h3

(cooling capacity)

– Split system 7.4 HSPF

– Single package 7.4 HSPF

TABLE 703.8.1(2)ELECTRONICALLY OPERATED UNITARY AND APPLIED HEAT PUMPS—

MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1B]



EQUIPMENT TYPE SIZE CATEGORY HEATING SECTIONTYPE

SUBCATEGORYOR RATING CONDITION

MINIMUM EFFICIENCY1

TEST PROCEDURE2

Air cooled

(heating mode)

≥65 000 Btu/h and

<135 000 Btu/h

(cooling capacity)

–

47°F db/43°F wb

outdoor air3.3 COP

AHRI 340/360

17°F db/15°F wb

outdoor air2.25 COP

135 000 Btu/h

(cooling capacity)

47°F db/43°F wb

outdoor air3.2 COP

17°F db/15°F wb

outdoor air2.05 COP

Water source (heating

mode

<135 000 Btu/h

(cooling capacity)–

68°F entering

water4.2 COP

ISO 13256-1

Groundwater source

(heating mode)

<135 000 Btu/h


50°F entering

water3.6 COP

Ground Source

(heating mode)

<135 000 Btu/h


32°F entering

water3.1 COP

Water source

water to water

(heating mode)

<135 000 Btu/h


68°F entering

water3.7 COP

Groundwater source

water to water

(heating mode)

<135 000 Btu/h


50°F entering

water3.1 COP

ISO 13256-2Ground source

brine to water

(heating mode)

<135 000 Btu/h


32°F entering

water2.5 COP

For SI units: 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW, t/ºC = (t/ºF-32)/1.8

1 IPLVs and part-load rating conditions are only applicable to equipment with capacity modulation.

2 Section 12 of ASHRAE 90.1 contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure including the referenced year version of the test procedure.

3 Single-phase air-cooled heat pumps <65 000 Btu/h (19.05 kW) are regulated by NAECA, SEER, and HSPF values are those set by NAECA.

TABLE 703.8.1(2) (continued)ELECTRONICALLY OPERATED UNITARY AND APPLIED HEAT PUMPS—

MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1B]



EQUIPMENT TYPESIZE

CATEGORYUNITS PATH A PATH B

TEST

PROCEDURE2

FULL LOAD IPLV FULL LOAD IPLV

Air-Cooled Chillers<150 tons EER ≥9.562 ≥12.500 NA4 NA4

AHRI 550/590

≥150 tons EER ≥9.562 ≥12.500 NA4 NA4

Air cooled, without

condenser, electrically

operated

All capacities EER

Air-cooled chillers without condensers must be rated with

matching condensers and comply with the air-cooled

chiller efficiency requirements.

Water cooled, electri-

cally operated, recipro-

cating

All capacities kW/tonReciprocating units must comply with water-cooled posi-

tive displacement efficiency requirements.


cally operated, positive

displacement

<75 tons kW/ton ≤0.780 ≤0.630 ≤0.800 ≤0.600

≥75 tons and <150

tonskW/ton ≤0.775 ≤0.615 ≤0.790 ≤0.586

≥150 tons and

<300 tonskW/ton ≤0.680 ≤0.580 ≤0.718 ≤0.540

≥300 tons kW/ton ≤0.620 ≤0.540 ≤0.639 ≤0.490


cally operated,

centrifugal

<150 tons kW/ton ≤0.634 ≤0.596 ≤0.639 ≤0.450

≥150 tons and

<300 tonskW/ton ≤0.634 ≤0.596 ≤0.639 ≤0.450

≥300 tons and

<600 tonskW/ton ≤0.576 ≤0.549 ≤0.600 ≤0.400

≥600 tons kW/ton ≤0.570 ≤0.539 ≤0.590 ≤0.400

Air-cooled absorption

single effectAll capacities COP ≥0.600 NR5 NA4 NA4

AHRI 560

Water-cooled absorp-

tion single effectAll capacities COP ≥0.700 NR5 NA4 NA4

Absorption double

effect, indirect-firedAll capacities COP ≥1.000 ≥1.050 NA4 NA4

Absorption double

effect direct-firedAll capacities COP ≥1.000 ≥1.000 NA4 NA4

For SI units: 1 ton = 1000 kg, t/ºC = (t/ºF-32)/1.8

1 The centrifugal chiller equipment requirements after adjustment per 703.4.1.2 do not apply to chillers where the design leaving evaporator temperature is

<36°F (2.2ºC). The requirements do not apply to positive displacement chillers with design leaving fluid temperatures ≤32ºF (0ºC). The requirements do

not apply to absorption chillers with design leaving fluid temperatures <40°F (4ºC).2 Compliance with this supplement can be obtained by meeting the minimum requirements of Path A or Path B. However, both the full load and IPLV must

be met to fulfill the requirements of Path A or Path B.3 Section 12 of ASHRAE 90.1 contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test procedure.

4 NA means that this requirement is not applicable and cannot be used for compliance.

5 NR means that there are no minimum requirements for this category.

TABLE 703.8.1(3)

WATER CHILLING PACKAGES—EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS1

[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1C]




(INPUT)SUBCATEGORY ORRATING CONDITION

MINIMUM EFFICIENCYTEST

PROCEDURE1

PTAC (cooling mode) Standard Size All capacities 95°F db outdoor air12.5 - (0.213 x Cap/ l 000)3

EER (before 10/8/2012)

13.8 - (0.300 x Cap/1000)3

ARI 310/380

PTAC (cooling mode) Nonstandard

Size2 All capacities 95°F db outdoor air 10.9 - (0.213 x Cap/1000)3 EER

PTHP (cooling mode) Standard Size All capacities 95°F db outdoor air

12.3 - (0.213 x Cap/1000)3

EER (before 10/8/2012)

14.0 - (0.300 x Cap/1000)3

EER (as of 10/8/2012)

PTHP (cooling mode) Nonstandard

Size2 All capacities 95°F db outdoor air 10.8 - (0.213 x Cap/1000)3 EER

PTHP (heating mode) Standard Size All capacities

3.2 - (0.026 x Cap/1000)3

COPH (before 10/8/2012)

3.7 - (0.052 x Cap/1000)3

COPH (as of 10/8/2012)

PTHP (heating mode) Nonstandard

Size2 All capacities 2.9 - (0.026 x Cap/1000)3 COP

SPVAC (cooling mode)

<65 000 Btu/h95°F db/75°F wb

outdoor air9.0 EER

AHRI 390

≥65 000 Btu/h and

<135 000 Btu/h

95°F db/75°F wb

outdoor air8.9 EER

≥135 000 Btu/h and

<240 000 Btu/h

95°F db/75°F wb

outdoor air8.6 EER

SPVHP (cooling mode)

<65 000 Btu/h95°F db/75°F wb

outdoor air9.0 EER

≥65 000 Btu/h and

<135 000 Btu/h

95°F db/75°F wb

outdoor air8.9 EER

≥135 000 Btu/h and

<240 000 Btu/h

95°F db/75°F wb

outdoor air8.6 EER

SPVHP (heating mode)

<65 000 Btu/h47°F db/43°F wb

outdoor air3.0 COP

≥65 000 Btu/h and

<135 000 Btu/h

47°F db/43°F wb

outdoor air3.0 COP

≥135 000 Btu/h and

<240 000 Btu/h

47°F db/43°F wb

outdoor air2.9 COP

TABLE 703.8.1(4)

ELECTRICALLY OPERATED PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS, PACKAGED TERMINAL SINGLE-PACKED VERTICAL AIR

CONDITIONERS, SINGLE-PACKAGE VERTICAL HEAT PUMPS, ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS, AND ROOM AIR CONDITIONER HEAT

PUMPS—MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS

[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1D]



Room air conditioner, casement only All capacities – 8.7 EER ANSI/AHAM

RAC-1Room air conditioner, casement-slider All capacities – 9.5 EER

For SI units: 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW, t/ºC = (t/Fº-32)/1.8

1 Section 12 of ASHRAE 90.1 contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test procedure.

2 Nonstandard Size units must be factory labeled as follows: "MANUFACTURED FOR NONSTANDARD SIZE APPLICATIONS ONLY; NOT TO BE

INSTALLED IN NEW STANDARD PROJECTS." Nonstandard size efficiencies apply only to units being installed in existing sleeves having an external

wall opening of less than 16 inch (406 mm) high or less than 42 inch (1067 mm) wide and having a cross-sectional area less than 670 square inches (0.432

m2).

3 Cap means the rated cooling capacity of the product in Btu/h (kW). If the unit's capacity is less than 7000 Btu/h (2.05 kW). use 7000 Btu/h (2.05 kW) in the

calculation. If the unit's capacity is greater than 15 000 Btu/h (4.4 kW), use 15 000 Btu/h (4.4 kW) in the calculation.4 Section 12 of ASHRAE 90.1 contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test procedure.

TABLE 703.8.1(4) (continued)

ELECTRICALLY OPERATED PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS, PACKAGED TERMINAL SINGLE-PACKED VERTICAL AIR

CONDITIONERS, SINGLE-PACKAGE VERTICAL HEAT PUMPS, ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS, AND ROOM AIR CONDITIONER HEAT

PUMPS—MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS

[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1D]


(INPUT)SUBCATEGORY ORRATING CONDITION


PROCEDURE4

Room air conditioners, with louvered

sides

<6000 Btu/h – 9.7 SEER

ANSI/AHAM

RAC-1

≥6000 Btu/h and

<8000 Btu/h– 9.7 EER

≥8000 Btu/h and

<14 000 Btu/h– 9.8 EER

≥14 000 Btu/h and

<20,000 Btu/h– 9.7 SEER

≥20 000 Btu/h – 8.5 EER

Room air conditioners, without

louvered sides

<8000 Btu/h – 9.0 EER

≥8000 Btu/h and

<20 000 Btu/h– 8.5 EER

≥20 000 Btu/h – 8.5 EER

Room air-conditioner heat pumps with

louvered sides

<20 000 Btu/h – 9.0 EER

≥20 000 Btu/h – 8.5 EER

Room air conditioner heat pumps

without louvered sides

<14 000 Btu/h – 8.5 EER

≥14 000 Btu/h – 8.0 EER



EQUIPMENT TYPE SIZE CATEGORY (INPUT)SUBCATEGORY OR RATING

CONDITIONMINIMUM EFFICIENCY TEST PROCEDURE

1

Warm-air furnace, gas-

fired

<225 000 Btu/h

Maximum capacity378% AFUE or 80% Et

2, 4DOE 10 CFR Part 430 or

Section 2.39, Thermal Effi-

ciency, of CSA Z21.47

≥225 000 Btu/h 80% Et4 Section 2.39, Thermal Effi-

ciency, of CSA Z21.47

Warm-air furnace, oil-fired

<225 000 Btu/h

Maximum capacity3

78% AFUE or 80% Et2, 4

DOE 10 CFR Part 430 or

Section 42, Combustion, of

UL 727

≥225 000 Btu/h 81% Et4 Section 42, Combustion,

UL 727

Warm-air duct furnaces,

gas-firedAll capacities Maximum capacity3 80% Ec

5 Section 2.10, Efficiency, of

CSA Z83.8

Warm-air unit heaters, gas-

firedAll capacities Maximum capacity3 80% Ec

5, 6 Section 2.10, Efficiency, of

CSA Z83.8

Warm-air unit heaters, oil-

firedAll capacities Maximum capacity3 80% Ec

5, 6 Section 40, Combustion, of

UL 731

For SI units: 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW.1 Section 12 of ASHRAE 90.1 contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test procedure.2 Combination units not covered by NAECA (three-phase power or cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65 000 Btu/h (19.05 kW) shall be permitted to

comply with either rating.3 Compliance of multiple firing rate units shall be at the maximum firing rate. 4

Et = thermal efficiency. Units must also include an interrupted or intermittent ignition device (IID), have jacket losses not exceeding 0.75 percent of the input

rating, and have either power venting or a flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable alternative to a flue damper for those furnaces where combustion air

is drawn from the conditioned space.5

Ec = combustion efficiency (100 percent less flue losses). See test procedure for detailed discussion.6 As of August 8, 2008, according to the Energy Policy Act of 2005, units must also include an interrupted or intermittent ignition device (IID) and have either

power venting or an automatic flue damper.

TABLE 703.8.1(5)WARM-AIR FURNACES AND COMBINATION WARM-AIR FURNACES/AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS,

WARM-AIR DUCT FURNACES AND UNIT HEATERS[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1E]



EQUIPMENT TYPE1 SUBCATEGORY OR

RATING CONDITIONSIZE CATEGORY

(INPUT)

MINIMUM

EFFICIENCY2, 3

EFFICIENCY AS OF3/2/2010

(Date three yearsafter ASHRAE

Board Approval)

EFFICIENCY AS OF3/2/2020

(Date thirteen yearsafter ASHRAE

Board Approval)

TEST PROCEDURE

Boilers, hot water

Gas-fired

<300 000 Btu/h 80% AFUE 80% AFUE 80% AFUE 10 CFR Part 430

≥300 000 Btu/h

and ≤2 500 000

Btu/h475% Et 80% Et 80% Et

10 CFR Part 431

>2 500 000 Btu/h1 80% Ec 82% Ec 82% Ec

Oil-fired5


≥300 000 Btu/h

and ≤2 500 000

Btu/h478% Et 82% Et 82% Et

10 CFR Part 431

>2 500 000 Btu/h1 83% Ec 84% Ec 84% Ec

Boilers, steam

Gas-fired <300 000 Btu/h 75% AFUE 75% AFUE 75% AFUE 10 CFR Part 430

Gas-fired – all

except natural

draft

≥300 000 Btu/h

and ≤2 500 000

Btu/h475% Et 79% Et 79% Et

10 CFR Part 431>2 500 000 Btu/h1 80% Ec 79% Et 79% Et

Gas-fired – natural

draft

≥300 000 Btu/h

and ≤2 500 000

Btu/h475% Et 77% Et 79% Et

>2 500 000 Btu/h1 80% Ec 77% Et 79% Et

Oil-fired5


≥300 000 Btu/h

and ≤2 500 000

Btu/h478% Et 81% Et 81% Et

10 CFR Part 431

>2 500 000 Btu/h1 83% Ec 81% Et 81% Et

For SI units: 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW.

1 These requirements apply to boilers with rated input of 8 000 000 Btu/h (2344 kW) or less that are not packaged boilers and to all packaged boilers. Minimum

efficiency requirements for boilers cover all capacities of packaged boilers.2

Ec = combustion efficiency (100 percent less flue losses). See reference document for detailed information.

3Et = thermal efficiency. See reference document for detailed information.

4 Maximum capacity – minimum and maximum ratings as provided for and allowed by the unit's controls.

5 Includes oil-tired (residual).

TABLE 703.8.1(6)GAS- AND OIL-FIRED BOILERS, MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS

[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1F]



EQUIPMENT TYPETOTAL SYSTEM HEATREJECTION CAPACITYAT RATED CONDITIONS

SUBCATEGORY OR RATING CONDITION

PERFORMANCE

REQUIRED1, 2, 3 TEST PROCEDURE

4, 5

Propeller or axial fan open-

circuit cooling towersAll

95°F entering water

≥ 38.2 gpm/hpCTI ATC-105 and CTI

STD-20185°F leaving water

75°F entering wb

Centrifugal fan open-circuit

cooling towersAll


≥ 20.0 gpm/hpCTI ATC-105 and CTI

STD-20185°F leaving water

75°F entering wb

Propeller or axial fan closed-

circuit cooling towersAll


≥14.0 gpm/hpCTI ATC-105S and

CTI STD-20190°F leaving water

75°F entering wb

Centrifugal fan closed-circuit

cooling towersAll


≥7.0 gpm/hpCTI ATC-105S and

CTI STD-20190°F leaving water

75°F entering wb

Air-cooled condensers All

125°F condensing temperature

R-22 test fluid≥176 000 Btu/h·hp

ARI 460190°F entering gas temperature

15°F subcooling 95°F entering

db

≥176 000 Btu/h·hp

For SI units: t/ºC = (t/ºF-32)/1.8, 1 gallon per minute per horsepower = 0.085 L/s/kW, 1000 British thermal units per hour = 0.293 kW, 1 horsepower = 0.75

kW.

1 For purposes of this table, open-circuit cooling tower performance is defined as the water flow rating at the thermal rating condition listed in Table 703.8.1(7)

divided by the fan motor nameplate rating.2 For purposes of this table, closed-circuit cooling tower performance is defined as the process water flow rating of the tower at the thermal rating condition

listed in Table 703.8.1(7) divided by the sum of the fan motor nameplate power and the integral spray pump motor nameplate power.3 For purposes of this table, air-cooled condenser performance is defined as the heat rejected from the refrigerant divided by the fan motor nameplate power.

4 Section 12 of ASHRAE 90.1 contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test procedure.

5 The efficiencies and test procedures for both open- and closed-circuit cooling towers are not applicable to hybrid cooling towers that contain a combination

of separate wet and dry heat exchange sections.

TABLE 703.8.1(7)PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR HEAT REJECTION EQUIPMENT

[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1G]



EQUIPMENT TYPE SUBCATEGORYMINIMUM

EFFICIENCY1

TEST

PROCEDURE2

Liquid-to-liquid heat exchangers Plate type NR AHRI 400

1 NR = No Requirement

2 Section 12 of ASHRAE 90.1 contains complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test procedure.

TABLE 703.8.1(8)HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1H]


TYPE

SUB-CATEGORY ORRATING


TEST PROCEDURE

VRF Air Conditioners

Air Cooled

<65 000 Btu/h ALLVRF Multi-split

System13.0 SEER

AHRI 1230

≥65 000 Btu/h and

<135 000 Btu/h4Electric Resistance

(or none)

VRF Multi-split

System

11.2 EER

12.2 IEER

13.1 IEER (as of 7/1/2012)

≥135 000 Btu/h and

<240 000 Btu/h

Electric Resistance

(or none)

VRF Multi-split

System

11.0 EER

12.3 IEER

12.9 IEER (as of 7/1/2012)

≥240 000 Btu/hElectric Resistance

(or none)

VRF Multi-split

System

10.0 EER

11.1 IEER

11.6 IEER (as of 7/1/2012)


TABLE 703.8.1(9)ELECTRICALLY OPERATED VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW AIR CONDITIONERS—

MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1I]



EQUIPMENT TYPE SIZE CATEGORYHEATINGSECTION

TYPE

SUB-CATEGORY OR RATING CONDITION


PROCEDURE

VRF Air Cooled,

(cooling mode)

<65 000 Btu/h ALL VRF Multi-split System 13.0 SEER

AHRI 1230

≥65 000 Btu/h and

<135 000 Btu/h

Electric

Resistance

(or none)

VRF Multi-split System

11.0 EER

12.3 IEER

12.9 IEER (as of 7/1/2012)

≥65 000 Btu/h and

<135 000 Btu/h

Electric

Resistance

(or none)


with Heat Recovery

10.8 EER

12.1 IEER

12.7 IEER (as of 7/1/2012

≥135 000 Btu/h and

<240 000 Btu/h

Electric

Resistance

(or none)


10.6 EER

11.8 IEER

12.3 IEER (as of 7/1/2012)

≥135 000 Btu/h and

<240 000 Btu/h

Electric

Resistance

(or none)


with Heat Recovery

10.4 EER

11.6 IEER

12.1 IEER (as of 7/1/2012)

≥240 000 Btu/h

Electric

Resistance

(or none)


9.5 EER

10.6 IEER

11.0 IEER (as of 7/1/2012)

≥240 000 Btu/h

Electric

Resistance

(or none)


with Heat Recovery

9.3 EER

10.4 IEER

10.8 IEER (as of 7/1/2012)

VRF Water Source

(cooling mode)

<65 000 Btu/h ALLVRF Multi-split Systems

86ºF entering water12.0 EER

AHRI 1230

<65 000 Btu/h ALL

VRF Multi-split Systems

with Heat Recovery 86ºF

entering water

11.8 EER

≥65 000 Btu/h and

<135 000 Btu/hALL



≥65 000 Btu/h and

<135 000 Btu/hALL



entering water

11.8 EER

≥135 000 Btu/h ALLVRF Multi-split Systems


≥135 000 Btu/h ALL



entering water

9.8 EER

VRF Groundwater

Source

(cooling mode)

<135 000 Btu/h ALLVRF Multi-split System


AHRI 1230<135 000 Btu/h ALL



entering water

16.0 EER

≥135 000 Btu/h ALLVRF Multi-split System


TABLE 703.8.1(10)ELECTRICALLY OPERATED VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW AIR-TO-AIR AND APPLIED HEAT PUMPS—

MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1J]



EQUIPMENT TYPE SIZE CATEGORYHEATINGSECTION

TYPE

SUB-CATEGORY OR RATING CONDITION


PROCEDURE

VRF Groundwater

Source

(cooling mode)

≥135 000 Btu/h ALL



entering water

13.6 EER

AHRI 1230

<135 000 Btu/h ALLVRF Multi-split System


<135 000 Btu/h ALL



entering water

13.2 EER

≥135 000 Btu/h ALLVRF Multi-split System


≥135 000 Btu/h ALL



entering water

10.8 EER

VRF Air Cooled

(heating mode)

<65 000 Btu/h — VRF Multi-split System 7.7 HSPF

AHRI 1230

≥65 000 Btu/h and

<135 000 Btu/h—


47ºF db/43ºF wb outdoor air3.3 COP

17ºF db/15ºF wb outdoor air 2.25 COP

≥135 000 Btu/h

(cooling capacity)—


47ºF db/43ºF wb outdoor air3.2 COP

17ºF db/15ºF wb outdoor air 2.05 COP

VRF Water Source

(heating mode)

<135 000 Btu/h



68ºF entering water4.2 COP

AHRI 1230≥135 000 Btu/h




VRF Groundwater

Source (heating mode)

<135 000 Btu/h




AHRI 1230

≥135 000 Btu/h




VRF Ground Source

(heating mode)

<135 000 Btu/h




AHRI 1230≥135 000 Btu/h




TABLE 703.8.1(10) (continued)ELECTRICALLY OPERATED VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW AIR-TO-AIR AND APPLIED HEAT PUMPS—

MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1J]




EQUIPMENT TYPE NET SENSIBLE COOLING CAPACITY1

MINIMUM

SCOP-1272

EFFICIENCY DOWN-

FLOW UNITS/UPFLOW UNITS

TEST

PROCEDURE

Air Conditioners, air

cooled

<65 000 Btu/h

≥65 000 Btu/h and < 240 000 Btu/h

≥240 000 Btu/h

2.20 / 2.09

2.10 / 1.99

1.90 / 1.79

ANSI/ASHRAE 127

Air Conditioners, water

cooled

<65 000 Btu/h

≥65 000 Btu/h and < 240 000 Btu/h

≥240 000 Btu/h

2.60 / 2.49

2.50 / 2.39

2.40 / 2.29

ANSI/ASHRAE 127

Air Conditioners, water

cooled with fluid econo-

mizer

<65 000 Btu/h

≥65 000 Btu/h and <240 000 Btu/h

≥240 000 Btu/h

2.55 / 2.44

2.45 / 2.34

2.35 / 2.24

ANSI/ASHRAE 127

Air Conditioners, glycol

cooled (rated at 40%

propylene glycol)

<65 000 Btu/h

≥65 000 Btu/h and <240 000 Btu/h

≥240 000 Btu/h

2.50 / 2.39

2.15 / 2.04

2.10 / 1.99

ANSI/ASHRAE 127

Air Conditioners, glycol

cooled (rated at 40%

propylene glycol) with

fluid economizer

<65 000 Btu/h

≥65 000 Btu/h and <240 000 Btu/h

≥240 000 Btu/h

2.45 / 2.34

2.10 / 1.99

2.05 / 1.94

ANSI/ASHRAE 127

1 Net sensible cooling capacity: The total gross cooling capacity less the latent cooling less the energy to the air movement system. (Total Gross - latent -

Fan Power)2 Sensible coefficient of performance (SCOP-127): a ratio calculated by dividing the net sensible cooling capacity in watts by the total power input in watts

(excluding re-heaters and humidifiers) at conditions defined in ASHRAE Standard 127. The net sensible cooling capacity is the gross sensible capacity

minus the energy dissipated into the cooled space by the fan system.

TABLE 703.8.1(11)AIR CONDITIONERS AND CONDENSING UNITS SERVING COMPUTER ROOMS

[ASHRAE 90.1: TABLE 6.8.1K]



CLIMATE ZONE

Duct Location

EXTERIORVENTILATED

ATTIC

UNVENTEDATTIC ABOVEINSULATED

CEILING

UNVENTEDATTIC WITH

ROOF

INSULATION1

UNCONDI-

TIONED SPACE2

INDIRECTLYCONDITIONED

SPACE3

BURIED

HEATING ONLY DUCTS

1, 2 none None none none none none none

3 R-3.5 none none none none none none

4 R-3.5 none none none none none none

5 R-6 R-3.5 none none none none R-3.5

6 R-6 R-6 R-3.5 none none none R-3.5

7 R-8 R-6 R-6 none R-3.5 none R-3.5

8 R-8 R-8 R-6 none R-6 none R-6

COOLING ONLY DUCTS

1 R-6 R-6 R-8 R-3.5 R-3.5 none R-3.5

2 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-3.5 R-3.5 none R-3.5

3 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-3.5 R-1.9 none none

4 R-3.5 R-3.5 R-6 R-1.9 R-1.9 none none

5.6 R-3.5 R-1.9 R-3.5 R-l.9 R-1.9 none none

7, 8 R-1.9 R- I .9 R-1.9 R-I.9 R-1.9 none none

RETURN DUCTS

1 to 8 R-3.5 R-3.5 R-3.5 none none none none1 Insulation R-values, measured in [Btu∙inch/(h∙ft2∙ºF)], are for the insulation as installed and do not include film resistance. The required minimum thick-

nesses do not consider water vapor transmission and possible surface condensation. Where exterior walls are used as plenum walls. wall insulation shall be

as required by the most restrictive condition of Section 703.4.4.2 or Section 5 of ASHRAE 90.1. Insulation resistance measured on a horizontal plane in accor-

dance with ASTM C518 at a mean temperature of 75°F (24ºC) at the installed thickness. 2 Includes crawlspaces, both ventilated and nonventilated.

3 Includes return air plenum, with of without exposed roofs above.

TABLE 703.8.2(1)

MINIMUM DUCT INSULATION R-VALUE1, COOLING AND HEATING ONLY SUPPLY DUCTS AND RETURN DUCTS




CLIMATE ZONE

DUCT LOCATION

EXTERIORVENTILATED

ATTIC

UNVENTED ATTICABOVE

INSULATEDCEILING

UNVENTEDATTIC WITH

ROOF

INSULATION1

UNCONDITIONED

SPACE2

INDIRECTLYCONDITIONED

SPACE3

BURIED

SUPPLY DUCTS

1 R-6 R-6 R-8 R-3.5 R-3.5 none R-3.5

2 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-3.5 R-3.5 none R-3.5

3 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-3.5 R-3.5 none R-3.5

4 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-3.5 R-3.5 none R-3.5

5 R-6 R-6 R-6 R-1.9 R-3.5 none R-3.5

6 R-8 R-6 R-6 R-1.9 R-3.5 none R-3.5

7 R-8 R-6 R-6 R-1.9 R-3.5 none R-3.5

8 R-8 R-8 R-8 R-1.9 R-6 none R-6

RETURN DUCTS

1 to 8 R-3.5 R-3.5 R-3.5 none none none none

TABLE 703.8.2(2)

MINIMUM DUCT INSULATION R-VALUE1,

COMBINED HEATING AND COOLING SUPPLY DUCTS AND RETURN DUCTS


1 Insulation R-values measured in [Btu∙inch/(h∙ft2∙ºF)], are for the insulation as installed and do not include film resistance. The required minimum thicknesses

do not consider water vapor transmission and possible surface condensation. Where exterior walls are used as plenum walls, wall insulation shall be as

required by the most restrictive condition of Section 703.4.4.2 or Section 5 of ASHRAE 90.1. Insulation resistance measured on it horizontal plane in accor-

dance with ASTM C518 at a mean temperature of 75ºF (24ºC) at the installed thickness. 2 Includes crawlspaces, both ventilated and nonventilated.3 Includes return air plenums wilt or without exposed roofs above.



INSULATION CONDUCTIVITY NOMINAL PIPE SIZE OR TUBE SIZE (inches)

FLUID OPERATINGTEMPERATURE RANGE (ºF)

AND USAGE

CONDUCTIVITY

Btu•inch/(h•ft2•°F)

Mean Rating Temperature°F

<1 1 to <1-1/2 1-1/2 to <4 4 to <8 ≥8

INSULATION THICKNESS (inches)

>350ºF 0.32 - 0.34 250 4.5 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0

251ºF - 350ºF 0.29 - 0.32 200 3.0 4.0 4.5 4.5 4.5

201ºF - 250ºF 0.27 - 0.30 150 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0

141ºF -200ºF 0.25 - 0.29 125 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0

105ºF - 140ºF 0.22 - 0.28 100 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5

For SI units: t/ºC=(t/ºF-32)/1.8, 1 inch = 25 mm, 1 British thermal unit = 1055 J.1 For insulation outside the stated conductivity range, the minimum thickness (T) shall be determined as follows: T = r{(1 + t/r)K/k – 1}

Where:




K = conductivity of alternate material at mean rating temperature indicated for the applicable fluid temperature [Btu∙inch/(h∙ft2∙ºF)].

k = the upper value of the conductivity range listed in this table for the applicable fluid temperature.2 These thicknesses are based on energy efficiency considerations only. Additional insulation is sometimes required relative to safety issues/surface temperature.3 For piping smaller than 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) and located in partitions within conditioned spaces, reduction of these thicknesses by 1 inch shall be permitted

(before thickness adjustment required in footnote 1) but not to thicknesses below 1 inch (25 mm).4 For direct-buried heating and hot water system piping, reduction of these thicknesses by 1 1/2 inch (38 mm) shall be permitted (before thickness adjustment

required in footnote 1) but not to thicknesses below 1 inch (25 mm).5 The table is based on steel pipe. Non-metallic pipes schedule 80 thickness or less shall use the table values. For other non-metallic pipes having thermal resist-

ance greater than that of steel pipe, reduced insulation thicknesses are permitted if documentation is provided showing that the pipe with the proposed insula-

tion has no more heat transfer per foot than a steel pipe of the same size with the insulation thickness shown in the table.

TABLE 703.8.3A

MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION THICKNESS

HEATING AND HOT WATER SYSTEMS1,2,3,4

(STEAM, STEAM CONDENSATE, HOT WATER HEATING AND DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS)




INSULATION CONDUCTIVITY NOMINAL PIPE SIZE OR TUBE SIZE (inches)

FLUID OPERATINGTEMPERATURE RANGE (ºF)

AND USAGE

CONDUCTIVITY

Btu•inch/(h•ft2•°F)

Mean Rating Temperature°F

<1 1 to <1-1/2 1-1/2 to <4 4 to <8 ≥8

INSULATION THICKNESS (inches)

40ºF - 60ºF 021 - 0.27 75 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0

<40ºF 0.20 - 0.26 50 0.5 1.0 10. 1.0 1.5

For SI units: t/ºC=(t/ºF-32)/1.8, 1 inch = 25 mm, 1 British thermal unit = 1055 J.1 For insulation outside the stated conductivity range, the minimum thickness (T) shall be determined as follows: T = r{(1 + t/r)K/k – 1}

Where:




K = conductivity of alternate material at mean rating temperature indicated for the applicable fluid temperature [Btu∙inch/(h∙ft2∙ºF)].

k = the upper value of the conductivity range listed in this table for the applicable fluid temperature.2 These thicknesses are based on energy efficiency considerations only. Issues such as water, vapor permeability or surface condensation sometimes require

vapor retarders or additional insulation.3 For direct-buried cooling system piping, insulation is not required.4 The table is based on steel pipe. Non-metallic pipes schedule 80 thickness or less shall use the table values. For other non-metallic pipes having thermal resist-

ance greater than that of steel pipe, reduced insulation thicknesses are permitted if documentation is provided showing that the pipe with the proposed insula-

tion has no more heat transfer per foot than a steel pipe of the same size with the insulation thickness shown in the table.

TABLE 703.8.3B

MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION THICKNESS

COOLINGSYSTEMS (CHILLED WATER, BRINE, AND REFRIGERANT)1,2,3



801.0 General.

801.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall establishthe means of reducing the quantity of air contaminants thatare odorous, irritating, or harmful to the comfort and well-being of a building’s installers, occupants, and neighbors.

802.0 Fireplaces.

802.1 Requirements. A direct-vent sealed-combustion gasor sealed wood-burning fireplace, or a sealed wood stoveshall be installed. The fireplace shall be in accordance withSection 802.1.1 and Section 802.1.2.

802.1.1 Masonry or Factory-Built Fireplace.Masonry and factory-built fireplaces located in condi-tioned spaces shall be in accordance with Section802.1.1.1 through Section 802.1.1.3.

802.1.1.1 Opening Cover. Closeable metal orglass doors covering the entire opening of thefirebox shall be installed.

802.1.1.2 Combustion Air Intake. A combus-tion air intake to draw air from the outside of thebuilding directly into the firebox, which is an area ofnot less than 6 square inches (in.2) (0.004 m2) and isequipped with a readily accessible, operable, andtight-fitting damper or combustion-air controldevice.

802.1.1.3 Accessible Damper Control. Theflue damper shall have a readily accessible control.

Exception: When a gas log, log lighter, or decora-tive gas appliance is installed in a fireplace, the fluedamper shall be blocked open if required by themechanical code or the manufacturer's installationinstructions.

802.1.2 Prohibited. Continuous burning pilot lightsand the use of indoor air for cooling a firebox jacket,where the indoor air is vented to the outside of thebuilding, are prohibited.

803.0 Pollutant Control.

803.1 Indoor Air Quality During Construction. Indoorair quality of a building shall be maintained in accordancewith Section 803.1.1 through Section 803.1.3.

803.1.1 Temporary Ventilation During Construc-tion. Temporary ventilation during construction shall beprovided in accordance with the following:

(1) Ventilation during construction shall be achievedthrough openings in the building shell using fans toproduce not less than three air changes per hour.

(2) During dust-producing operations, the supply andreturn HVAC system openings shall be protectedfrom dust in accordance with Section 803.1.3.

(3) If the building is occupied during demolition orconstruction, ventilation shall be provided in accor-dance with the Control Measures of the SMACNAIAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings underConstruction.

(4) The permanent HVAC system shall not be used duringconstruction to condition and ventilate the buildingwithin the required temperature range for material andequipment installation. If required, a supplementalHVAC system shall be used during construction,return air shall be equipped with filters with aMinimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 8,based on ASHRAE 52.2, or an average efficiency of30 percent based on ASHRAE 52.1. Before occu-pancy, all filters shall be replaced with filters having aMERV 13 rating as required by Section 803.3.

Exception: Embedded hydronics system shall bepermitted to be used to condition the building duringconstruction.

803.1.2 Indoor Air Quality After Construction.After construction ends and interior finishes are installed,flush-out the building to reduce contaminant concentra-tions by supplying a total outdoor air volume of 14 000cubic feet per square foot (ft3/ft2) (4264 m3/m2) of occu-piable building area. An internal temperature of at least60°F (16ºC) and relative humidity no higher than 60percent shall be maintained during the flush-out process.Occupancy shall begin on condition of 3500 ft3/ft2

(1066.2 m3/m2) of building area, with the remaining 10 500ft3/ft2 (3198 m3/m2) being accomplished as soon aspossible.

Exception: Other means of reducing the contaminantconcentration levels shall be permitted where approvedby the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

803.1.3 Covering of Duct Openings and Protec-tion of Mechanical Equipment During Construc-tion. At the time of rough installation, or during storageon the construction site and until final startup of theheating and cooling equipment, all duct and other relatedair distribution component openings shall be coveredwith tape, plastic, sheet metal, or other methods accept-able to the enforcing agency to reduce the amount of dustor debris that collects in the system.

803.2 Isolation of Pollutant Sources. Rooms whereactivities produce hazardous fumes or chemicals, includingcommercial kitchens, garages, janitorial or laundry rooms,and copy or printing rooms, shall be exhausted and isolatedfrom adjacent spaces in accordance with the mechanical code.

803.3 Filters. In mechanically ventilated buildings, particlefilters or air-cleaning devices shall be provided to cleanoutdoor and return air prior to its delivery to occupied spaces.The particle or air cleaner shall have a Minimum EfficiencyReporting Value (MERV) of 13.

CHAPTER 8INDOOR ENVIRONMENT


INDOOR ENVIRONMENT

Exception: A filter or air cleaning device with a lower MERVvalue shall be permitted provided it is the highest valuecommercially available for the specific equipment that isinstalled.

803.4 Ozone Depletion and Global Warming Reduc-tions. Installations of HVAC and refrigeration shall notcontain CFCs and shall be in accordance with the mechan-ical code.

804.0 Indoor Moisture Control.

804.1 Rainwater Control. Roof drainage systems shalldischarge to a place of disposal in accordance with theplumbing code or Section 505.0. Storm water shall bedirected away from the building.

805.0 Indoor Air Quality for Low-Rise Residential.

805.1 General. Rooms or occupied spaces within single-family homes and multifamily structures of three stories orless above grade shall be designed to have ventilation(outdoor) air for occupants in accordance with Section805.1.1 through Section 805.1.3, or the applicable local code.

805.1.1 Natural Ventilation. Naturally ventilatedspaces shall be permanently open to and within 20 feet(6096 mm) of operable wall or roof openings to theoutdoors, the openable area of which is not less than 5percent of the conditioned floor area of the naturallyventilated space. Where openings are covered withlouvers or otherwise obstructed, openable area shall bebased on the free unobstructed area through the opening.

805.1.1.1 Access to Operable Openings. Themeans to open required operable openings shall bereadily accessible to building occupants wheneverthe space is occupied.

805.1.2 Mechanical Ventilation. Each space that isnot naturally ventilated in accordance with Section805.1.1 shall be ventilated with a mechanical systemcapable of providing an outdoor air rate not less than 15cubic feet per minute (ft3/min) (7 L/s) per person timesthe expected number of occupants. Mechanical ventila-tion shall be in accordance with the mechanical code.

805.1.3 Whole-Building Ventilation.

805.1.3.1 Ventilation Rate. A mechanical exhaustsystem, supply system, or combination thereof shallbe installed for each dwelling unit to provide whole-building ventilation with outdoor air each hour at noless than the rate specified in Table 805.1.3.1 or, equiv-alently, Equation 805.1.3.1(1) and Equation805.1.3.1(2), based on the floor area of the conditionedspace and number of bedrooms. [ASHRAE 62.2:4.1]

Qfan = 0.01Afloor+7.5 (Nbr+1) (Equation 805.1.3.1(1))

Where:

Qfan = fan flow rate, cubic feet per minute (ft3/min)(L/s)

Afloor = floor area, square foot (ft2) (m2)

Nbr = number of bedrooms; not to be less than one

Qfan = 0.05Afloor+3.5(Nbr+1)(Equation 805.1.3.1(2))

Where:

Qfan = fan flow rate, ft3/min (L/s)

Afloor = floor area, ft2 (m2)

Nbr = number of bedrooms; not to be less than one

Exceptions: Whole-building mechanical systemsare not required provided that at least one of thefollowing conditions is met:

a. the building has no mechanical cooling and is inzone 1 or 2 (see Figure 8.2 of ASHRAE 62.2),or

b. the building is thermally conditioned for humanoccupancy for less than 876 hours per year, andif the Authority Having Jurisdiction determinesthat window operation is a locally permissiblemethod of providing ventilation.

805.1.3.1.1 Different Occupant Density.Table 805.1.3.1, Equation 805.1.3.1(1) andEquation 805.1.3.1(2) assume two persons in astudio or one-bedroom dwelling unit and anadditional person for each additional bedroom.Where higher occupant densities are known, therate shall be increased by 7.5 ft3/min (4.0 L/s) foreach additional person. When approved by theAuthority Having Jurisdiction, lower occupantdensities may be used. [ASHRAE 62.2:4.1.1]

805.1.3.1.2 Alternative Ventilation. Othermethods may be used to provide the requiredventilation rates (in accordance with Table805.1.3.1) when approved by a licensed designprofessional. [ASHRAE 62.2:4.1.2]

805.1.3.1.3 Infiltration Credit. Section805.1.3 includes a default credit for ventilationprovided by infiltration of 2 ft3/min/100 ft2 (0.102L/s/m2) of occupiable floor space. For buildingsbuilt prior to the application of this standard,when excess infiltration has been measured usingANSI/ASHRAE 136, the rates in Section 805.1.3may be decreased by half of the excess of the ratecalculated from ANSI/ASHRAE 136 that isabove the default rate. [ASHRAE 62.2:4.1.3]

805.1.3.2 System Type. The whole-house venti-lation system shall consist of one or more supply orexhaust fans and associated ducts and controls.Local exhaust fans shall be permitted to be part of amechanical exhaust system. Outdoor air ductsconnected to the return side of an air handler shall bepermitted as supply ventilation if manufacturers’requirements for return air temperature are met. SeeAppendix B of ASHRAE 62.2 for guidance onselection of methods. [ASHRAE 62.2:4.1.2]

805.1.3.3 Airflow Measurement. The airflowrequired by this section is the quantity of outdoorventilation air supplied and/or indoor air exhausted


INDOOR ENVIRONMENT

by the ventilation system as installed and shall bemeasured using a flow hood, flow grid, or otherairflow measuring device. Ventilation airflow ofsystems with multiple operating modes shall betested in all modes designed to meet this section.[ASHRAE 62.2:4.3]

805.1.3.4 Control and Operation. The “fan on”switch on a heating or air-conditioning system shallbe permitted as an operational control for systemsintroducing ventilation air through a duct to thereturn side of an HVAC system. Readily accessibleoverride control must be provided to the occupant.Local exhaust fan switches and “fan-on” switchesshall be permitted as override controls. Controls,

including the “fan-on” switch of a conditioningsystem, must be appropriately labeled.

Exception: An intermittently operating, whole-housemechanical ventilation system may be used if theventilation rate is adjusted according to the exceptionto Section 805.1.3.5. The system must be designed sothat it can operate automatically based on a timer. Theintermittent mechanical ventilation system mustoperate at least once per day and must operate at least10 percent of the time. [ASHRAE 62.2:4.4]

805.1.3.5 Delivered Ventilation. The deliveredventilation rate shall be calculated as the larger ofthe total supply or total exhaust and shall be no lessthan specified in Section 805.1.3.1 during each hourof operation. [ASHRAE 62.2:4.5]

FRACTIONAL ON-TIME, f

CYCLE TIME, Tcyc (hours)

0 to 4 8 12 24

0.1 1.00 0.79 065 *

0.2 1.00 0.84 0.76 *

0.3 1.00 0.89 0.83 *

0.4 1.00 0.92 0.88 0.46

0.5 1.00 0.94 0.92 0.68

0.6 1.00 0.97 0.95 0.81

0.7 1.00 0.98 0.97 0.90

0.8 1.00 0.99 0.99 0.96

0.9 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99

1.0 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

TABLE 805.1.3.1.1VENTILATION EFFECTIVENESS FOR INTERMITTENT FANS

[ASHRAE 62.2: TABLE 4.2]

* Condition not allowed since no amount of intermittent ventilation will provide equivalent ventilation.

FLOOR AREA

(ft2)

BEDROOMS

0-1 2-3 4-5 6-7 >7

<1500 30 45 60 75 90

1501-3000 45 60 75 90 105

3001-4500 60 75 90 105 120

4501-6000 75 90 105 120 135

6001-7500 90 105 120 135 150

>7500 105 120 135 150 165

TABLE 805.1.3.1VENTILATION AIR REQUIREMENTS, (cfm)

[ASHRAE 62.2: TABLE 4.1a] (I-P)

FLOOR AREA

(m2)

BEDROOMS

0-1 2-3 4-5 6-7 >7

<139 14 21 28 35 42

138.1-279 21 28 35 42 50

279.1-418 28 35 42 50 57

418.1-557 35 42 50 57 64

557.1-697 42 50 57 75 72

>697 50 57 64 71 78

TABLE 805.1.3.1VENTILATION AIR REQUIREMENTS, (L/S)

[ASHRAE 62.2: TABLE 4.1a] (S-I)


INDOOR ENVIRONMENT

Exception: The effective ventilation rate of an inter-

mittent system is the combination of its delivered

capacity, fractional on-time, cycle time, and the

ventilation effectiveness from Table 805.1.3.1.1. The

fan flow rate required to achieve an effective venti-

lation rate that is equivalent to the continuous venti-

lation requirement shall be calculated from the

following equation:

Qf = Qr/(Ef) (Equation 805.1.3.5)

Where:

Qf = fan flow rate during the on-cycle

Qr = ventilation air requirement (from Table

805.1.3.1.1)

Tcyc- = fan cycle time, defined as the total time for 1

on-cycle and 1 off-cycle (used in Table

805.1.3.1.1)

E = ventilation effectiveness (from Table

805.1.3.1.1)

f = fractional on time, defined as the on-time for

one cycle divided by the cycle time

See Chapter 10 of [ASHRAE] Guideline 24 for an

example of this calculation.

For values not listed, use the next higher value

for Cycle Time or the next lower value for Fractional

On-Time. Linear interpolation is allowed for inter-

mediate Fractional On-Times. The maximum

allowed Cycle Time is 24 h and the minimum

allowed Fractional On-Time is 0.1.

805.1.3.6 Restrictions on System Type. Use

of certain ventilation strategies is restricted in

specific climates as follows. [ASHRAE 62.2:4.6]

805.1.3.6.1 Hot, Humid Climates. In hot,humid climates, whole-house mechanical netexhaust flow shall not exceed 7.5 ft3/min per100 ft2 (0.38 L/s/m2). (See Section 8 ofASHRAE 62.2 for a listing of hot, humid USclimates) [ASHRAE 62.2:4.6.1]

805.1.3.6.2 Very Cold Climates. Mechan-ical supply systems exceeding 7.5 ft3/min per100 ft2 (0.38 L/s/m2) shall not be used in verycold climates. (See Section 8 of ASHRAE 62.2for a listing of very cold US climates.)

Exception: These ventilation strategies are notrestricted if the Authority Having Jurisdictionapproves the envelope design as being moistureresistant. [ASHRAE 62.2:4.6.2]

805.2 Bathroom Exhaust Fans. Except when a wholehouse energy recovery system is used, a mechanical exhaustfan vented to the outdoors shall be provided in each roomcontaining a bathtub, shower, or tub/shower combination. Theventilation rate shall be not less than 50 ft3/min (23.6 L/s) forintermittent operation and 20 ft3/min (9.4 L/s) for continuous

operation. Fans shall be in accordance with the Energy StarProgram.

805.3 Filters. Heating and air conditioning filters shall aMERV rating of 6 or higher. The air distribution system shallbe designed for the pressure drop across the filter.

806.0 Indoor Air Quality for Other than Low-RiseResidential Buildings.

806.1 Minimum Indoor Air Quality. The building shallbe in accordance with the mechanical code and Section 4through Section 7 of ASHRAE Standard 62.1 for ventilationair supply.

807.0 Environmental Comfort.

807.1 Thermal Comfort Controls. The mechanicalsystems and controls of building shall be designed to provideand maintain indoor comfort conditions in accordance withASHRAE 55, Section 6.1.

807.2 Heating and Air-Conditioning System Design.Heating and air-conditioning systems shall be sized, designedand have their equipment selected using the following methods:

1. The heat loss and heat gain is established according toANSI/ACCA 2 Manual J – 2004 (Residential LoadCalculation), ASHRAE handbooks or other equivalentmethods.

2. Duct systems are sized according to ANSI/ACCA 1Manual D – 2009 (Residential Duct Systems), ASHRAEhandbooks or other equivalent methods.

3. Select heating and cooling equipment according toANSI/ACCA 3 Manual S – 2004 (Residential EquipmentSelection) or other equivalent methods.

808.0 Low VOC Solvent Cement and Primer.

808.1 General. Primers and solvent cements used to joinplastic pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Section808.1.1 and Section 808.1.2.

808.1.1 Solvent Cement. Solvent cement, includingone-step solvent cement, shall have a volatile organiccompound (VOC) content of less than or equal to 490 grams/liter (g/l) for CPVC Cement, 510 g/l for PVCCement, and 325 g/l for ABS Cement, as determined bythe South Coast Air Quality Management District’sLaboratory Methods of Analysis for EnforcementSamples, Method 316A.

808.1.2 Primer. Primer shall have a volatile organiccompound (VOC) content of less than or equal to 550 g/l, as determined by the South Coast Air QualityManagement District’s Laboratory Methods of Analysisfor Enforcement Samples, Method 316A.


901.0 General.

901.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter address minimumqualifications of installers of plumbing and mechanicalsystems covered within the scope of this supplement.

902.0 Qualifications.

902.1 General. Where permits are required, the AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction shall have the authority to requirecontractors, installers, or service technicians to demonstratecompetency. Where determined by the Authority HavingJurisdiction, the contractor, installer, or service technicianshall be licensed to perform such work.

902.1.1 Certifications. Reserved.

CHAPTER 9INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS


1001.0 General.

1001.1 Practices. The following sections outline common

practices for reducing energy consumption in regards to pool,

spa, and hot tub equipment.

1001.2 On and Off Switch. Pool, spa, and hot tub heaters

shall be equipped with a readily accessible on and off switch

to allow shutting off the heater without adjusting the thermo-

stat setting. Pool heaters fired by natural gas shall not have

continuously burning pilot lights. [ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.5.1]

1001.3 Covers. Heated pools, including spas and hot tubs,

shall be equipped with a vapor retardant pool cover on or at

the water surface. Pools heated to more than 90°F (32°C)

shall have a pool cover with an insulation value of not less

than R-12.

Exception: Pools deriving over 60 percent of the energy for

heating from site-recovered energy or solar energy.

[ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.5.2]

1001.4 Time Switches. Time switches shall be installed

on swimming pool, spa, and hot tub heaters and pumps.

Exceptions:

(1) Where public health standards require 24-hour pump

operation.

(2) Where pumps are required to operate solar and waste heat

recovery pool heating systems. [ASHRAE 90.1:7.4.5.3]

CHAPTER 10SWIMMING POOLS, SPAS, AND HOT TUBS


1101.0 General.

1101.1 Standards. The standards listed in Table 1101.1 are intended for use as a guide in the design, testing, and installationof materials, devices, appliances and equipment regulated by this supplement. These standards are mandatory when requiredby sections in this supplement.

CHAPTER 11REFERENCED STANDARDS

STANDARD NUMBER-YEAR STANDARD TITLE REFERENCED SECTION

AABC National Standards for

Total System Balance

Procedural Standards, Chapter 5 Leakage Testing 703.4.4.2.2.1

ACCA Manual D, 2009* Residential Duct Systems 702.4.4, 807.2

ACCA Manual J, 8th Edition* Residential Load Calculation Table 702.6.1, 807.2

ACCA Mausal S, 2004* Residential Equipment Selection 807.2

AHAM RAC-1-2003* Room Air Conditioners Table 703.8.1(4)

AHRI 210/240-2008* Performance Rating of Unitary Air Conditioning and Air-Source Heat

Pump Equipment

Table 702.9, Table 703.8.1(1),

Table 703.8.1(2)

AHRI 310/380-2004

(CSA-C744-04)*

Standard for Packaged Terminal Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps Table 703.8.1(4)

AHRI 340/360-2007 with

Addendum 1*

Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning and Heat Pump

Equipment

Table 703.8.1(1),

Table 703.8.1(2)

AHRI 365 (I-P)-2009* Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning Condensing

Units

Table 703.8.1(1)

AHRI 390-2003* Performance Rating of Single Package Vertical Air-Conditioners and

Heat Pumps

Table 703.8.1(4)

AHRI 400-2001 with

Addemdum 2*

Liquid to Liquid Heat Exchangers Table 703.8.1(8)

AHRI 460-2005* Remote Mechanical Draft Air Cooled Refrigerant Condensers Table 703.8.1(7)

AHRI 550/590-2003 Performance Rating of Water Chilling Packages Using the Vapor

Compression Cycle

703.4.1.2.1. Table 703.8.1(3)

AHRI 560-2000* Absorption Water Chilling and Water Heating Packages Table 703.8.1(3)

AHRI 1160 (I-P)-2009 Performance Rating of Heat Pump Pool Heaters Table 603.4.2

AHRI 1230-2010 with

Addendum 1*

Performance Rating of Variable Refrigerant Flow (VRF) Multi-Split

Air-Conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment

Table 703.8.1(9),

Table 703.8.1(10)

ANSI Z21.10.3/CSA 4.3-2011 Gas Water Heaters, Volume III, Storage Water Heaters With Input

Ratings Above 75 000 BTU per Hour, circulating and Instantaneous

Table 603.4.2

ANSI Z21.47b/CSA 2.3b-2008 Gas-Fired Central Furnaces Table 703.8.1(5)

ANSI Z83.8/CSA 2.6 2009 Gas Unit Heaters, Gas Packaged Heaters, Gas Utility Heaters, and

Gas-Fired Duct Furnaces

Table 703.8.1(5)

ARCSA/ASPE Rainwater Catchment Design and Installation Standard 505.1

ASHRAE 52.1-1992 Gravimetric and Dust Spot Procedures for Testing Air Cleaning

Devices Used in General Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter

803.1.1

ASHRAE 52.2-2007* Method of Testing General Ventilation Air Cleaning Devices for

Removal Efficiency by Particle Size

Chapter 2, 803.1.1

TABLE 1101.1REFERENCED STANDARDS


REFERENCED STANDARDS


ASHRAE 55-2010* Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy 807.1

ASHRAE 62.1-2010* Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality 703.5.1, 703.5.2.1, 703.5.2.3,

703.5.3.3

ASHRAE 62.2-2010* Ventilation and Acceptable Indoor Air Quality in Low-Rise Residential

Buildings

805.1.3, Table 805.1.3.1,

Table 805.1.3.1.1

ASHRAE 90.1-2010 (I-P)* Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings Chapter 6, Chapter 7,

Chapter 10

ASHRAE 90.2-2007* Energy Efficient Design of Low-Rise Residential Buildings Chapter 6, Chapter 7

ASHRAE 127-2007* Method of Testing for Rating Computer and Data Processing Room

Unitary Air Conditioners

Table 703.8.1(11)

ASHRAE 136-1993 (R2006) A Method of Determining Air Change Rates in Detached Dwellings 805.1.3.1.3

ASHRAE 146-2011* Method of Testing Pool Heaters Table 603.4.2

ASHRAE 154-2011* Ventilation for Commercial Cooking Operations 703.5.7.1.3

ASHRAE GRP-158-1979 Cooling and Heating Load Calculation Manual Table 702.6.1

ASHRAE/ACCA 183-2007

(R2011)

Peak Cooling and Heating Load Calculations in Buildings Except Low

Rise Residential Buildings

703.4.2, 703.4.2.1

ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1-

2005

Plumbing Supply Fittings 402.5.1, 402.5.2.1, 402.6.1,

402.6.3

ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1-

2008

Ceramic Plumbing Fixtures 402.2.1, 402.2.2, 402.3

ASME A112.19.3/CSA B45.4-

2008

Stainless Steel Plumbing Fixtures 402.3.1

ASME A112.19.14-2006 Six-Liter Water Closets Equipped With a Dual Flushing Device 402.2.1

ASME A112.19.19-2006 Vitreous China Nonwater Urinals 402.3.1

ASSE 1016-2005 Automatic Compensating Valves for Individual Showers and

Tub/Shower Combinations

402.6.4

ASTM C518-2010 Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Proper-

ties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus

Table 703.8.2(1), Table

703.8.2(2)

ASTM D2683-2010 Standard Specification for Socket-Type Polyethylene Fittings for

Outside Diameter-Controlled Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing

705.1.2

ASTM D3035-2010 Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR)

Based on Controlled Outside Diameter

705.1.2

ASTM D3261-2010a Standard Specification for Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic

Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing

705.1.2

ASTM D3350-2010a Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings

Materials

705.1.2

ASTM E96/E96M-2010 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials 702.4.1

ASTM F1055-2011 Standard Specification for Electrofusion Type Polyethylene Fittings

for Outside Diameter Controlled Polyethylene and Crosslinked Poly-

ethylene (PEX) Pipe and Tubing

705.1.2

ASTM F2831 Standard Practice for Internal Non Structural Epoxy Barrier Coating

Material Used in Rehabilitation of Metallic Pressurized Piping

Systems

303.2

CAN/CSA B137-2009 Thermoplastic Pressure Piping Compendium 705.1.2

CAN/CSA C448-2002 (R2007) Design and Installation of Earth Energy Systems 705.1.1




CFR 10, 430, App N DOE Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of

Furnaces

Table 603.4.2, Table

703.8.1(5), Table 703.8.1(6)

CFR 10, 431 DOE Energy Efficiency Program for Certain Commercial and Indus-

trial Equipment

Table 703.8.1(6)

CTI ATC-105-2000 Acceptance Test Code for Water Cooling Towers Table 703.8.1(7)

CTI ATC-105S-2004 Acceptance Test Code for Closed Circuit Cooling Towers Table 703.8.1(7)

CTI STD-201-2011 Standard for Certification of Water Cooling Tower Thermal Perform-

ance

Table 703.8.1(7)

EPA/625/R-04/108, 2004 Guidelines for Water Reuse 501.7

EPA WaterSense High-Efficiency Lavatory Faucet Specification, Version 1.0, October

1, 2007

402.5.1

EPA WaterSense Tank-Type High-Efficiency Toilet Specification, Version 1.1, May 20,

2011

402.2.1

IAPMO IGC 115-2011a Automatic Water Leak Detection and Control Devices 407.1

IAPMO IGC 207-2009a/CSA

B128-2006

Reclaimed Water Conservation System for Flushing Toilets 504.7, Appendix B

IAPMO IGC 250-2007 Diverter Valve for Rainwater Tank Appendix B

IAPMO PS 76 Ballcock or Flushometer Valve Tailpiece Trap Primers and Trap Primer

Receptors/Adaptors

414.1

IAPMO PS 92-2011 Heat Exchangers and Indirect Water Heaters 606.0

IAPMO UMC 2009* Uniform Mechanical Code 101.6.3

IAPMO UPC 2009* Uniform Plumbing Code 103.6.4

IAPMO USEC 2009* Uniform Solar Energy Code 101.6.5, 604.1

IAPMO USPSHTC-2009* Uniform Swimming Pool, Spa, and Hot Tub Code 101.6.6

IAPMO Z124.9-2004 Plastic Urinal Fixtures 402.3, 402.3.1

ISO 13256-1-1998 Water-source Heat Pumps - Testing and Rating for Performance - Part

1: Water-to-Air and Brine-to-Air Heat Pumps

Table 702.9, Table 703.8.1(2)

ISO 13256-2 Water-source Heat Pumps - Testing and Rating for Performance - Part

2: Water-to-Water and Brine-to-Water Heat Pumps

Table 703.8.1(2)

NFPA 31-2011 Standard for the Installation of Oil Burning Equipment 702.6.2

NFPA 54 (2012)* National Fuel Gas Code 702.6.2

NFPA 70-2011 National Electrical Code, Article 708 - Critical Operations Power

Systems (COPS)

703.5.1

NFPA 211-2010 Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel-Burning

Appliances

702.6.2

NSF 44-2009* Residential Cation Exchange Water Softeners 405.1

NSF 350-2011* Onsite Residential and Commercial Reuse Treatment Systems 504.7

NSF 53-2010* Drinking Water Treatment Units – Health Effects B104.2.1

NSF P151, 1995 Health Effects from Rainwater Catchment System Components B103.1




SCAQMD METHOD 316A-1992

(revised 1996)

Determination of Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) in materials

Used for Pipes and Fittings

808.1

SMACNA-1985 HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual 702.4.3.1, 703.4.4.2.2,

703.4.4.2.2.1

SMACNA-1994 HVAC Systems Commissioning Manual 703.7.3.4.1

SMACNA-2005 HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible 703.4.4, 703.4.4.2.1

SMACNA-2007 IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings under Construction 803.1.1

TIA 942-2010* Telecommunications Infrastructure Standards for Data Centers,

Includes Addendums 1 and 2

703.5.1(11)

UL 181A-2005 Closure Systems for Use with Rigid Air Ducts Table 703.4.4.2(2)

UL 181B-2005 Closure Systems for Use with Flexible Air Ducts and Air Connectors Table 703.4.4.2(2)

UL 727-2006 Oil Fired Central Furnaces Table 703.8.1(5)

UL 731-1995 Standard for Safety Oil-Fired Unit Heaters Table 703.8.1(5)

* ANSI Approved



Abbreviations and Standards Development Organizations in Chapter 11

AABC Associated Air Balance Council, 1518 K Street NW, Washington, DC 20005.

ACCA Air Conditioning Contractors of America, 2800 Shirlington Road, Suite 300, Arlington, VA. 22206.

AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers, 1111 19th Street, N.W., Suite 402, Washington DC 20036.

AHRI Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute, 2111 Wilson Blvd, Suite 500, Arlington, VA 22201.

ANSI American National Standards Institute, Inc., 25 W. 42nd Street, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10036.

ARCSA American Rainwater Catchment Systems Association, 919 Congress Ave., Suite 460, Austin, TX 78701.

ASHRAE The American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc., 1791 Tullie Circle, NE,

Atlanta, GA 30329-2305.

ASME The American Society of Mechanical Engineering, Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016.

ASPE American Society of Plumbing Engineers, 2980 S. River Road, Des Plaines, IL 60018.

ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering, 901 Canterbury, Suite A, Westlake, Ohio 44145.

ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.

CSA Canadian Standards Association, 5060 Spectrum Way, Suite 100, Mississauga, Ontario, L4W 5N6, Canada.

CTI Cooling Technology Institute, 2611 FM 1960 West, Suite A-101, Houston, TX 77068-3730; P.O. Box 73383,

Houston, TX 77273-3383.

DOE U.S. Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue, SW, Washington, DC 20585.

IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials, 4755 E. Philadelphia Street, Ontario, CA

91761.

ISO International Organization for Standardization, 1 Rue de Varebre, Casa Postale 56, CH-1211 Geneva 20,

Switzerland.

NFPA National Fire Protection Association, P.O. Box 9101, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269-9191.

NSF National Sanitation Foundation International, 789 Dixboro Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48113-0140.

SCAQMD South Coast Air Quality Management District, 21865 Copley Drive, Diamond Bar, CA 91765.

SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’ National Association, Inc., 4201 Lafayette Center Drive, Chan-

tilly, VA 20151−1209.

UL Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc., 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062.


The appendices are intended to supplement the provisions of the installation requirements of this supplement. The definitionsin Chapter 2 are also applicable to the appendices.

CONTENTS

Page

APPENDIX A

Method of Calculating Water Savings..................................................................................................................................93

APPENDIX B

Potable Rainwater Catchment Systems................................................................................................................................97

APPENDIX C

Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning Systems Commissioning......................................................................................101

APPENDICES

A 101.0 Water Savings Calculation.

A 101.1 Purpose. The purpose of this appendix is to providea means of estimating the water savings when installingplumbing and fixture fittings that use less water than themaximum required by Energy Policy Act of 1992 and 2005and the plumbing code.

A 101.2 Calculation of Water Savings. Table A 101.2(1)and Table A 101.2(2) can be used to establish a water use base-

line in calculating the amount of water saved as a result ofusing plumbing fixtures and fixture fittings that use less waterthan the required maximum. Water use is determined by thefollowing equation:

Water use = (Flow rate or Consumption) x (Duration) x(Occupants) x (Daily uses)

APPENDIX AMETHOD OF CALCULATING WATER SAVINGS

FIXTURE TYPEMAXIMUM FLOW-RATE

CONSUMPTION2 DURATIONESTIMATED DAILY

USES PER PERSON OCCUPANTS3, 4

Showerheads 2.5 gpm @ 80 psi 8 minutes 1 –

Private or Private Use Lavatory Faucets 2.2 gpm @ 60 psi 0.25 minutes 4 –

Residential Kitchen Faucets 2.2 gpm @ 60 psi 4 minutes 1 –

Wash Fountains2.2 gpm / 20

[rim space (inches) @ 60 psi]– – –

Lavatory Faucets in other than Residences,

Apartments, and Private Bathrooms in

Lodging Facilities (See Section 402.4.2)

0.5 gpm 0.25 minutes 4 –

Metering Faucets 0.25 gallons /cycle – 3 –

Metering Faucets for Wash Fountains0.25 gpm / 20

[rim space (inches) @ 60 psi]0.25 minutes – –

Water Closets 1.6 gallons per flush 1 flush1 male1

–3 female

Urinals 1.0 gallons per flush 1 flush 2 male –

Commercial Pre-Rinse Spray Valves 1.6 gpm @ 60 psi – – –

TABLE A 101.2(1)

WATER USE BASELINE5

For SI units: 1 gallon per minute = 0.06 L/s, 1 pound-force per square inch = 6.89 kPa, 1 gallon = 3.785 L1 The daily use number shall be increased to three if urinals are not installed in the room. 2 The maximum flow rate or consumption is from the Energy Policy Act. 3 For residential occupancies, the number of occupants shall be based on two persons for the first bedroom, and one additional person for each additional

bedroom. 4 For non-residential occupancies, refer to the plumbing code, for occupant load factors. 5 When determining calculations, assume one use per person for metering or self closing faucets.

Notes and instructions for Table A 101.2(2):Table A 101.2(1) is an example of a calculator that can help estimate water savings in residential and nonresidential structures.The “Duration” of use and “Daily Uses” values that appear in the table are estimates only and based on previous studies. Thefirst example shown below is for a commercial office building with 300 occupants, 150 females, and 150 males. The secondexample is for a 3 bedroom residential building. To obtain and use a working copy of this calculator, follow the download anduse instructions below.Instructions for download:1. Go to the IAPMO web site at www.iapmogreen.org in order to download the water-savings calculator. The calculator is a

Microsoft Office Excel file (1997 or later), your computer must be capable of running MS Excel.2. Follow the instructions for downloading and running the file.Instructions for use:1. In the Baseline Case section, insert the number of total occupants, male occupants and female occupants that apply for the

building in the “Occupants” column. Unless specific gender ratio values are provided, assume a 50/50 gender ratio. 2. Copy and paste these same values in the “Occupants” column of the Calculator section.3. In the Calculator section only, insert the consumption values (flow rates in gpm or gallons per flush or per cycle) in the

“Consumption” column. 4. Estimated water savings in terms of percent savings versus baseline values, gallons per day and gallons per year will be auto-

matically calculated.

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT 93

NON-RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS

BASELINE CASE: CHANGE OCCUPANT VALUES TO REFLECT ANTICIPATED OCCUPANCY

FIXTURE TYPECONSUMPTION

(gallons per minute)DAILY USES

DURATION(minutes)

OCCUPANTSDAILY WATER USES

(gallons)

1.6 gpf toilet - male (gallons per

flush)1.6 1 1 150 240

1.6 gpf toilet - female (gallons

per flush)1.6 3 1 150 720

1.0 gpf urinal - male (gallons

per flush)1 2 1 150 300

Commercial Lavatory Faucet -

0.5 gpm (gallons per minute)0.5 3 0.25 300 113

Kitchen sink - 2.2 gpm (gallons

per minute)2.2 1 0.25 300 165

Showerhead - 2.5 gpm (gallons

per minute)2.5 0.1 8 300 600

Total Daily Volume 2138

Annual Work Days 260

Total Annual Usage 555 750



DURATION(minutes)


(gallons)

1.6 gpf toilet - male

(gallons per flush)1.28 1 1 150 192

1.6 gpf toilet - female


1.0 gpf urinal - male


Commercial Lavatory Faucet -

0.5 gpm (gallons per minute)0.5 3 0.25 300 113

Kitchen sink - 2.2 gpm (gallons

per minute)2.2 1 0.25 300 165

Showerhead - 2.5 gpm (gallons

per minute)2.5 0.1 8 300 600


Annual Work Days 260

Total Annual Usage 466 830

Annual Savings 88 920

% Reduction -16.0 percent

For SI units: 1 gallon per minute = 0.06 L/s, 1 gallon = 3.785 L

Notes:

(1) Consumption values shown as underlined reflect the maximum consumption values associated with the provisions called out in the IAPMO Green

Plumbing and Mechanical Code Supplement.

(2) If metering faucets are used, insert the flow rate of the faucet in the “Consumption” column and insert the cycle time in the “Duration” column (assume

1 cycle per use).

APPENDIX A

GREEN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT94

TABLE A 101.2(2)WATER SAVINGS CALCULATOR

SI units: 1 gallon per minute = 0.06 L/s, 1 gallon = 3.785 L

Calculator: To determine estimated savings, insert occupant values (same as Baseline) and consumption values based on fixtures and fixture fittings

installed.


(1) Consumption values shown as underlined reflect the maximum consumption values associated with the provisions called out in the IAPMO Green

Plumbing and Mechanical Supplement.

RESIDENTIAL 3 BEDROOM STRUCTURE

BASELINE CASE: CHANGE OCCUPANT VALUES BASED ON NUMBER OF BEDROOMS (EXAMPLE SHOWN IS FOR 3 BEDROOMS)



DURATION(minutes)


(gallons)

1.6 gpf toilets 1.6 5 1 4 32

Lavatory Faucet - 2.2 gpm 2.2 8 0.25 4 18

Kitchen sink - 2.2 gpm 2.2 6 0.25 4 13

Showerhead - 2.5 gpm 2.5 0.75 8 4 60


Annual Usage 44 822



DURATION(minutes)


(gallons)

1.6 gpf toilet - male 1.28 5 1 4 26

Lavatory Faucet - 1.5 gpm 1.5 8 0.25 4 12

Kitchen sink - 2.2 gpm 2.2 6 0.25 4 13

Showerhead - 2.5 gpm 2.5 0.75 8 4 60


Annual Usage 40 442

Annual Savings 4380

% Reduction -9.8 percent

APPENDIX A



Calculator: To determine estimated savings, insert occupant values (same as Baseline) and consumption, consumption values based on fixtures and fixture

fittings installed.

TABLE A 101.2(2)WATER SAVINGS CALCULATOR (continued)

97GREEn PLuMBInG AnD MEChAnICAL CoDE SuPPLEMEnT

APPEnDIX BPoTABLE RAInwATER CATChMEnT SySTEMS

DESCRIPTIon MInIMuM FREquEnCy

Inspect and clean filters and screens, and replace (if necessary) Every 3 months

Inspect and verify that disinfection, filters and water quality treatment

devices and systems are operational. Perform any water quality tests as

required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

In accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, and

the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

Perform applicable water quality tests to verify compliance with Section

B104.2.

Every 3-months

Perform a water quality test for E. Coli, Total Coliform, and Heterotrophic

bacteria. For a system where 25 different people consume water from the

system over a 60 day period, a water quality test for cryptosporidium shall

also be performed.

After initial installation and every 12 months thereafter,

or as directed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

Inspect and clear debris from rainwater gutters, downspouts, and roof

washers.

Every 6 months

Inspect and clear debris from roof or other aboveground rainwater collection

surface.

Every 6 months

Remove tree branches and vegetation overhanging roof or other above-

ground rainwater collection surface.

As needed

Inspect pumps and verify operation. After initial installation and every 12 months thereafter.

Inspect valves and verify operation. After initial installation and every 12 months thereafter.

Inspect pressure tanks and verify operation. After initial installation and every 12 months thereafter.

Clear debris and inspect storage tanks, locking devices, and verify operation. After initial installation and every 12 months thereafter.

Inspect caution labels and marking. After initial installation and every 12 months thereafter.

TABLE B 101.5.1

MInIMuM PoTABLE RAInwATER CATChMEnT SySTEM

TESTInG, InSPECTIon AnD MAInTEnAnCE FREquEnCy

B 101.0 General.

B 101.1 Scope. The provisions of this appendix shall applyto the installation, construction, alteration, and repair ofpotable rainwater catchment systems.

B 101.2 System Design. Potable rainwater catchmentsystems complying with this appendix shall be designed by aperson registered, licensed, or deemed competent by theAuthority Having Jurisdiction to perform potable rainwatercatchment system design work.

B 101.3 Permit. It shall be unlawful for any person toconstruct, install, or alter, or cause to be constructed, installed,or altered any potable rainwater catchment systems in abuilding or on a premise without first obtaining a permit to dosuch work from the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

B 101.3.1 Plumbing Plan Submission. No permitfor any rainwater catchment system requiring a permitshall be issued until complete plumbing plans, withappropriate data satisfactory to the Authority HavingJurisdiction, have been submitted and approved. Nochanges or connections shall be made to either the rain-fall catchment or the potable water system within anysite containing a rainwater catchment water systemwithout approval by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

B 101.3.2 System Changes. No changes or connec-tions shall be made to either the rainwater catchmentsystem or the potable water system within any sitecontaining a rainwater catchment system requiring a permitwithout approval by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

B 101.4 Product and Material Approval.

B 101.4.1 Component Identification. System compo-nents shall be properly identified as to the manufacturer.

B 101.4.2 Plumbing Materials and Systems. Pipe,pipe fittings, traps, fixtures, material, and devices usedin a potable rainwater system shall be listed or labeled(third-party certified) by a listing agency (accreditedconformity assessment body) and shall conform toapproved applicable recognized standards referenced inthis supplement and the plumbing code, and shall be freefrom defects. Unless otherwise provided for in thissupplement, all materials, fixtures, or devices used orentering into the construction of plumbing systems, orparts thereof, shall be submitted to the Authority HavingJurisdiction for approval. [UPC:301.1]

B 101.5 Maintenance and Inspection. Potable rainwatercatchment systems and components shall be inspected andmaintained in accordance with Section B 101.5.1 throughSection B 101.5.3.

B 101.5.1 Frequency. Potable rainwater catchmentsystems and components shall be inspected and main-tained in accordance with Table B 101.5.1 unless morefrequent inspection and maintenance is required by themanufacturer.

B 101.5.2 Maintenance Log. A maintenance log forpotable rainwater catchment systems shall be maintainedby the property owner and be available for inspection.The property owner or designated appointee shall ensure

98 GREEn PLuMBInG AnD MEChAnICAL CoDE SuPPLEMEnT

PoTABLE RAInwATER CATChMEnT SySTEMS

that a record of testing, inspection and maintenance asrequired by Table B 101.5.1 is maintained in the log. Thelog will indicate the frequency of inspection, and main-tenance for each system. A record of the required waterquality tests shall be retained for not less than 2 years.

B 101.5.3 Maintenance Responsibility. The requiredmaintenance and inspection of potable rainwater catch-ment systems shall be the responsibility of the propertyowner, unless otherwise required by the Authority HavingJurisdiction.

B 101.6 operation and Maintenance Manual. An oper-ation and maintenance manual for potable rainwater catch-ment systems shall be supplied to the building owner by thesystem designer. The operating and maintenance manual shallinclude the following:

(1) Detailed diagram of the entire system and the location ofall system components.

(2) Instructions on operating and maintaining the system.

(3) Details on maintaining the required water quality asdetermined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

(4) Details on deactivating the system for maintenance,repair, or other purposes.

(5) Applicable testing, inspection and maintenance frequen-

cies as required by Table B 101.5.1.

(6) A method of contacting the manufacturer(s).

B 101.7 Minimum water quality Requirements. The

minimum water quality for all potable rainwater catchment

systems shall meet the applicable water quality requirements

as determined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. In the

absence of water quality requirements, the guidelines

EPA/625/R-04/108 contains recommended water reuse guide-

lines to assist regulatory agencies develop, revise, or expand

alternate water source water quality standards.

B 101.8 Material Compatibility. In addition to the

requirements of this appendix, potable rainwater catchment

systems shall be constructed of materials that are compatible

with the type of pipe and fitting materials and water

conditions in the system.

B 101.9 System Controls. Controls for pumps, valves,

and other devices that contain mercury that come in contact

with the water supply shall not be permitted.

B 102.0 Connection.

B 102.1 General. No water piping supplied by a potable

rainwater catchment system shall be connected to any other

source of supply without the approval of the Authority

Having Jurisdiction, Health Department or other department

having jurisdiction. [UPC:602.4]

B 102.2 Connections to Public or Private Potablewater Systems. Potable rainwater catchment systems shallhave no direct connection to any public or private potablewater supply or alternate water source system. Potable waterfrom a public or private potable water system is permitted tobe used as makeup water to the rainwater storage tank

provided the public or private potable water supply connec-tion is protected by an airgap or reduced-pressure principlebackflow preventer in accordance with the plumbing code.

B 102.3 Backflow Prevention. The potable rainwatercatchment system shall be protected against backflow inaccordance with the plumbing code.

B 103.0 Potable Rainfall Catchment System Materials.

B 103.1 Collections Surfaces. The collection surface forpotable applications shall be constructed of a hard, imper-vious material and shall be approved for potable water use.Roof coatings, paints, and liners shall comply with NSFProtocol P151.

B 103.1.1 Prohibited. Roof paints and coatings withlead, chromium, or zinc shall not be permitted. Woodroofing material and lead flashing shall not be permitted.

B 103.2 Rainwater Catchment System DrainageMaterials. Materials used in rainwater catchment drainagesystems, including gutters, downspouts, conductors, andleaders shall be in accordance with the requirements of theplumbing code for storm drainage.

B 103.3 Storage Tanks. Rainwater storage shall be in accor-

dance with Section B104.4.

B 103.4 water Supply and Distribution Materials.

Potable rainwater supply and distribution materials shall be in

accordance with the requirements of the plumbing code for

potable water supply and distribution systems.

B 104.0 Design and Installation.

B 104.1 Collection Surfaces. Rainwater shall be collected

from roof or other cleanable aboveground surfaces specifically

designed for rainwater catchment. Rainwater catchment

system shall not collect rainwater from:

(1) Vehicular parking surfaces.

(2) Surface water runoff.

(3) Bodies of standing water.

B 104.1.1 Prohibited Discharges. Overflows, conden-

sate, and bleed-off pipes from roof-mounted equipment and

appliances shall not discharge onto roof surfaces that are

intended to collect rainwater.

B 104.2 Minimum water quality. Upon initial systemstartup, the quality of the water for the intended applicationsshall be verified at the point(s) of use, as determined by theAuthority Having Jurisdiction. In the absence of water qualityrequirements determined by the Authority Having Jurisdic-tion, the minimum water quality shall comply with thefollowing limits:

Escherichia coli (fecal coliform): 99.9% reduction

Protozoan Cysts: 99.99% reduction

Viruses: 99.99% reduction

Turbidity: <0.3 NTU

99GREEn PLuMBInG AnD MEChAnICAL CoDE SuPPLEMEnT


Normal system maintenance will require system testingevery 3 months. System shall comply with the following stan-dards

a. Upon failure of the fecal coliform test, system shall be re-commissioned involving cleaning, and retesting in accor-dance with section B104.2.

b. One sample shall be analyzed for applications serving upto 1,000 persons. When the treated water shall serve1,000-2,500 persons two (2) samples shall be analyzedand for 2,501-3,300 persons three (3) samples shall beanalyzed.

B 104.2.1 Filtration Devices. Potable water filtersshall comply with NSF 53 and shall be installed in accor-dance with manufacturer’s instructions.

B 104.2.2 Disinfection Devices. Chlorination,ozone, and ultraviolet or other disinfection methodsapproved by an Authority Having Jurisdiction, or theproduct is listed and certified according to a microbio-logical reduction performance standard for drinkingwater shall be used to treat harvested rainwater to meetthe required water quality permitted. The disinfectiondevices and systems shall be installed in accordance withthe manufacturer’s installation instructions and theconditions of listing. Disinfection devices and systemsshall be located downstream of the water storage tank.

B 104.3 overhanging Tree Branches and Vegetation.Tree branches and vegetation shall not be located over theroof or other aboveground rainwater collection surface.Where existing tree branch and vegetation growth extendsover the rainwater collection surface, it shall be removed asrequired in Section B 101.5.

B 104.4 Rainwater Storage Tanks. Rainwater storagetanks shall be installed in accordance with Section B 104.4.1through Section B 104.4.4.

B 104.4.1 Construction. Rainwater storage tanksshall be constructed of solid, durable materials notsubject to excessive corrosion or decay and shall bewatertight. Storage tanks shall be approved by theAutority Having Jurisdiction for potable water applica-tions, provided such tanks comply with approved appli-cable standards.

B 104.4.2 Location. Rainwater storage tanks shall bepermitted to be installed above or below grade.

B 104.4.2.1 Above Grade. Above grade storagetanks shall be of an opaque material, approved foraboveground use in direct sunlight, or shall beshielded from direct sunlight. Tanks shall beinstalled in an accessible location to allow forinspection and cleaning. The tank shall be installedon a foundation or platform that is constructed toaccommodate all loads in accordance with thebuilding code.

B 104.4.2.2 Below Grade. Rainwater storage

tanks installed below grade shall be structurallydesigned to withstand all anticipated earth or otherloads. Holding tank covers shall be capable ofsupporting an earth load of not less than 300 poundsper square foot (lb/ft2) (1465 kg/m2) when the tankis designed for underground installation. Belowgrade rainwater tanks installed underground shall beprovided with manholes. The manhole opening shallbe a minimum diameter of 20 inches (508 mm) andlocated not less than 4 inches (102 mm) above thesurrounding grade. The surrounding grade shall besloped away from the manhole. Underground tanksshall be ballasted, anchored, or otherwise secured,to prevent the tank from floating out of the groundwhen empty. The combined weight of the tank andhold down system should meet or exceed the buoy-ancy force of the tank.

B 104.4.3 Drainage and overflow. Rainwaterstorage tanks shall be provided with a means of drainingand cleaning. The overflow drain shall not be equippedwith a shutoff valve. The overflow outlet shall dischargeas required by the plumbing code for storm drainagesystems. Where discharging to the storm drainagesystem, the overflow drain shall be protected from back-flow of the storm drainage system by a backwater valveor other approved method.

B 104.4.3.1 overflow outlet Size. The overflowoutlet shall be sized to accommodate the flow of therainwater entering the tank and not less than theaggregate cross-sectional area of the inflow pipes.

B 104.4.4 opening and Access Protection.

B 104.4.4.1 Animals and Insects. Rainwater

tank openings to the atmosphere shall be protected

to prevent the entrance of insects, birds, or rodents

into the tank.

B 104.4.4.2 human Access. Rainwater tank

access openings exceeding 12 inches (305 mm) in

diameter shall be secured to prevent tampering and

unintended entry by either a lockable device or other

approved method.

B 104.4.4.3 Exposure to Sunlight. Rainwater

tank openings shall not be exposed to direct sunlight.

B 104.4.5 Inlets. A device or arrangement of fittings

shall be installed at the inlet of the tank to prevent rain-

water from disturbing sediment as it enters the tank.

B 104.4.6 Primary Tank outlets. The primary tank

outlet shall be located not less than 4 inches (102 mm)

above the bottom of the tank, or shall be provided with

floating inlet to draw water from the cistern just below

the water surface.

B 104.4.7 Storage Tank Venting. Where venting bymeans of drainage or overflow piping is not provided oris considered insufficient, a vent shall be installed oneach tank. The vent shall extend from the top of the tankand terminate a minimum of 6 inches (152 mm) above

Escherichia coli (fecal coliform): 99.9% reduction

Turbidity: <0.3 NTU

100 GREEn PLuMBInG AnD MEChAnICAL CoDE SuPPLEMEnT


grade and shall be a minimum of 1 ½” (38 mm) in diam-eter. The vent terminal shall be directed downward andcovered with a 3/32 inch (2.4 mm) mesh screen toprevent the entry of vermin and insects.

B 104.5 Pumps. Pumps serving rainwater catchmentsystems shall be listed for potable water use. Pumpssupplying water to water closets, urinals, and trap primersshall be capable of delivering not less than 15 pounds-forceper square inch (psi) (103 kPa) residual pressure at the highestand most remote outlet served. Where the water pressure inthe rainwater supply system within the building exceeds 80psi (552 kPa), a pressure reducing valve reducing the pres-sure to 80 psi (552 kPa) or less to water outlets in the buildingshall be installed in accordance with the plumbing code.

B 104.6 Roof Drains. Primary and secondary roof drains,conductors, leaders, overflows, and gutters shall be designedand installed as required by the plumbing code.

B 104.7 water quality Devices and Equipment.Devices and equipment used to treat rainwater to maintainthe minimum water quality requirements determined by theAuthority Having Jurisdiction shall be listed or labeled (third-party certified) by a listing agency (accredited conformityassessment body) and approved for the intended application.

B 104.7.1 Filtration and Disinfection Systems.Filtration and disinfection systems shall be located afterthe water storage tank. Where a chlorination system isinstalled, it shall be installed upstream of filtrationsystems. Where ultraviolet disinfection system isinstalled, a filter not greater than 5 microns (5 µm) shallbe installed upstream of the disinfection system.

B 104.8 Freeze Protection. Tanks and piping installed inlocations subject to freezing shall be provided with anadequate means of freeze protection.

B 104.9 Roof washer or Pre-Filtration System.Collected rainwater shall pass through a roof washer or pre-filtration system before the water enters the rainwater storagetank. Roof washer systems shall comply with Section B 104.9.1 through Section B 104.9.4.

B 104.9.1 Size. The roof washer shall be sized to directa sufficient volume of rainwater containing debris thathas accumulated on the collection surface away from thestorage tank. The ARCSA/ASPE rainwater catchmentdesign and installation standard contains additional guid-ance on acceptable methods of sizing roof washers.

B 104.9.2 Debris Screen. The inlet to the roof washershall be provided with a debris screen or other approvedmeans that protects the roof washer from the intrusion ofdebris and vermin. Where the debris screen is installed,the debris screen shall be corrosion resistant and shallhave openings no larger than 1⁄2 of an inch (12.7 mm).

B 104.9.3 Drain Discharge. Water drained from theroof washer or pre-filter shall be diverted away from thestorage tank and discharged to a disposal area that doesnot cause property damage or erosion. Roof washerdrainage shall not drain over a public way.

B 104.9.4 Automatic Drain. Roof washing systemsshall be provided with an automatic means of selfdraining between rain events.

B 104.10 Filtration and Disinfection Systems. Filtra-tion and disinfection systems shall be located after the waterstorage tank. Where a chlorination system is installed, it shallbe installed upstream of filtration systems. Where ultravioletdisinfection system is installed, a filter not greater than 5 microns (5 µm) shall be installed upstream of the disinfec-tion system.

B 104.11 Roof Gutters. Gutters shall maintain a minimumslope and be sized in accordance with the plumbing code.

B 104.12 Drains, Conductors, and Leaders. Thedesign and size of rainwater drains, conductors, and leadersshall be in accordance with the plumbing code.

B 104.13 Size of Potable water Piping. Potable rain-water system distribution piping shall be sized in accordancewith the plumbing code for sizing potable water piping.

B 105.0 Cleaning.

B 105.1 General. The interior surfaces of tanks and equip-ment shall be clean before they are put into service.

B 106.0 Supply System Inspection and Test. Rain-water catchment systems shall be inspected and tested inaccordance with the applicable provisions of the plumbingcode for testing of potable water and storm drainage systems.Storage tanks shall be filled with water to the overflowopening for a period of 24 hours and during inspection or byother means as approved by the Authority Having Jurisdic-tion. All seams and joints shall be exposed during inspectionand checked for water tightness.

Part I

C 101.0 General.

C 101.1 Scope. The provisions of this appendix apply tothe commissioning of commercial and institutional HVACsystems.

C 102.0 Commissioning.

C 102.1 Commissioning Requirements. HVAC commis-sioning shall be included in the design and constructionprocesses of the project to verify that the HVAC systems andcomponents meet the owner’s project requirements and complywith this supplement. Commissioning shall be performed inaccordance with this appendix by personnel trained and certi-fied in commissioning by a nationally recognized organization.Commissioning requirements shall include as a minimum:

(1) Owner’s project requirements.

(2) Basis of design.

(3) Commissioning measures shown in the constructiondocuments.

(4) Commissioning plan.

(5) Functional performance.

(6) Testing.

(7) Post construction documentation and training.

(8) Commissioning report.

HVAC systems and components covered by this supple-ment as well as process equipment and controls, and renew-able energy systems shall be included in the scope of thecommissioning requirements.

C 102.2 Owner’s Project Requirements (OPR). Theperformance goals and requirements of the HVAC system shallbe documented before the design phase of the project begins.This documentation shall include not less than the following:

(1) Environmental and sustainability goals.

(2) Energy efficiency goals.

(3) Indoor environmental quality requirements.

(4) Equipment and systems performance goals.

(5) Building occupant and O&M personnel expectations.

C 102.3 Basis of Design (BOD). A written explanation ofhow the design of the HVAC system meets the owner’sproject requirements shall be completed at the design phaseof the building project, and updated as necessary during thedesign and construction phases. The basis of design docu-ment shall cover not less than the following systems:

(1) Heating, ventilation, air conditioning (HVAC) systemsand controls.

(2) Water heating systems.

(3) Renewable energy systems.

C 102.4 Commissioning Plan. A commissioning planshall be completed to document the approach to how theproject will be commissioned, and shall be started during thedesign phase of the building project. The commissioning planshall include not less than the following:

(1) General project information.

(2) Commissioning goals.

(3) Systems to be commissioned. Plans to test systems andcomponents shall include not less than the following:

(a) A detailed explanation of the original design intent.

(b) Equipment and systems to be tested, including theextent of tests.

(c) Functions to be tested.

(d) Conditions under which the test shall be performed.

(e) Measurable criteria for acceptable performance.

(4) Commissioning team information.

(5) Commissioning process activities, schedules, andresponsibilities. Plans for the completion of commis-sioning requirements listed in Section C 102.5 throughSection C 102.7 shall be included.

C 102.5 Functional Performance Testing. Functionalperformance tests shall demonstrate the correct installationand operation of each component, system, and system-to-system interface in accordance with the approved plans andspecifications. Functional performance testing reports shallcontain information addressing each of the building compo-nents tested, the testing methods utilized, and include anyreadings and adjustments made.

C 102.6 Post construction Documentation andTraining. A systems manual and systems operationstraining are required.

C 102.6.1 Systems Manual. Documentation of theoperational aspects of the HVAC system shall becompleted within the systems manual and delivered tothe building owner and facilities operator. The systemsmanual shall include not less than the following:

(1) Site information, including facility description,history, and current requirements.

(2) Site contact information.

(3) Basic O&M, including general site operating proce-dures, basic troubleshooting, recommended mainte-nance requirements, and site events log.

(4) Major systems.

(5) Site equipment inventory and maintenance notes.

(6) Equipment/system warranty documentation andinformation.

(7) “As-Built” design drawings.

(8) Other resources and documentation.

APPENDIX CHEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING



APPENDIX C

C 102.6.2 Systems Operations Training. Thetraining of the appropriate maintenance staff for eachequipment type or system shall include not less than thefollowing:

(1) System/Equipment overview (what it is, what itdoes, and what other systems or equipment it inter-faces with).

(2) Review of the information in the systems manual.

(3) Review of the record drawings on the system/equip-ment.

C 102.7 Commissioning Report. A complete report ofcommissioning process activities undertaken through thedesign, construction, and post-construction phases of thebuilding project shall be completed and provided to theowner.

Part II

C 103.0 Commissioning Acceptance.

C 103.1 General. Part II of this appendix provides a meansof verifying the commissioning requirements of Section C102.1. The activities specified in Part II of this Appendix havethree aspects:

(1) Visual inspection of the equipment and installation.

(2) Review of the certification requirements.

(3) Functional tests of the systems and controls.

C 103.2 Construction Documents. Details of commis-sioning acceptance requirements shall be incorporated intothe construction documents, including information thatdescribes the details of the functional tests to be performed.This information shall be permitted to be integrated into thespecifications for testing and air balancing, energy manage-ment and control system, equipment startup procedures orcommissioning. It is possible that the work will be performedby a combination of the test and balance (TAB) contractor,mechanical/electrical contractor, and the energy managementcontrol system (EMCS) contractor, so applicable roles andresponsibilities shall be clearly called out.

C 103.2.1 Roles and Responsibilities. The rolesand responsibilities of the persons involved in commis-sioning acceptance are included in Section C 103.2.1.1through Section C 103.2.1.3.

C 103.2.1.1 Field Technician. The field techni-cian is responsible for performing and documentingthe results of the acceptance procedures on thecertificate of acceptance forms. The field technicianmust sign the certificate of acceptance to certify thatthe information he provides on the certificate ofacceptance is true and correct.

C 103.2.1.2 Responsible Person. The respon-sible person is the contractor, architect, or engineer.A certificate of acceptance must be signed by aresponsible person to take responsibility for thescope of work specified by the certificate of accept-

ance document. The responsible person can alsoperform the field testing and verification work, andif this is the case, the responsible person shallcomplete and sign both the field technician's signa-ture block and the responsible person's signatureblock on the certificate of acceptance form. Theresponsible person assumes responsibility for theacceptance testing work performed by the field tech-nician agent or employee.

C 103.2.1.3 Certificate of Acceptance. Thecertificate of acceptance must be submitted to theAuthority Having Jurisdiction in order to receive thefinal certificate of occupancy. The Authority HavingJurisdiction shall not release a final certificate ofoccupancy unless the submitted certificate of accept-ance demonstrates that the specified systems andequipment have been shown to be performing inaccordance with the applicable acceptance require-ments. The Authority Having Jurisdiction has theauthority to require the field technician and respon-sible person to demonstrate competence, to its satis-faction. Certificate of acceptance forms are located inSection C 106.0.

C 104.0 Commissioning Tests.

C 104.1 General. Functional tests shall be performed onnew equipment and systems installed in either new construc-tion or retrofit applications in accordance with this section.The appropriate certificate of acceptance form along witheach specific test must be completed and submitted to theAuthority Having Jurisdiction before a final occupancypermit can be granted.

C 104.2 Tests. Functional testing shall be performed on thedevices and systems listed in this section. The functional testresults are documented using the applicable certificate ofacceptance forms shown in parenthesis and located in SectionC 106.0. The functional tests shall be performed in accor-dance with Section C 105.0.

(1) Minimum ventilation controls for all constant and vari-able air volume systems (Form MECH-2A).

(2) Zone temperature and scheduling controls for all constantvolume, single-zone, unitary air conditioner and heatpump systems (Form MECH-3A).

(3) Duct leakage on a subset of small single-zone systemsdepending on the ductwork location (Form MECH-4A).

(4) Air economizer controls for all economizers that are notfactory installed and tested (Form MECH-5A).

(5) Demand-controlled ventilation control systems (FormMECH-6A).

(6) Supply fan variable flow controls (Form MECH-7A).

(7) Valve leakage for hydronic variable flow systems andisolation valves on chillers and boilers in plants with morethan one chiller or boiler being served by the sameprimary pumps through a common header (Form MECH-8A).


APPENDIX C

(8) Supply water temperature reset control strategiesprogrammed into the building automation system for anywater systems (e.g., chilled, hot, or condenser water)(Form MECH-9A).

(9) Hydronic variable flow controls on any water systemwhere the pumps are controlled by variable frequencydrives (e.g., chilled and hot water systems; water-loopheat pump systems) (Form MECH-10A).

(10) Automatic demand shed control (Form MECH-11A).

(11) Fault detection and diagnostic for DX units (FormMECH-12A).

(12) Automatic fault detection and diagnostic systems(AFDD) (Form MECH-13A).

(13) Distributed energy storage DEC/DX AC systems (FormMECH-14A).

(14) Thermal energy storage (TES) systems (Form MECH-15A).

C 104.3 Acceptance Process. The functional testingprocess shall be in accordance with Section C 104.3.1 throughSection C 104.3.4.

C 104.3.1 Plan Review. The installing contractor,engineer of record, owner’s agent, or the person respon-sible for certification of the acceptance testing on thecertificate of acceptance (responsible person) shallreview the plans and specifications to ensure that theyconform to the acceptance requirements. This is typicallydone prior to signing a certificate of compliance.

C 104.3.2 Construction Inspection. The installingcontractor, engineer of record, owner’s agent, or the personresponsible for certification of the acceptance testing onthe certificate of acceptance (responsible person) mustperform a construction inspection prior to testing to assurethat the equipment that is installed is capable of complyingwith the requirements of the supplement and is calibrated.The installation of any associated systems and equipmentnecessary for proper system operation is also required tobe completed prior to the testing.

C 104.3.3 Acceptance Testing. One or more fieldtechnicians shall perform the acceptance testing; identifyall performance deficiencies; ensure that they arecorrected; and if necessary, repeat the acceptance proce-dures until the specified systems and equipment areperforming in accordance with the acceptance require-ments. The field technician who performs the testingmust sign the certificate of acceptance to certify theinformation has been provided to document the resultsof the acceptance procedures is true and correct.

The responsible person shall review the test resultsfrom the acceptance requirement procedures provided bythe field technician and sign the certificate of acceptanceto certify compliance with the acceptance requirements.The responsible person shall be permitted to also performthe field technician's responsibilities, and must then alsosign the field technician declaration on the certificate ofacceptance to certify that the information on the form istrue and correct.

C 104.3.4 Certificate of Occupancy. The AuthorityHaving Jurisdiction shall not issue the final certificate ofoccupancy until all required certificates of acceptanceare submitted. Copies of completed, signed certificatesof acceptance are required to be posted, or made avail-able with the permit(s), and shall be made available tothe Authority Having Jurisdiction.

C 105.0 HVAC System Tests.

C 105.1 Variable Air Volume Systems (Form MECH-2A). This test ensures that adequate outdoor air ventilation isprovided through the variable air volume air handling unit attwo representative operating conditions. The test consists ofmeasuring outdoor air values at maximum flow and at or nearminimum flow. The test verifies that the minimum volume ofoutdoor air is introduced to the air handling unit when thesystem is in occupied mode at these two conditions of supplyairflow. This test shall be performed in conjunction withsupply fan variable flow controls test procedures to reducethe overall system testing time as both tests use the same twoconditions of airflow for their measurements.

C 105.1.1 Test Procedure. The procedure for perform-ing a functional test for variable air volume systems shallbe in accordance with Section C 105.1.1.1 through SectionC 105.1.1.2.

C 105.1.1.1 Construction Inspection. Prior tofunctional testing, verify and document that thesystem controlling outside airflow is calibratedeither in the field or factory.

C 105.1.1.2 Functional Testing. The functionaltesting shall comply with the following steps:

Step 1: If the system has an outdoor air economizer,force the economizer high limit to disable econo-mizer control (e.g., for a fixed drybulb high limit,lower the setpoint below the current outdoor airtemperature).

Step 2: Adjust supply airflow to either the sum ofthe minimum zone airflows or 30 percent of the totaldesign airflow. Verify and document the following:

(1) Measured outside airflow reading is within 10percent of the total ventilation air called for inthe certificate of compliance.

(2) OSA controls stabilize within 5 minutes.

Step 3: Adjust supply airflow to achieve designairflow. Verify and document the following:

(1) Measured outside airflow reading is within 10percent of the total ventilation air called for inthe certificate of compliance.

(2) OSA controls stabilize within 5 minutes.

Step 4: Restore system to “as-found” operatingconditions.

C 105.1.2 Acceptance Criteria. System controllingoutdoor air flow is calibrated in the field or at the factory.


APPENDIX C

Measured outdoor airflow reading is within 10 percentof the total value found on the certificate of complianceunder the following conditions:

(1) Minimum system airflow.

(2) Thirty percent of total design flow design supplyairflow.

C 105.2 Constant Volume Systems (Form MECH-2A). The purpose of this test is to ensure that adequateoutdoor air ventilation is provided through the constantvolume air handling unit to the spaces served under all oper-ating conditions. The intent of this test is to verify that theminimum volume of outdoor air is introduced to the airhandling unit during typical space occupancy.

C 105.2.1 Test Procedure. The procedure forperform-ing a functional test for constant air volumesystems shall be in accordance with Section C 105.2.1.1through Section C 105.2.1.2.

C 105.2.1.1 Construction Inspection. Prior tofunctional testing, verify and document thefollowing:

(1) Minimum position is marked on the outside airdamper.

(2) The system has means of maintaining theminimum outdoor air damper position.

C 105.2.1.2 Functional Testing. If the systemhas an outdoor air economizer, force the economizerto the minimum position and stop outside air dampermodulation (e.g., for a fixed drybulb high limit,lower the setpoint below the current outdoor airtemperature).

C 105.2.2 Acceptance Criteria. The system has ameans of maintaining the minimum outdoor air damperposition. The minimum damper position is marked onthe outdoor air damper. The measured outside airflowreading shall be within 10 percent of the total ventilationair called for in the certificate of compliance.

C 105.3 Constant Volume, Single-Zone, Unitary AirConditioner and Heat Pumps Systems Acceptance(Form MECH-3A). The purpose of this test is to verify theindividual components of a constant volume, single-zone,unitary air conditioner and heat pump system functioncorrectly; including: thermostat installation and program-ming, supply fan, heating, cooling, and damper operation.

C 105.3.1 Test Procedure. The procedure forperforming a functional test for constant volume, single-zone, unitary air conditioner and heat pump systems shallbe in accordance with Section C 105.3.1.1 through SectionC 105.3.1.2.


(1) Thermostat is located within the space-condi-tioning zone that is served by the HVACsystem.

(2) Thermostat meets the temperature adjustmentand dead band requirements.

(3) Occupied, unoccupied, and holiday scheduleshave been programmed per the facility’sschedule.

(4) Preoccupancy purge is programmed.

C 105.3.1.2 Functional Testing. The functionaltesting shall be in accordance with the followingsteps:

Step 1: Disable economizer and demand controlventilation systems (if applicable).

Step 2: Simulate a heating demand during the occu-pied condition. Verify and document the following:

(1) Supply fan operates continually.

(2) The unit provides heating.

(3) No cooling is provided by the unit.

(4) Outside air damper is at minimum position.

Step 3: Simulate operation in the dead band duringoccupied condition. Verify and document thefollowing:


(2) Neither heating nor cooling is provided by theunit.


Step 4: Simulate cooling demand during occupiedcondition. Lock out economizer (if applicable).Verify and document the following:


(2) The unit provides cooling.

(3) No heating is provided by the unit.


Step 5: Simulate operation in the dead band duringunoccupied mode. Verify and document the following:

(1) Supply fan is off.

(2) Outside air damper is fully closed.

(3) Neither heating nor cooling is provided by theunit.

Step 6: Simulate heating demand during unoccupiedconditions. Verify and document the following:

(1) Supply fan is on (either continuously orcycling).

(2) Heating is provided by the unit.

(3) No cooling is provided by the unit.

(4) Outside air damper is either closed or atminimum position.

Step 7: Simulate cooling demand during unoccupiedcondition. Lock out economizer (if applicable).Verify and document the following:

(1) Supply fan is on (either continuously orcycling).

(2) Cooling is provided by the unit.

(3) No heating is provided by the unit.


APPENDIX C

(4) Outside air damper is either closed or atminimum position.

Step 8: Simulate manual override during unoccupiedcondition. Verify and document the following:

(1) System operates in “occupied” mode.

(2) System reverts to “unoccupied” mode whenmanual override time period expires.

Step 9: Restore economizer and demand controlventilation systems (if applicable), and removesystem overrides initiated during the test.

C 105.3.2 Acceptance Criteria. Thermostat islocated within the space-conditioning zone that is servedby the respective HVAC system. The thermostat meetsthe temperature adjustment and dead band requirements.Occupied, unoccupied, and holiday schedules have beenprogrammed per the facility’s schedule. Preoccupancypurge is programmed to meet the requirements.

C 105.4 Air Distribution Systems (Form MECH-4A).The purpose of this test is to verify all duct work associatedwith all non-exempt constant volume, single-zone, HVACunits (e.g., air conditioners, heat pumps, and furnaces) meetthe material, installation, and insulation R-values and leakagerequirements outlined in this supplement. This test is requiredfor single-zone units serving less than 5000 square feet (464.5m2) of floor area where 25 percent or more of the duct surfacearea is in one of the following spaces:

(1) Outdoors.

(2) In a space directly under a roof where the U-factor of theroof is greater than the U-factor of the ceiling.

(3) In a space directly under a roof with fixed vents or open-ings to the outside or unconditioned spaces.

(4) In an unconditioned crawlspace.

(5) In other unconditioned spaces.

This test applies to both new duct systems and to existingduct systems being extended or the space conditioning systemis altered by the installation or replacement of space condi-tioning equipment, including: replacement of the air handler;outdoor condensing unit of a split system air conditioner orheat pump; cooling or heating coil; or the furnace heatexchanger. Existing duct systems do not have to be tested ifthey are insulated or sealed with asbestos.

C 105.4.1 Test Procedure. The procedure forperforming a functional test for air distribution systemsshall be in accordance with Section C 105.4.1.1 throughSection C 105.4.1.2.

C 105.4.1.1 Construction Inspection. Prior tofunctional testing, verify and document the following:

(1) Duct connections meet the requirements of thissupplement and the mechanical code.

(2) Flexible ducts are not compressed.

(3) Ducts are fully accessible for testing.

(4) Joints and seams are properly sealed accordingto the requirements of this supplement.

(5) Insulation R-Values meet the minimum require-ments of this supplement.

C 105.4.1.2 Functional Testing. Perform ductleakage test in accordance with Chapter 7.

C 105.4.2 Acceptance Criteria. Flexible ducts arenot compressed or constricted in any way. Duct connec-tions meet the requirements of this supplement and themechanical code (new ducts only). Joints and seams areproperly sealed according to requirements of this supple-ment and the mechanical code (new ducts only). Duct R-values meet the minimum requirements of thissupplement (new ducts only). Insulation is protectedfrom damage and suitable for outdoor usage where appli-cable (new ducts only). The leakage shall not exceed therate in accordance with Section 703.4.4.2.

C 105.5 Air Economizer Controls Acceptance (FormMECH-5A). The purpose of functionally testing an air econ-omizer cycle is to verify that an HVAC system uses outdoorair to satisfy space cooling loads when outdoor air conditionsare acceptable. There are two types of economizer controls;stand-alone packages and DDC controls. The stand-alonepackages are commonly associated with small unitary rooftopHVAC equipment and DDC controls are typically associatedwith built-up or large packaged air handling systems. Testprocedures for both economizer control types are provided.

For units with economizers that are factory installed andcertified operational by the manufacturer to economizerquality control requirements, the in-field economizer func-tional tests do not have to be conducted. A copy of the manu-facturer's certificate must be attached to the Form MECH-5A.However, the construction inspection, including compliancewith high temperature lockout temperature setpoint, must becompleted regardless of whether the economizer is field orfactory installed.

C 105.5.1 Test Procedure. The procedure for perform-ing a functional test for air economizer controls shall be inaccordance with Section C 105.5.1.1 through Section C105.5.1.2.

C 105.5.1.1 Construction Inspection. Prior tofunctional testing, verify and document the following:

(1) Economizer lockout setpoint is in accordancewith this supplement.

(2) Economizer lockout control sensor is located toprevent false readings.

(3) System is designed to provide up to 100 percentoutside air without over-pressurizing thebuilding.

(4) For systems with DDC controls lockout sensor(s)are either factory calibrated or field calibrated.

(5) For systems with non-DDC controls, manufac-turer’s startup and testing procedures areapplied



APPENDIX C

Step 1: Disable demand control ventilation systems(if applicable).

Step 2: Enable the economizer, and simulate acooling demand large enough to drive the econo-mizer fully open. Verify and document thefollowing:

(1) Economizer damper is 100 percent open andreturn air damper is 100 percent closed.

(2) Where applicable, verify that the economizerremains 100 percent open when the coolingdemand can no longer be met by the econo-mizer alone.

(3) Applicable fans and dampers operate asintended to maintain building pressure.

(4) The unit heating is disabled.

Step 3: Disable the economizer and simulate acooling demand. Verify and document the following:

(1) Economizer damper closes to its minimumposition.

(2) Applicable fans and dampers operate as intendedto maintain building pressure.

(3) The unit heating is disabled.

Step 4: Simulate a heating demand, and set the econ-omizer so that it is capable of operating (e.g., actualoutdoor air conditions are below lockout setpoint).Verify the economizer is at minimum position.

Step 5: Restore demand control ventilation systems(if applicable) and remove all system overrides initi-ated during the test.

C 105.5.2 Acceptance Criteria. Air economizercontrols acceptance criteria shall be as follows:

(1) If the economizer is factory installed and certified, avalid factory certificate is required for acceptance.No additional equipment tests are necessary.

(2) Air economizer lockout setpoint is in accordancewith this supplement. Outside sensor location accu-rately reads true outdoor air temperature and is notaffected by exhaust air or other heat sources.

(3) Sensors are located to achieve the desired control.

(4) During economizer mode, the outdoor air dampermodulates open to a maximum position and returnair damper modulates 100 percent closed.

(5) The outdoor air damper is 100 percent open beforemechanical cooling is enabled and for units 75 000Btu/h (22 kw) and larger remains at 100 percentopen while mechanical cooling is enabled (econo-mizer integration when used for compliance).

(6) When the economizer is disabled, the outdoor airdamper closes to a minimum position, the returndamper modulates 100 percent open, and mechan-ical cooling remains enabled.

C 105.6 Demand-Controlled Ventilation SystemsAcceptance (Form MECH-6A). The purpose of this test isto verify that systems required to employ demand-controlled

ventilation can vary outside ventilation flow rates based onmaintaining interior carbon dioxide (CO2) concentrationsetpoints. Demand-controlled ventilation refers to an HVACsystem’s ability to reduce outdoor air ventilation flow belowdesign values when the space served is at less than designoccupancy. Carbon dioxide is a good indicator of occupancyload and is the basis used for modulating ventilation flowrates.

C 105.6.1 Test Procedure. The procedure forperform-ing a functional test for demand-control ventila-tion (DVC) systems shall be in accordance with SectionC 105.6.1.1 through Section C 105.6.1.2.


(1) Carbon dioxide control sensor is factory cali-brated or field-calibrated in accordance withthis supplement.

(2) The sensor is located in the high density spacebetween 3 feet (914 mm) and 6 feet (1829 mm)above the floor or at the anticipated level of theoccupants’ heads.

(3) DCV control setpoint is at or below the carbondioxide concentration permitted by this supple-ment.


Step 1: Disable economizer controls.

Step 2: Simulate a signal at or slightly above thecarbon dioxide concentration setpoint required bythis supplement. Verify and document the following:

(1) For single zone units, outdoor air dampermodulates open to satisfy the total ventilationair called for in the certificate of compliance.

(2) For multiple zone units, either outdoor airdamper or zone damper modulate open tosatisfy the zone ventilation requirements.

Step 3: Simulate signal well below the carbon dioxidesetpoint. Verify and document the following:

(1) For single zone units, outdoor air dampermodulates to the design minimum value.

(2) For multiple zone units, either outdoor airdamper or zone damper modulate to satisfy thereduced zone ventilation requirements.

Step 4: Restore economizer controls and removesystem overrides initiated during the test.

Step 5: With controls restored, apply carbon dioxidecalibration gas at a concentration slightly above thesetpoint to the sensor. Verify that the outdoor airdamper modulates open to satisfy the total ventila-tion air called for in the certificate of compliance.

C 105.6.2 Acceptance Criteria. Demand-controlledventilation systems acceptance criteria shall be asfollows:


APPENDIX C

(1) Each carbon dioxide sensor is factory calibrated(with calibration certificate) or field calibrated.

(2) Each carbon dioxide sensor is wired correctly to thecontrols to ensure proper control of the outdoor airdamper.

(3) Each carbon dioxide sensor is located correctlywithin the space 1 foot (305 mm) to 6 feet (1829mm) above the floor.

(4) Interior carbon dioxide concentration setpoint is≤600 parts per million (ppm) plus outdoor air carbondioxide value if dynamically measured or ≤1000ppm if no OSA sensor is provided.

(5) A minimum OSA setting is provided whenever thesystem is in occupied mode in accordance with thissupplement regardless of space carbon dioxide read-ings.

(6) A maximum OSA damper position for DCV controlcan be established in accordance with this supple-ment, regardless of space carbon dioxide readings.

(7) The outdoor air damper modulates open when thecarbon dioxide concentration within the spaceexceeds setpoint.

(8) The outdoor air damper modulates closed (towardminimum position) when the carbon dioxideconcentration within the space is below setpoint.

C 105.7 Supply Fan Variable Flow Controls (FormMECH-7A). The purpose of this test is to ensure that thesupply fan in a variable air volume application modulates tomeet system airflow demand. In most applications, the indi-vidual variable air valve (VAV) boxes serving each space willmodulate the amount of air delivered to the space based onheating and cooling requirements. As a result, the total supplyairflow provided by the central air handling unit must alsovary to maintain sufficient airflow through each VAV box.Airflow is typically controlled using a variable frequencydrive (VFD) to modulate supply fan speed and vary systemairflow. The most common strategy for controlling the VFDis to measure and maintain static pressure within the duct.

C 105.7.1 Test Procedure. The procedure forperform-ing a functional test for supply fan variablecontrols shall be in accordance with Section C 105.7.1.1through Section C 105.7.1.2.


(1) Supply fan controls modulate to increasecapacity.

(2) Supply fan maintains discharge static pressurewithin ± 10 percent of the current operating setpoint.

(3) Supply fan controls stabilize within a 5 minuteperiod.

C 105.7.1.2 Functional Testing. The functionaltesting shall comply with the following steps:

Step 1: Simulate demand for design airflow. Verifyand document the following:

(1) Supply fan controls modulate to increasecapacity.



Step 2: Simulate demand for minimum airflow.Verify and document the following:

(1) Supply fan controls modulate to decreasecapacity.

(2) Current operating setpoint has decreased (forsystems with DDC to the zone level).

(3) Supply fan maintains discharge static pressurewithin ± 10 percent of the current operatingsetpoint.


Step 3: Restore system to correct operating condi-tions.

C 105.7.2 Acceptance Criteria. Supply fan variableflow controls acceptance criteria shall be as follows:

(1) Static pressure sensor(s) is factory calibrated (withcalibration certificate) or field calibrated.

(2) For systems without DDC controls to the zone level,the pressure sensor setpoint is less than one-third ofthe supply fan design static pressure.

(3) For systems with DDC controls with VAV boxesreporting to the central control panel, the pressuresetpoint is reset by zone demand (box damper posi-tion or a trim and respond algorithm).

At full flow:

(1) Supply fan maintains discharge static pressurewithin ± 10 percent of the current operating controlstatic pressure setpoint.

(2) Supply fan controls stabilizes within 5 minuteperiod.

(3) At minimum flow (not less than 30 percent of totaldesign flow).

(4) Supply fan controls modulate to decrease capacity.



C 105.8 Valve Leakage (Form MECH-8A). The purposeof this test is to ensure that control valves serving variableflow systems are designed to withstand the pump pressureover the full range of operation. Valves with insufficient actu-ators will lift under certain conditions causing water to leakthrough and loss of control. This test applies to the variableflow systems, chilled and hot-water variable flow systems,chiller isolation valves, boiler isolation valves, and water-cooled air conditioner and hydronic heat pump systems.


APPENDIX C

C 105.8.1 Test Procedure. The procedure forperform-ing a functional test for valve leakage shall be inaccordance with Section C 105.8.1.1 through Section C105.8.1.2.

C 105.8.1.1 Construction Inspection. Prior tofunctional testing, verify and document the valveand piping arrangements were installed in accor-dance with the design drawings.


Step 1: For each pump serving the distributionsystem, dead head the pumps using the dischargeisolation valves at the pumps. Document thefollowing:

(1) Record the differential pressure across thepumps.

(2) Verify that this is within 5 percent of thesubmittal data for the pump.

Step 2: Reopen the pump discharge isolation valves.Automatically close valves on the systems beingtested. If three-way valves are present, close off thebypass line. Verify and document the following:

(1) The valves automatically close.

(2) Record the pressure differential across thepump.

(3) Verify that the pressure differential is within 5percent of the reading from Step 1 for the pumpthat is operating during the valve test.

Step 3: Restore system to correct operating condi-tions.

C 105.8.2 Acceptance Criteria. System has no flowwhen coils are closed and the pump is turned on.

C 105.9 Supply Water Temperature Reset Controls(Form MECH-9A). The purpose of this test is to ensure thatboth the chilled water and hot water supply temperatures areautomatically reset based on either building loads or outdoorair temperature, as indicated in the control sequences. ManyHVAC systems are served by central chilled and heating hotwater plants. The supply water operating temperatures shallmeet peak loads when the system is operating at design condi-tions. As the loads vary, the supply water temperatures canbe adjusted to satisfy the new operating conditions. Thechilled water supply temperature can be raised as the coolingload decreases, and heating hot water supply temperature canbe lowered as the heating load decreases.

This requirement applies to chilled and hot water systemsthat are not designed for variable flow, and that have a designcapacity greater than or equal to 500 000 Btu/h (147 kw).

C 105.9.1 Test Procedure. The procedure forperform-ing a functional test for supply water tempera-ture reset controls shall be in accordance with Section C105.9.1.1 through Section C 105.9.1.2.

C 105.9.1.1 Construction Inspection. Prior tofunctional testing, verify and document the supply

water temperature sensors have been either factoryor field calibrated.


Step 1: Change reset control variable to its maximumvalue. Verify and document the following:

(1) Chilled or hot water temperature setpoint isreset to appropriate value.

(2) Actual supply temperature changes to meetsetpoint.

(3) Verify that supply temperature is within 2percent of the control setpoint.

Step 2: Change reset control variable to its minimumvalue. Verify and document the following:




Step 3: Restore reset control variable to automaticcontrol. Verify and document the following:




C 105.9.2 Acceptance Criteria. The supply watertemperature sensors are either factory calibrated (withcalibration certificates) or field-calibrated. Sensorperformance is in compliance with specifications. Thesupply water reset is operational.

C 105.10 Hydronic System Variable Flow Controls(Form MECH-10A). The purpose of this test is to ensure thatall hydronic variable flow chilled water and water-loop heatpump systems with circulating pumps larger than 5 horsepower(hp) (4.0 kw) vary system flow rate by modulating pump speedusing a variable frequency drive (VFD) or equivalent. As theloads within the building fluctuate, control valves modulate theamount of water passing through each coil and add or removethe desired amount of energy from the air stream to satisfy theload. In the case of water-loop heat pumps, each two-waycontrol valve associated with a heat pump will be closed whenthat unit is not operating. As each control valve modulates, thepump variable frequency drive (VFD) responds accordingly tomeet system water flow requirements. This is not required onheating hot water systems with variable flow designs or forcondensing water serving only water cooled chillers.

C 105.10.1 Test Procedure. The procedure forperform-ing a functional test for hydronic system variableflow controls shall be in accordance with Section C105.10.1.1 through Section C 105.10.1.2.


APPENDIX C

C 105.10.1.1 Construction Inspection. Priorto functional testing, verify and document the pres-sure sensors are either factory or field calibrated.

C 105.10.1.2 Functional Testing. The func-tional testing shall be in accordance with thefollowing steps:

Step 1: Open control valves to increase water flow tonot less than 90 percent design flow. Verify anddocument the following:

(1) Pump speed increases.

(2) System pressure is either within ± 5 percent ofcurrent operating setpoint or the pressure isbelow the setpoint and the pumps are operatingat 100 percent speed.

(3) System operation stabilizes within 5 minutesafter test procedures are initiated.

Step 2: Modulate control valves to reduce waterflow to 50 percent of the design flow or less, but notlower than the pump minimum flow. Verify anddocument the following:

(1) Pump speed decreases.


(3) Current operating setpoint has not increased(for all other systems).

(4) System pressure is within 5 percent of currentoperating setpoint.

(5) System operation stabilizes within 5 minutesafter test procedures are initiated.

C 105.10.2 Acceptance Criteria. The differentialpressure sensor is either factory calibrated (with calibra-tion certificates) or field calibrated. The pressure sensorshall be located at or near the most remote HX or controlvalve. The setpoint system controls stabilize.

C 105.11 Automatic Demand Shed Control (FormMECH-11A). The purpose of this test is to ensure that thecentral demand shed sequences have been properlyprogrammed into the DDC system.

C 105.11.1 Test Procedure. The procedure forperform-ing a functional test for automatic demand shedcontrols shall be in accordance with Section C 105.11.1.1through Section C 105.11.1.2.

C 105.11.1.1 Construction Inspection. Priorto functional testing, verify and document that theEMCS interface enables activation of the centraldemand shed controls.


Step 1: Engage the global demand shed system.Verify and document the following:

(1) That the cooling setpoint in noncritical spacesincreases by the proper amount.

(2) That the cooling setpoint in critical spaces donot change.

Step 2: Disengage the global demand shed system.Verify and document the following:

(1) That the cooling setpoint in noncritical spacesreturn to their original values.

(2) That the cooling setpoint in critical spaces donot change.

C 105.11.2 Acceptance Criteria. The control systemchanges the setpoints of noncritical zones on activationof a single central hardware or software point thenrestores the initial setpoints when the point is released.

C 105.12 Fault Detection and Diagnostics (FDD) forPackaged Direct-Expansion (DX) Units (Form MECH-12A). The purpose of this test is to verify proper fault detec-tion and reporting for automated fault detection anddiagnostics systems for packaged units. Automated FDDsystems ensure proper equipment operation by identifying anddiagnosing common equipment problems such as improperrefrigerant charge, low airflow, or faulty economizer opera-tion. Qualifying FDD systems receive a compliance creditwhen using the performance approach. A system that does notmeet the eligibility requirements shall be permitted to beinstalled, but no compliance credit will be given.

C 105.12.1 Test Procedure. The procedure forperform-ing a functional test for fault detection and diag-nostics (FDD) for packaged direct-expansion (DX) unitsshall be in accordance with Section C 105.12.1.1 throughSection C 105.12.1.2.

C 105.12.1.1 Construction Inspection. Priorto functional testing, verify and document that theFDD hardware is installed on equipment by themanufacturer, and that equipment make and modelinclude factory-installed FDD hardware that matchthe information indicated on copies of the manufac-turer’s cut sheets and on the plans and specifications.

This procedure applies to fault detection anddiagnostics (FDD) system for direct-expansionpackaged units containing the following features:

(1) The unit shall include a factory-installed econ-omizer and shall limit the economizer deadbandto not more than 2°F (-17ºC).

(2) The unit shall include direct-drive actuators onoutside air and return air dampers.

(3) The unit shall include an integrated economizerwith either differential drybulb or differentialenthalpy control.

(4) The unit shall include a low temperaturelockout on the compressor to prevent coilfreeze-up or comfort problems.

(5) Outside air and return air dampers shall havemaximum leakage rates conforming to thissupplement.

(6) The unit shall have an adjustable expansioncontrol device such as a thermostatic expansionvalve (TXV).


APPENDIX C

(7) To improve the ability to troubleshoot chargeand compressor operation, a high-pressurerefrigerant port will be located on the liquidline. A low-pressure refrigerant port will belocated on the suction line.

(8) The following sensors shall be permanentlyinstalled to monitor system operation, and thecontroller shall have the capability of displayingthe value of each parameter:

(a) Refrigerant suction pressure.

(b) Refrigerant suction temperature.

(c) Liquid line pressure.

(d) Liquid line temperature.

(e) Outside air temperature.

(f) Outside air relative humidity.

(g) Return air temperature.

(h) Return air relative humidity.

(i) Supply air temperature.

(j) Supply air relative humidity.

The controller will provide system status byindicating the following conditions:

(a) Compressor enabled.

(b) Economizer enabled.

(c) Free cooling available.

(d) Mixed air low limit cycle active.

(e) Heating enabled.

The unit controller shall have the capability tomanually initiate each operating mode so thatthe operation of compressors, economizers,fans, and heating system can be independentlytested and verified.


Step 1: Test low airflow condition by replacing theexisting filter with a dirty filter or appropriateobstruction.

Step 2: Verify that the fault detection and diagnosticssystem reports the fault.

Step 3: Verify that the system is able to verify thecorrect refrigerant charge.

Step 4: Calibrate outside air, return air, and supplyair temperature sensors.

C 105.12.2 Acceptance Criteria. The system is ableto detect a low airflow condition and report the fault. Thesystem is able to detect if refrigerant charge is low orhigh and the fault is reported.

C 105.13 Automatic Fault Detection Diagnostics(FDD) for Air Handling Units (AHU) and ZoneTerminal Units (Form MECH-13A). The purpose of thistest is to verify that the system detects common faults in airhandling units and terminal units. FDD systems for airhandling units and zone terminal units require DDC controls

to the zone level. Successful completion of this test providesa compliance credit when using the performance approach.An FDD system that does not pass this test shall be permittedto be installed, but no compliance credit will be given.

C 105.13.1 Test Procedure. The procedure forperform-ing a functional test for automatic fault detectiondiagnostics (FDD) for Air Handling Units and ZoneTerminal Units shall be in accordance with Section C105.13.1.1.

C 105.13.1.1 Functional Testing. The func-tional testing shall be in accordance with Section C105.13.1.1.1 and Section C 105.13.1.1.2.

C 105.13.1.1.1 Functional Testing for AirHandling Units. The functional testing ofAHU with FDD controls shall be in accordancewith the following steps:

Step 1: Sensor drift/failure:

(1) Disconnect outside air temperature sensorfrom unit controller.

(2) Verify that the FDD system reports a fault.

(3) Connect OAT sensor to the unit controller.

(4) Verify that FDD indicates normal systemoperation.

Step 2: Damper/actuator fault:

(1) From the control system workstation, com-mand the mixing box dampers to full open(100 percent outdoor air).

(2) Disconnect power to the actuator andverify that a fault is reported at the controlworkstation.

(3) Reconnect power to the actuator and com-mand the mixing box dampers to full open.

(4) Verify that the control system does notreport a fault.

(5) From the control system workstation, com-mand the mixing box dampers to a full-closed position (0 percent outdoor air).

(6) Disconnect power to the actuator andverify that a fault is reported at the controlworkstation.

(7) Reconnect power to the actuator andcommand the dampers closed.

(8) Verify that the control system does notreport a fault during normal operation.

Step 3: Valve/actuator fault:

(1) From the control system workstation,command the heating and cooling coilvalves to full open or closed, then discon-nect power to the actuator and verify that afault is reported at the control workstation.

Step 4: Inappropriate simultaneous heating,mechanical cooling, and economizing or allfunctions:


APPENDIX C

(1) From the control system workstation, over-ride the heating coil valve and verify that afault is reported at the control workstation.

(2) From the control system workstation, over-ride the cooling coil valve and verify that afault is reported at the control workstation.

(3) From the control system workstation, over-ride the mixing box dampers and verifythat a fault is reported at the control work-station.

C 105.13.1.1.2 Functional Testing forZone Terminal Units. The functional testingof one of each type of terminal unit (VAV box) inthe project not less than 5 percent of the terminalboxes shall be in accordance with the followingsteps:

Step 1: Sensor drift/failure:

(1) Disconnect the tubing to the differentialpressure sensor of the VAV box.

(2) Verify that control system detects andreports the fault.

(3) Reconnect the sensor and verify propersensor operation.

(4) Verify that the control system does notreport a fault.

Step 2: Damper/actuator fault:

(1) Damper stuck open.

(a) Command the damper to full open(room temperature above setpoint).

(b) Disconnect the actuator to the damper.

(c) Adjust the cooling setpoint so that theroom temperature is below the coolingsetpoint to command the damper to theminimum position. Verify that thecontrol system reports a fault.

(d) Reconnect the actuator and restore tonormal operation.

(2) Damper stuck closed.

(a) Set the damper to the minimum posi-tion.

(b) Disconnect the actuator to the damper.

(c) Set the cooling setpoint below the roomtemperature to simulate a call forcooling. Verify that the control systemreports a fault.

(d) Reconnect the actuator and restore tonormal operation.

Step 3: Valve/actuator fault (for systems withhydronic reheat):

(1) Command the reheat coil valve to full open.

(2) Disconnect power to the actuator. Set theheating setpoint temperature to be lower

than the current space temperature, tocommand the valve closed. Verify that thefault is reported at the control workstation.

(3) Reconnect the actuator and restore normaloperation.

Step 4: Feedback loop tuning fault (unstableairflow):

(1) Set the integral coefficient of the boxcontroller to a value fifty times the currentvalue.

(2) The damper cycles continuously and airflowis unstable. Verify that the control systemdetects and reports the fault.

(3) Reset the integral coefficient of thecontroller to the original value to restorenormal operation.

Step 5: Disconnected inlet duct:

(1) From the control system workstation,command the damper to full closed; thendisconnect power to the actuator; and verifythat a fault is reported at the control work-station.

C 105.13.2 Acceptance Criteria. The system is ableto detect common faults with air-handling units, such asa sensor failure, a failed damper, an actuator, or animproper operating mode.

The system is able to detect and report commonfaults with zone terminal units, such as a failed damper, anactuator, or a control tuning issue.

C 105.14 Distributed Energy Storage DX AC System(Form MECH-14A). The purpose of this test is to verify theproper operation of distributed energy storage DX systems.Distributed energy systems (DES) reduce peak demand byoperating during off peak hours and storing cooling, usually inthe form of ice. During peak cooling hours the ice is melted toavoid compressor operation. The system typically consists ofa water tank containing refrigerant coils that cool the waterand convert it to ice. As with a standard direction expansion(DX) air conditioner, the refrigerant is compressed in acompressor and then cooled in an air-cooled condenser. Theliquid refrigerant then is directed through the coils in the watertank to make ice or to air handler coils to cool the building.This applies to constant or variable volume, direct expansion(DX) systems with distributed energy storage (DES/DXAC).

C 105.14.1 Test Procedure. The procedure for

perform-ing a functional test for distributed energy storage

DX AC systems shall be in accordance with Section C

105.14.1.1 through Section C 105.14.1.3.

C 105.14.1.1 Construction Inspection. Prior to

functional testing, verify and document the following:

(1) The water tank is filled to the proper level.

(2) The water tank is sitting on a foundation with

adequate structural strength.


APPENDIX C

(3) The water tank is insulated and the top cover isin place.

(4) The DES/DXAC is installed correctly (e.g.,

refrigerant piping, etc.).

(5) Verify that the correct model number is installed

and configured.

C 105.14.1.2 Functional Testing. The functional

testing shall be in accordance with the following

steps:

Step 1: Simulate cooling load during daytime period

(e.g., by setting time schedule to include actual time

and placing thermostat cooling setpoint below actual

temperature). Verify and document the following:


(2) If the DES/DXAC has cooling capacity,

DES/DXAC runs to meet the cooling demand

(in ice melt mode).

(3) If the DES/DXAC has no ice and there is a callfor cooling, the DES/DXAC runs in directcooling mode.

Step 2: Simulate no cooling load during daytimecondition. Verify and document the following:

(1) Supply fan operates in accordance with thefacility thermostat or control system.

(2) The DES/DXAC and the condensing unit donot run.

Step 3: Simulate no cooling load during morningshoulder time period. Verify and document thefollowing:

(1) The DES/DXAC is idle.

Step 4: Simulate a cooling load during morningshoulder time period. Verify and document thefollowing:

(1) The DES/DXAC runs in direct cooling mode.

C 105.14.1.3 Calibrating Controls. Set theproper time and date as per manufacturer’s installa-tion manual for approved installers.

C 105.14.2 Acceptance Criteria. Distributed energystorage DXAC system acceptance criteria shall be asfollows:

(1) Verify night time ice making operation.

(2) Verify that tank discharges during on-peak coolingperiods.

(3) Verify that the compressor does not run and the tankdoes not discharge when there is no cooling demandduring on-peak periods.

(4) Verify that the system does not operate during amorning shoulder period when there is no coolingdemand.

(5) Verify that the system operates in direct mode (withcompressor running) during the morning shouldertime period.

C 105.15 Thermal Energy Storage (TES) System(Form MECH-15A). The purpose of this test is to verify theproper operation of thermal energy storage (TES) systems. TESsystems reduce energy consumption during peak demandperiods by shifting energy consumption to nighttime. Operationof the thermal energy storage compressor during the nightproduces cooling energy which is stored in the form of cooledfluid or ice in tanks. During peak cooling hours the thermalstorage is used for cooling to prevent the need for chiller oper-ation. This section is limited to the following types of TESsystems:

(1) Chilled water storage.

(2) Ice-on-coil.

(3) Ice harvester.

(4) Brine.

(5) Ice-slurry.

(6) Eutectic salt.

(7) Clathrate hydrate slurry (CHS).

C 105.15.1 Test Procedure. The procedure forperform-ing a functional test for thermal energy storage(TES) system shall be in accordance with Section C105.15.1.1 and Section C 105.15.1.2.

C 105.15.1.1 Construction Inspection. Priorto functional testing, verify and document thefollowing for the chiller and storage tank:

(1) Chiller:

(a) Brand and Model.

(b) Type (centrifugal, reciprocating, other).

(c) Capacity (tons) (SIZE).

(d) Starting efficiency (kW/ton) at beginningof ice production (COMP - kW/TON -START).

(e) Ending efficiency (kW/ton) at end of iceproduction (COMP - kW/TON/END).

(f) Capacity reduction (percent/°F) (PER –COMP - REDUCT/F).

(g) Verify that the efficiency of the chillermeets or exceeds the requirements ofChapter 7 of this supplement.

(2) Storage Tank:

(a) Storage type (TES-TYPE).

(b) Number of tanks (SIZE).

(c) Storage capacity per tank (ton-hours)(SIZE).

(d) Storage rate (tons) (COOL – STORE -RATE).

(e) Discharge rate (tons) (COOL – SUPPLY -RATE).

(f) Auxiliary power (watts) (PUMPS + AUX -kW).

(g) Tank area (CTANK – LOSS - COEFF).

(h) Tank insulation (R-Value) (CTANK –LOSS – COEFF).


APPENDIX C

(3) TES System:

(a) The TES system is one of the aboveeligible systems.

(b) Initial charge rate of the storage tanks(tons).

(c) Final charge rate of the storage tank (tons).

(d) Initial discharge rate of the storage tanks(tons).

(e) Final discharge rate of the storage tank(tons).

(f) Charge test time (hrs).

(g) Discharge test time (hrs).

(h) Tank storage capacity after charge (ton-hrs).

(i) Tank storage capacity after discharge (ton-hrs).

(j) Tank standby storage losses (UA).

(k) Initial chiller efficiency (kW/ton) duringcharging.

(l) Final chiller efficiency (kW/ton) duringcharging.


Step 1: Verify that the TES system and the chilledwater plant is controlled and monitored by an energymanagement system (EMS).

Step 2: Force the time to be between 9:00 p.m. and9:00 a.m., and simulate a partial or no charge of thetank. Simulate no cooling load by setting the indoortemperature setpoint(s) higher than the ambienttemperature.

If the tank is full or nearly full of ice, it shall bepermitted to adjust the control settings for this test.In some cases, the control system will not permit thechiller to start the ice-making process unless aportion of the ice has been melted. The controlsdesigner shall be permitted to use an inventory meter(a 4-20 mA sensor that indicates water level) todetermine whether or not ice-making can commence(e.g., not allow ice-making unless the inventorymeter signal is less than 17 mA). If this is the case,this limit can be reset to 20 mA during testing toallow ice making to occur.

Verify that the TES system starts charging(storing energy). This shall be checked by verifyingflow and inlet and outlet temperatures of the storagetank, or directly by reading an inventory meter if thesystem has one.

Step 3: Force the time to be between 6:00 p.m. and

9:00 p.m., and simulate a partial charge on the tank.

Simulate a cooling load by setting the indoor

temperature setpoint lower than the ambient temper-

ature. Verify that the TES system starts discharging.

This shall be checked by observing tank inlet and

outlet temperatures and system flow, or directly by

reading an inventory meter if the system has one. If

the system has no charge, verify that the system will

still attempt to meet the load through storage.

Step 4: Force the time to be between noon and 6:00

p.m., and simulate a cooling load by lowering the

indoor air temperature setpoint below the ambient

temperature. Verify that the tank starts discharging

and the compressor is off.

Step 5: Force the time to be between 9:00 a.m. to

noon, and simulate a cooling load by lowering the

indoor air temperature setpoint below the ambient

temperature. Verify that the tank does not discharge

and the cooling load is met by the compressor.

Step 6: Force the time to be between 9:00 p.m. and

9:00 a.m. and simulate a full tank charge. This can

be done in a couple of ways:

(1) By changing the inventory sensor limit that

indicates tank capacity to the energy manage-

ment system so that it indicates a full tank.

(2) By resetting the coolant temperature that indi-

cates a full charge to a higher temperature than

the current tank leaving temperature. Verify that

the tank charging is stopped.

Step 7: Force the time to be between noon and 6:00

p.m. and simulate no cooling load by setting the

indoor temperature setpoint above the ambient

temperature. Verify that the tank does not discharge

and the compressor is off.

C 105.15.2 Acceptance Criteria. Thermal energy

storage (TES) system acceptance criteria shall be as

follows:

(1) Verify that the system is able to charge the storage

tank during off-peak periods when there is no

cooling load.

(2) Verify that tank discharges during on-peak cooling

periods.

(3) Verify that the compressor does not run and the tank

does not discharge when there is no cooling demand

during on-peak periods.

(4) Verify that the system does not operate during a

morning shoulder period when there is no cooling

demand.

(5) Verify that the system operates in direct mode (with

compressor running) during the morning shoulder

time period.

C 106.0 Certificate of Acceptance Forms.

C 106.1 General. This section includes the certificate of

acceptance forms referenced in Section C 104.0 and Section

C 105.0.


APPENDIX C

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE MECH-2A

Outdoor Air Acceptance (Page 1 of 3)

Project Name/Address:

System Name or Identification/Tag: System Location or Area Served:

Enforcement Agency: Permit Number:

Note: Submit one Certificate of Acceptance for each system that

must demonstrate compliance.

Enforcement Agency Use: Checked by/Date

FIELD TECHNICIAN'S DECLARATION STATEMENT• I certify under penalty of perjury the information provided on this form is true and correct.• I am the person who performed the acceptance requirements verification reported on this Certificate of Acceptance (Field

Technician).• I certify that the construction/installation identified on this form complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in

the plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency, and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirementsand procedures specified in Appendix C.

• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has beencompleted and is posted or made available with the building permit(s) issued for the building.

Company Name:

Field Technician’s Name: Field Technician’s Signature:

Date Signed: Position with Company (Title):

RESPONSIBLE PERSON'S DECLARATION STATEMENT• I certify under penalty of perjury that I am the Field Technician, or the Field Technician is acting on my behalf as my

employee or my agent and I have reviewed the information provided on this form.• I am a licensed contractor, architect, or engineer who is eligible per the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction,

in the applicable classification, to take responsibility for the scope of work specified on this document and attest to the decla-rations in this statement (responsible person).

• I certify that the information provided on this form substantiates that the construction/installation identified on this formcomplies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency,and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements and procedures specified in Appendix C.

• I have confirmed that the Installation Certificate(s) for the construction/installation identified on this form has beencompleted and is posted or made available with the permit(s) issued for the building.

• I will ensure that a completed, signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance shall be posted, or made available with thebuilding permit(s) issued for the building, and made available to the enforcement agency for all applicable inspections. Iunderstand that a signed copy of this Certificate of Acceptance is required to be included with the documentation the builderprovides to the building owner at occupancy.

Company Name: Phone:

Responsible Person’s Name: Responsible Person’s Signature:

License: Date Signed: Position With Company (Title):


APPENDIX C





Verify measured outside airflow reading is within ± 10% of the total required outside airflow value found in the Chapter 7. Intent:

Construction Inspection

1. Instrumentation to perform test includes, but not limited to:

a. Watch.

b. Calibrated means to measure airflow.

2. Check one of the following:

Variable Air Volume (VAV) - Check as appropriate:

a. Sensor used to control outdoor air flow must have calibration certificate or be field calibrated.

Calibration certificate (attach calibration certification).

Field calibration (attach results).

Constant Air Volume (CAV) - Check as appropriate:

System is designed to provide a fixed minimum OSA when the unit is on.

Outdoor Air Acceptance

A. Functional Testing. (Check appropriate column) CAV VAV

a. Verify unit is not in economizer mode during test - check appropriate column.

Step 1: CAV and VAV testing at full supply airflow.

a. Adjust supply to achieve design airflow.

b. Measured outdoor airflow reading (ft3/min).

c. Required outdoor airflow (ft3/min).

d. Time for outside air damper to stabilize after VAV boxes open (minutes).

e. Return to initial conditions (check).

Step 2: VAV testing at reduced supply airflow.

a. Adjust supply airflow to either the sum of the minimum zone airflows or 30% of the total design airflow.

b. Measured outdoor airflow reading (ft3/min).

c. Required outdoor airflow (ft3/min).

d. Time for outside air damper to stabilize after VAV boxes open and minimum air

flow achieved (minutes).

e. Return to initial conditions (check).

B. Testing Calculations and Results. CAV VAV

Percent OSA at full supply airflow (%OAFA for Step 1).

a. %OAFA = Measured outside air reading /Required outside air (Step 1b / Step 1c) % %

b. 90% ≤ %OAFA ≤ 110% Y / N Y / N

c. Outside air damper position stabilizes within 15 minutes (Step 1d < 15 minutes) Y / N Y / N

Percent OSA at reduced supply airflow (%OARA for Step 2).

a. %OARA = Measured outside air reading/required outside air (Step 2b / Step 2c). % %

b. 90% ≤ %OARA ≤ 110%. Y / N

c. Outside air damper position stabilizes within 15 minutes (Step 2d < 15 minutes). Y / N

Note: Shaded boxes do not apply for CAV systems.


APPENDIX C





C. PASS/FAIL Evaluation (check one):

PASS: All Construction Inspection responses are complete and Testing Calculations & Results responses are posi-tive (Y – yes).

FAIL: Any Construction Inspection responses are incomplete OR there is one or more negative (N – no) responsesin Testing Calculations & Results section. Provide explanation below. Use and attach additional pages if necessary.


APPENDIX C


Constant Volume Single Zone Unitary Air Conditioner and Heat Pump Systems (Page 1 of 3)








Technician).• I certify that the construction/installation identified on this form complies with the acceptance requirements indicated in the

plans and specifications approved by the enforcement agency, and conforms to the applicable acceptance requirements andprocedures specified in Appendix C.


Company Name:













APPENDIX C





Verify the individual components of a constant volume, single-zone, unitary air conditioner and heat pump system func-

tion correctly, including: thermostat installation and programming, supply fan, heating, cooling, and damper operation.Intent:



a. None required

2. Installation

Thermostat is located within the space-conditioning zone that is served by the HVAC system.

3. Programming (check all of the following):

Thermostat meets the temperature adjustment and dead band requirements.

Occupied, unoccupied, and holiday schedules have been programmed per the facility’s schedule.

Preoccupancy purge has been programmed to meet the requirements of Chapter 7.

Cooling load during unoccupied condition

G

Cooling load during occupied condition

F

Manual override

E

No-load during unoccupied condition

D

Heating load during unoccupied condition

C

No-load during occupied condition

B

Heating load during occupied condition

Step 1: Check and verify the following for each simulation mode required. A

a. Supply fan operates continually.

b. Supply fan turns off.

c. Supply fan cycles on and off.

d. System reverts to “occupied” mode to satisfy any condition.

e. System turns off when manual override time period expires.

f. Gas-fired furnace, heat pump, or electric heater stages on.

g. Neither heating or cooling is provided by the unit.

h. No heating is provided by the unit.

i. No cooling is provided by the unit.

j. Compressor stages on.

k. Outside air damper is open to minimum position.

l. Outside air damper closes completely.

m. System returned to initial operating conditions after all tests have been completed:

B. Testing Results

Indicate if Passed (P), Failed (F), or N/A (X), fill in appropriate letter.

Y/N

A B C D E F G

A. Functional Testing Requirements. Operating Modes


APPENDIX C





C. PASS/FAIL Evaluation. (check one):

PASS: All Construction Inspection responses are complete and Testing Results responses are “Pass” (P).

FAIL: Any Construction Inspection responses are incomplete OR there is one or more “Fail” (F) responses inTesting Results section. Provide explanation below. Use and attach additional pages if necessary.


APPENDIX C


Air Distribution Systems Acceptance (Page 1 of 3)











Company Name:













APPENDIX C






1. Scope of test – New Buildings – this test required on New Buildings only if all check boxes 1(a) through 1(c) arechecked.

Existing Buildings – this test required if 1(a) through 1(d) are checked.Ductwork conforms to the following (note if any of these are not checked, then this test is not required): 1(a) Connected to a constant volume, single zone air conditioners, heat pumps, or furnaces.

1(b) Serves less than 5000 square feet (456 m2) of floor area.

1(c) Has more than 25% duct surface area located in one or more of the following spaces.

– Outdoors.– A space directly under a roof where the U-factor of the roof is greater than U-factor of the ceiling.– A space directly under a roof with fixed vents or openings to the outside or unconditioned spaces.– An unconditioned crawlspace.– Other unconditioned spaces.

1(d) A duct is extended or any of the following replaced: air handler, outdoor condensing unit of a splitsystem, cooling or heating coil, or the furnace heat exchanger.

2. Instrumentation to perform test includes:a. Duct Pressure Test.

3. Material and Installation. Complying new duct systems shall have a checked box for all of the following categories (a.)through (g.):

a. Choice of drawbands. (check one of the following)

Stainless steel worm-drive hose clamps.

UV-resistant nylon duct ties.

b. Flexible ducts are not constricted in any way.

c. Duct leakage tests performed before access to ductwork and connections are blocked.

d. Joints and seams are not sealed with cloth back rubber adhesive tape unless used in combination with mastic

and drawbands.

e. Duct R-values are verified R-8 per Chapter 7.

f. Ductwork located outdoors has insulation that is protected from damage and suitable for outdoor service.

g. A sticker has been affixed to the exterior surface of the air handler access door per Chapter 7.

New single zone supply ductwork must be less than 6% leakage rate per Chapter 7, existing single zone ductwork

must be less than 15% leakage or other compliance path per Chapter 7.Intent:


APPENDIX C





Air Distribution System Leakage Diagnostic.The installing contractor must pressure test every new HVAC systems that meet the requirements of Chapter 7 and every

retrofit to existing HVAC systems that meet the requirements of Chapter 7.

RATED FAN FLOW (applies to all systems) Measured Values

1. Cooling capacity or for heating only units heating capacity.

(a) Cooling capacity (for all units but heating only units) in tons.

(b) Heating capacity (for heating only units) kBtu/h.

2. Fan flow calculation

(a) Cooling capacity in tons [ (Line # 1a) x 400 ft3/min/ton].

(b) Heating only cap. kBtu/h [ (Line # 1b) x 21.7 ft3/min/kBtu/h].

3. Total calculated supply fan flow 2(a) or 2(b) ft3/min.

NEW CONSTRUCTION OR ENTIRE NEW DUCT SYSTEM ALTERATION:

Duct pressurization test results (ft3/min @ 25 Pa).

4. Enter tested leakage flow in ft3/min: P P

5. Pass if leakage percentage ≤6%: [(Line #4) / (Line #3)] x 100 % Pass Fail

ALTERATIONS: Pre-existing duct system with duct alteration and/or HVAC equipment change-out.

6. Enter tested leakage flow (cubic feet per minute): Pre-test of existing duct system

prior to duct system alteration, equipment change-out, or both.

7. Enter tested leakage flow (cubic feet per minute): Final test of new duct system or

altered duct system for duct system alteration, equipment change-out, or both.

TEST OR VERIFICATION STANDARDS: For altered duct system and/or HVAC equipment change-out useone of the following three tests or verification standards for compliance:

8. Pass if leakage percentage <15%

[ (Line # 7) / (Line # 3)] x 100% Pass Fail

9. Pass if leakage reduction percentage >60%

Leakage reduction = [1 - [ (Line#7) / (Line#6)] } x 100% Pass Fail

10. Pass if all accessible leaks are sealed as confirmed by visual inspection and verifica-

tion by HERS rater (sampling rate 100%).% Pass Fail

Pass if One of Lines #8 through #10 pass Pass Fail


APPENDIX C


Air Economizer Controls Acceptance (Page 1 of 3)











Company Name:













APPENDIX C







a. Handheld temperature probes calibration.

Date: (must be within last year).

b. Multimeter capable of measuring ohms and milliamps.

2. Test method (check one of the following): Economizer comes from HVAC system manufacturer installed by and has been factory calibrated and tested.

Attach documentation and complete certification statement. No functional testing required.

Economizer field installed and field tested or factory installed and field tested.

3. Installation (check all of the following first level boxes). Economizer lockout setpoint complies with Chapter 7.

Economizer lockout control sensor is located to prevent false readings.

System is designed to provide up to 100% outside air without over-pressurizing the building.

For systems with DDC controls lockout sensor(s) are either factory calibrated or field calibrated.

For systems with non-DDC controls, manufacturer's startup and testing procedures have been applied.

A. Functional Testing.

Step 1: Disable demand control ventilation systems (if applicable).

Step 2: Enable the economizer and simulate a cooling demand large enough to drive the economizerfully open (check and verify the following).

Economizer damper modulates 100% open.

Return air damper modulates 100% closed.

Where applicable, verify that the economizer remains 100% open when the cooling demand can no longer be met bythe economizer alone.

All applicable fans and dampers operate as intended to maintain building pressure.

The unit heating is disabled.

Step 3: Simulate a cooling load and disable the economizer (check and verify the following).

Economizer damper closes to its minimum position.

All applicable fans and dampers operate as intended to maintain building pressure.

The unit heating is disabled.

Step 4: Simulate a heating demand and enable the economizer (check and verify the following).

Economizer damper closes to its minimum position.

Step 5: System returned to initial operating conditions. Y/N

B. Testing Results. PASS / FAIL

Step 1: Simulate cooling load and enable the economizer (all check boxes are complete).

Step 2: Simulate cooling load and disable the economizer (all check boxes are complete).

Step 3: Simulate heating demand and enable the economizer (all check boxes are complete).

Verify that airside economizers function properly.Intent:


APPENDIX C


PASS: All Construction Inspection responses are complete and Testing Results responses are “Pass”.

FAIL: Any Construction Inspection responses are incomplete OR there is one or more “Fail” responses in Testing

Results section. Provide explanation below. Use and attach additional pages if necessary.






APPENDIX C


Demand Control Ventilation Systems Acceptance (Page 1 of 3)











Company Name:













APPENDIX C






1. Instrumentation to perform test includes, but not limited to:a. Calibrated handheld CO2 analyzer.b. Manufacturer's calibration kit.c. Calibrated CO2/air mixtures.

2. Installation. The sensor is located in the high density space between 3 feet (914 mm) and 6 feet (1829 mm) above the floor or at

the anticipated level of the occupants' heads.3. Documentation of all carbon dioxide control sensors includes (check one of the following):

a. Calibration method. Factory-calibration certificate (certificate must be attached). Field calibrated.

b. Sensor accuracy. Certified by manufacturer to be no more than +/- 75 ppm calibration certificate must be attached.

.

Verify that systems required to employ demand controlled ventilation can vary outside ventilation flow rates based on

maintaining interior carbon dioxide (CO2) concentration setpoints.Intent:

A. Functional Testing. Results

a. Disable economizer controls.

b. Outside air CO2 concentration (select one of the following).

Measured dynamically using CO2 sensor. ppm

c. Interior CO2 concentration setpoint (Outside CO2 concentration + 600 ppm). ppm

Step 1: Simulate a signal at or slightly above the CO2 setpoint or follow manufacturers recommendedtesting procedures.

For single zone units, outdoor air damper modulates opens to satisfy the total ventilation air called for in the certificateof compliance.

For multiple zone units, either outdoor air damper or zone damper modulate open to satisfy the zone ventilationrequirements.

Step 2: Simulate signal well below the CO2 setpoint or follow manufacturers recommended procedures.

For single zone units, outdoor air damper modulates to the design minimum value.

For multiple zone units, either outdoor air damper or zone damper modulate to satisfy the reduced zone ventilationrequirements.

Step 3: System returned to initial operating conditions. Y/N


Step 1: Simulate a high CO2 load (check box complete).

Step 2: Simulate a low CO2 load (check box complete).


APPENDIX C


PASS: All Construction Inspection responses are complete and Testing Results responses are “Pass”.

FAIL: Any Construction Inspection responses are incomplete OR there is one or more “Fail” responses in Testing







APPENDIX C


Supply Fan VFD Acceptance (Page 1 of 2)











Company Name:













APPENDIX C


Supply Fan VFD Acceptance (Page 2 of 2)



Verify that the supply fan in a variable air volume application modulates to meet system airflow demand.Intent:


1 Instrumentation to perform test includes, but not limited to:

a. Calibrated differential pressure gauge.

2 Installation. Discharge static pressure sensors are either factory calibrated or field-calibrated.

The static pressure location, setpoint, and reset control meets the requirements of Chapter 7.

3 Documentation of all discharge static pressure sensors including (check one of the following): Field-calibrated.

Calibration complete, all pressure sensors within 10% of calibrated reference sensor.


Step 1: Drive all VAV boxes to achieve design airflow.

a. Supply fan controls modulate to increase capacity. Y / N

b. Supply fan maintains discharge static pressure within +/-10% of the current operating setpoint. Y / N

c. Supply fan controls stabilize within a 5 minute period. Y / N

Step 2: Drive all VAV boxes to minimum flow.

a. Supply fan controls modulate to decrease capacity. Y / N

b. Current operating setpoint has decreased (for systems with DDC to the zone level). Y / N

c. Supply fan maintains discharge static pressure within +/-10% of the current operating setpoint. Y / N

d. Supply fan controls stabilize within a 5 minute period. Y / N

Step 3: System returned to initial operating conditions. Y / N


Step 1: Drive all VAV boxes to achieve design airflow.

Step 2: Drive all VAV boxes to minimum flow.

C. PASS / FAIL Evaluation (check one):

PASS: All Construction Inspection responses are complete and all Testing Results responses are "Pass".

FAIL: Any Construction Inspection responses are incomplete OR there is one or more "Fail" responses in Testing



APPENDIX C


Valve Leakage Test (Page 1 of 2)











Company Name:













APPENDIX C


Valve Leakage Test (Page 2 of 2)



Ensure that control valves serving variable flow systems are designed to withstand the pump pressure

over the full range of operation.Intent:




b. Pump curve submittals showing the shutoff head.

2 Installation. Valve and piping arrangements were installed per the design drawings.

A. Functional Testing. Pump Tag (Id) Results

Step 1: Determine pump dead head pressure.

a. Close pump discharge isolation valve. Y / N

b. Measure and record the differential pump pressure. Feet Water

Column =

c. Record the shutoff head from the submittal. Feet Water

Column =

d. The measurement across the pump in step 1b is within 5% of the pump submittal in step 1c. Y / N

e. Open pump discharge isolation valve. Y / N

Step 2: Automatically close all valves on the systems being tested. If three-way valves are present, closeoff the bypass line(s).

a. The 2-way valves automatically close. Y / N

b. Measure and record the differential pump pressure in feet of water column. Feet Water

Column =

c. The measurement across the pump in step 2b is within 5% of the measurement in step 1b. Y / N



Step 1: Pressure measurement is within 5% of submittal data for all pumps.

Step 2: Pressure measurements are within 5%.






APPENDIX C


Supply Water Temperature Reset Controls Acceptance (Page 1 of 2)











Company Name:













APPENDIX C


Supply Water Temperature Reset Controls Acceptance (Page 2 of 2)



Ensure that both the chilled water and hot water supply temperatures are automatically reset based on

either building loads or outdoor air temperature, as indicated in the control sequences.Intent:



a. Calibrated reference temperature sensor or drywell bath.

2 Installation Supply water temperature sensors have been either factory or field calibrated.

3 Documentation of hydronic system supply temperature sensors including (check one of the following):

Field-calibrated

Calibration complete, hydronic system supply temperature sensors within 1% of calibrated reference sensor ordrywell bath.

A. Functional Testing.

Step 1: Test maximum reset value.

a. Change reset control variable to its maximum value. Y / N

b. Verify that chilled or hot water temperature setpoint is reset to appropriate value. Y / N

c. Verify that actual system temperature changes to within 2% of the new setpoint. Y / N

Step 2: Test minimum reset value.

a. Change reset control variable to its minimum value. Y / N


c. Verify that actual system temperature changes to within 2% of the new setpoint. Y / N

Step 3: Test maximum reset value.

a. Restore reset control variable to automatic control. Y / N


c. Verify that actual supply temperature changes to meet setpoint. Y / N

d. Verify that actual supply temperature changes to within 2% of the new setpoint. Y / N


System passes criteria in 1c, 2c, and 3d.






APPENDIX C


Hydronic System Variable Flow Control Acceptance (Page 1 of 3)











Company Name:













APPENDIX C





Ensure that when loads within the building fluctuate, control valves modulate the amount of water passing through each

coil and add or remove the desired amount of energy from the air stream to satisfy the load.Intent:




2. Installation Pressure sensors are either factory calibrated or field-calibrated.

Pressure sensor location, setpoint, and reset control meets the requirements of Chapter 7.

3. Documentation of all control pressure sensors including (check one of the following):

a. Factory-calibrated (proof required). Factory-calibration certificate.

b. Field-calibrated. Calibration complete, all pressure sensors within 10% of calibrated reference sensor.


Step 1: Design flow test.

a. Open control valves to achieve a minimum of 90% of design flow. Y / N

b. Verify that the pump speed increases. Y / N

c. Are the pumps operating at 100% speed? Y / N

d. Record the system pressure as measured at the control sensor. (Feet Water Column) =

e. Record the system pressure setpoint. (Feet Water Column) =

f. Is the pressure reading 1d within 5% of pressure setpoint 1e? Y / N

g. Did the system operation stabilize within 5 minutes after completion of step 1a? Y / N

Step 2: Low flow test

a. Close coil control valves to achieve a maximum of 50% of design flow. Y / N

b. Verify that the current operating speed decreases (for systems with DDC to the zone level). Y / N

c. Verify that the current operating speed has not increased (for all other systems that are not DDC). Y / N

d. Record the system pressure as measured at the control sensor. (Feet Water Column) =

e. Record the system pressure setpoint. (Feet Water Column) =

f. Is the setpoint in 2e is less than the setpoint in 1d? Y / N

g. Is the pressure reading 2d within 5% of pressure setpoint 2e? Y / N

h. Did the system operation stabilize within 5 minutes after completion of step 2a? Y / N



APPENDIX C





B. Testing Results PASS / FAIL

Step 1: Select pass if either 1c or 1f are true.

Step 2: Select pass if 2b, 2e, 2f and 2g are true.






APPENDIX C


Automatic Demand Shed Control Acceptance (Page 1 of 2)











Company Name:













APPENDIX C


Automatic Demand Shed Control Acceptance (Page 2 of 2)



Ensure that the central demand shed sequences have been properly programmed into the DDC system.Intent:



a. None.

2. Installation. The EMCS front end interface enables activation of the central demand shed controls.

A. Functional Testing. Pump Tag (Id)

Step 1: Engage the demand shed controls.

a. Engage the central demand shed control signal. Y / N

b. Verify that the current operating temperature setpoint in a sample of noncritical spaces increases by

the proper amount.Y / N

c. Verify that the current operating temperature setpoint in a sample of critical spaces does not change. Y / N

Step 2: Disengage the demand shed controls.

a. Disengage the central demand shed control signal. Y / N

b. Verify that the current operating temperature setpoint in the sample of noncritical spaces returns to

their original value.Y / N

c. Verify that the current operating temperature setpoint in the sample of critical spaces does not

change.Y / N

Step 3: System returned to initial operating conditions. Y / NB. Testing Results. PASS / FAIL

Test passes if all answers are yes in Step 1 and Step 2.



FAIL: Any Construction Inspection responses are incomplete OR there is one or more "Fail" responses in

Testing Results section. Provide explanation below. Use and attach additional pages if necessary.


APPENDIX C


Fault Detection and Diagnostics (FDD) for Packaged Direct-Expansion Units (Page 1 of 3)











Company Name:













APPENDIX C





The purpose of this test is to verify proper fault detection and reporting for automated fault detection and

diagnostics systems for packaged units.Intent:



a. List of instrumentation may be needed or included.

2 Installation.

Verify that FDD hardware is installed on equipment by the manufacturer and that equipment make and modelinclude factory-installed FDD hardware that matches the information indicated on copies of the manufacturer’s cut

sheets and on the plans and specifications.

A. Eligibility Criteria Results. Results

a. A fault detection and diagnostics (FDD) system for direct-expansion packaged units shall contain the following features

to be eligible for credit in the performance calculation method:

b. The unit shall include a factory-installed economizer and shall limit the economizer deadband to no

more than 2°F (-17ºC).Y / N

c. The unit shall include direct-drive actuators on outside air and return air dampers. Y / N

d. The unit shall include an integrated economizer with either differential dry-bulb or differential

enthalpy control.Y / N

e. The unit shall include a low temperature lockout on the compressor to prevent coil freeze-up or

comfort problems.Y / N

f. Outside air and return air dampers shall have maximum leakage rates conforming to Chapter 7. Y / N

g. The unit shall have an adjustable expansion control device such as a thermostatic expansion valve

(TXV).Y / N

h. To improve the ability to troubleshoot charge and compressor operation, a high-pressure refrigerant

port will be located on the liquid line. A low-pressure refrigerant port will be located on the suction

line.

Y / N

i. The following sensors should be permanently installed to monitor system operation and the controller

should have the capability of displaying the value of each parameter:

Refrigerant suction pressure. Supply air relative humidity. Return air temp. Supply air relative

Refrigerant suction temp. Outside air relative humidity. Supply air temp. humidity.

Liquid line pressure. Return air relative humidity. Outside air temp.

j. The controller will provide system status by indicating the following conditions:

Compressor enabled. Economizer enabled. Free cooling available.

Heating enabled. Mixed air low limit cycle active.

k. The unit controller shall have the capability to manually initiate each operating mode so that the operation

of compressors, economizers, fans, and heating system can be independently tested and verified.

Y / N

Y / N

Y / N


APPENDIX C





B. Functional Testing. Results

Step 1: Low airflow test.

a. Test low airflow condition by replacing the existing filter with a dirty filter or appropriate obstruction.

b. Verify that the fault detection and diagnostics system reports the fault. Y / N

c. Verify that the system is able to verify the correct refrigerant charge. Y / N

d. Verify that you are able to calibrate the following:

Outside Air Temperature Sensor. Return Air Temperature Sensors. Supply Air Temperature Sensors.

Y / N

C. Testing Results PASS / FAIL

Test passes if all answers are yes under Eligibility Criteria and Functional Testing.





APPENDIX C


Automatic Fault Detection and Diagnostics (FDD) for Packaged Direct-Expansion Units and Zone (Page 1 of 4)Terminal Units Acceptance











Company Name:













APPENDIX C





Verify that the system detects common faults in air handling units and zone terminal units.Intent:



a. No instrumentation is required – changes are implemented at the building automation system control station.

2 Installation.

a. The functional testing verifies proper installation of the controls for FDD for air handling units and zone terminal

units. No additional installation checks are required.

Step 1: Sensor Drift/Failure:

a. Disconnect outside air temperature sensor from unit controller. Y / N

b. Verify that the FDD system reports a fault. Y / N

c. Connect OAT sensor to the unit controller. Y / N

d. Verify that FDD indicates normal system operation. Y / N

Step 2: Damper/actuator fault.

a. From the control system workstation, command the mixing box dampers to full open (100% outdoor

air).Y / N

b. Disconnect power to the actuator and verify that a fault is reported at the control workstation. Y / N

c. Reconnect power to the actuator and command the mixing box dampers to full open. Y / N

d. Verify that the control system does not report a fault. Y / N

e. From the control system workstation, command the mixing box dampers to a full-closed position (0%

outdoor air).Y / N

f. Disconnect power to the actuator and verify that a fault is reported at the control workstation. Y / N

g. Reconnect power to the actuator and command the dampers closed. Y / N

h. Verify that the control system does not report a fault during normal operation. Y / N

Step 3: Valve/actuator fault.

a. From the control system workstation, command the heating and cooling coil valves to full open or closed,

then disconnect power to the actuator and verify that a fault is reported at the control workstation.Y / N

Step 4: Inappropriate simultaneous heating, mechanical cooling, and/or economizing

a. From the control system workstation, override the heating coil valve and verify that a fault is reported

at the control workstation.Y / N

b. From the control system workstation, override the cooling coil valve and verify that a fault is reported

at the control workstation.Y / N

c. From the control system workstation, override the mixing box dampers and verify that a fault is

reported at the control workstation.Y / N

A. Eligibility Criteria Results.Results

Testing of each AHU with FDD controls shall include the following tests:


APPENDIX C





Step 1: Sensor Drift/Failure:

a. Disconnect the tubing to the differential pressure sensor of the VAV box. Y / N

b. Verify that control system detects and reports the fault. Y / N

c. Reconnect the sensor and verify proper sensor operation. Y / N

d. Verify that the control system does not report a fault. Y / N

Step 2: Damper/actuator fault.

If the damper is stuck open:

a. Command the damper to be fully open (room temperature above setpoint). Y / N

b. Disconnect the actuator to the damper. Y / N

c. Adjust the cooling setpoint so that the room temperature is below the cooling setpoint to command

the damper to the minimum position. Verify that the control system reports a fault.Y / N

d. Reconnect the actuator and restore to normal operation. Y / N

If the damper is stuck closed:

a. Set the damper to the minimum position. Y / N

b. Disconnect the actuator to the damper. Y / N

c. Set the cooling setpoint below the room temperature to simulate a call for cooling. Verify that the

control system reports a fault.Y / N

d. Reconnect the actuator and restore to normal operation. Y / N

Step 3: Valve/actuator fault (for systems with hydronic reheat).

a. Command the reheat coil valve to full open. Y / N

b. Disconnect power to the actuator. Set the heating setpoint temperature to be lower than the current

space temperature, to command the valve closed. Verify that the fault is reported at the control work-

station.

Y / N

c. Reconnect the actuator and restore normal operation. Y / N

Step 4: Feedback loop tuning fault (unstable airflow)

a. Set the integral coefficient of the box controller to a value 50 times the current value. Lower the

space cooling setpoint to simulate a call for cooling.Y / N

b. The damper cycles continuously and airflow is unstable. Verify that the control system detects and

reports the fault.Y / N

c. Reset the integral coefficient of the controller to the original value to restore normal operation. Y / N

Step 5: Disconnected inlet duct.

a. From the control system workstation, command the damper to full closed, then disconnect power to

the actuator and verify that a fault is reported at the control workstation.Y / N

B. Functional Testing for Zone Terminal Units.

ResultsTesting shall be performed on one of each type of terminal unit (VAV box) in the project. Aminimum of 5% of results the terminal boxes shall be tested.


APPENDIX C





C. Testing Results PASS / FAIL

Test passes if all answers are yes under Functional Testing Sections.

D. PASS / FAIL Evaluation (check one):





APPENDIX C


Distributed Energy Storage DX AC Systems Acceptance (Page 1 of 3)











Company Name:













APPENDIX C





Verify that the system detects common faults in air handling units and zone terminal units.Intent:



a. No special instrumentation is required to perform these tests.

2. Installation.

Prior to Performance Testing, verify and document the following: The water tank is filled to the proper level.

The water tank is sitting on a foundation with adequate structural strength.

The water tank is insulated and the top cover is in place.

The DES/DXAC is installed correctly (refrigerant piping, etc.).

Verify that the correct model number is installed and configured.

Step 1: Simulate no cooling load during a nighttime period by setting system time to between 9PM and6AM. Raise the space temperature setpoint above the current space temperature. Verify and docu-ment the following:

a. The system charges the tank. Y / N

b. The system does not provide cooling to the building. Y / N

Step 2: Simulate cooling load during daytime period (e.g., by setting time schedule to include actual timeand placing thermostat cooling set-point below actual temperature). Verify and document thefollowing:

a. Supply fan operates continually during occupied hours. Y / N

b. If the DES/DXAC has cooling capacity, DES/DXAC runs to meet the cooling demand (in ice melt

mode).Y / N / N/A

c. If the DES/DXAC has no ice and there is a call for cooling, the DES/DXAC runs in direct cooling

mode.Y / N / N/A

Step 3: Simulate no cooling load during daytime condition. Verify and document the following:

a. Supply fan operates as per the facility thermostat or control system. Y / N

b. The DES/DXAC and the condensing unit do not run.

Step 4: Simulate no cooling load during morning shoulder time period. Verify and document thefollowing:

a. The DES/DXAC is idle (the condensing unit and the refrigerant pumps remain off). Y / N

B. Calibrating Controls. Results

a. Verify that you are able to set the proper time and date, as per manufacturer’s installation manual for

approved installers.Y / N

A. Functional Testing Results

C. Testing Results. PASS / FAIL

Test passes if all answers are yes under Functional Testing and Calibrating Controls.


APPENDIX C









APPENDIX C


Thermal Energy Storage (TES) System Acceptance (Page 1 of 3)











Company Name:













APPENDIX C





Verify proper operation of distributed energy storage DX systems.Intent:



a. No special instrumentation is required for the acceptance tests.

Brand and Model:

Type (centrifugal, reciprocating, etc):

Capacity (tons):

(Size)

Starting Efficiency (kW/ton):

(at beginning of ice production)

(COMP-kW/TON-START)

Ending Efficiency (kW/ton):

(at end of ice production)

(COMP-kW/TON-END)

Capacity Reduction (% / F):

(PER-COMP-REDUCT/F)

Storage Type (Check):(TES-TYPE)

Chilled WaterStorage

Ice-on-Coil CHS

a. Chiller

Ice Harvester Brine

Ice-Slurry Eutectic Salt

Number of tanks (SIZE)

Storage Capacity per Tank (ton-hours)

Storage Rate (tons):(COOL-STORE-RATE)

Discharge Rate (tons):(COOL-SUPPLY-RATE)

Auxiliary Power (watts):(PUMP+AUX-kW)

Tank Area (square feet):(CTANK-LOSS-COEFF)

Tank Insulation (R-Value):(CTANK-LOSS-COEFF)

b. Storage

Tank

A. Certificate of Compliance Information

The following Certificate of Compliance information for both the chiller and the storage tank shall be provided on the plans

to document the key TES System parameters and allow plan check comparison to the inputs used in the DOE-2 simulation.

DOE-2 keywords are shown in ALL CAPITALS in parentheses.


APPENDIX C





B. Functional Testing Results

Step 1: TES System Design Verification

a. In the TES System Design Verification part, the installing contractor shall certify the

following information, which verifies proper installation of the TES System consistent

with system design expectations:

The TES system is one of the aboveeligible systems.

Initial charge rate of the storagetanks (tons).

Final charge rate of the storage tank(tons).

Tank standby storage losses (UA).

Initial discharge rate of the storagetanks (tons).

Final discharge rate of the storagetank (tons).

Charge test time (hours). Initial chiller efficiency (kW/ton)

during charging.

Discharge test time (hours). Tank storage capacity after charge

(ton-hours). Tank storage capacity after

discharge (ton-hours). Final chiller efficiency (kW/ton)

during charging.

Y / N

Step 2: TES System Controls and Operation Verification

a. The TES system and the chilled water plant is controlled and monitored by an EMS. Pass

Fail

b. Force the time between 9:00 p.m. and 9:00 a.m. and simulate a partial or no charge of the tank and

simulate no cooling load by setting the indoor temperature setpoint higher than the ambient tempera-

ture. Verify that the TES system starts charging (storing energy).

Pass

Fail

c. Force the time to be between 6:00 p.m. and 9:00 p.m. and simulate a partial charge on the tank and

simulate a cooling load by setting the indoor temperature set point lower than the ambient tempera-

ture. Verify that the TES system starts discharging.

Pass

Fail

d. Force the time to be between noon and 6:00 p.m. and simulate a cooling load by lowering the indoor

air temperature set point below the ambient temperature. Verify that the tank starts discharging and

the compressor is off. For systems designed to meet partial loads the system should be run until the

TES storage is fully depleted. The number of hours of operation must meet or exceed the designed

operational hours for the system.

Pass

Fail

e. Force the time to be between 9:00 a.m. to noon, and simulate a cooling load by lowering the indoor

air temperature set point below the ambient temperature. Verify that the tank does not discharge and

the cooling load is met by the compressor only.

Pass

Fail

f. Force the time to be between 9:00 p.m. and 9:00 a.m. and simulate a full tank charge by changing the

output of the sensor to the EMS. Verify that the tank charging is stopped. Pass

Fail

g. Force the time to be between noon and 6:00 p.m. and simulate no cooling load by setting the indoor

temperature set point above the ambient temperature. Verify that the tank does not discharge and the

compressor is off.

Pass

Fail






– A –

AccEssIblE....................................203.0, 409.3, 502.9.5

AltErNAtE mAtErIAls .....................................102.0

AltErNAtE wAtEr sourcE ................203.0, 408.1, Chapter 5, B 101.7, B 102.2

AltErAtIoNs AND rEpAIrs ............101.4.1, 603.2.3,

703.1.1.3

AutHorItY HAVING JurIsDIctIoN

Definition.................................................................203.0AutomAtIc sHutDowN ...........................703.4.3.3.1

– b –

bAckflow

Prevention ............................................................B 102.3

Protection.................................................................413.2

bAckwAtEr VAlVEs ........................................502.2.4,

502.9.1, 502.9.7, 505.9.5.5, B 104.4.3

bAlANcING

Dampers ................................................................702.3.1

Air System ......................................................703.7.3.3.2

Hydronic System ............................................703.7.3.3.3

System.................................601.3.4, 603.4.4.1, 703.7.3.3

bAsIs for DEsIGN (boD) ..................C 102.1, C 102.3

buIlDING coDE .......................101.6.1204.0, 505.9.5.3,603.6.1, B 104.4.1

– c –

cAtcH cAN tEst ........................205.0, 413.10, 413.12

cErtIfIcAtE of AccEptANcE .............C 103.2.1.3,

C 104.0, C 106.0

cErtIfIcAtE of occupANcY ...................C 104.3.4

clImAtEs

Hot, Humid .....................................................805.1.3.6.1

Very Cold ........................................................805.1.3.6.2

Zones.....................................................................703.3.3

clotHEs wAsHErs ...................................225.0, 403.2

combINAtIoN oVENs............................205.0, 406.1.3

combustIoN AIr ..............................702.6.2, 802.1.1.2

commIssIoNING

Plan........................................................C 102.1, C 102.4

Report ....................................................C 102.1, C 102.7

Tests......................................................................C 104.0

coNDENsAtE rEcoVErY ...................................411.0

coNDItIoNED spAcE, DEfINItIoN .................205.0

coNNEctIoNs ........................................................106.1

Duct............................................C 105.4.1.1, C 105.4.2

Energy ...................................................................106.2

Exhaust Air and Outdoor Air........................703.4.3.3.4

Plumbing System...................................................304.2

Potable and Reclaimed (Recycled) Water ............502.3, 503.4, 504.4, 505.4

Public or Private Potable Water .........................B 102.2Temporary .............................................................106.3

coNtrols

Chilled and Hot Water Temperature Reset ......703.5.4.3

Fan Speed ........................................................703.5.5.2

Heat Pump Auxiliary .......................................703.4.3.5

Humidity...........................................................702.10.3

Hydronic System .............................................703.5.2.2

Integrated Economizer ....................................703.5.1.3

Off-Hour ..........................................................703.4.3.3

Optimum Start ..............................................703.4.3.3.3

Setback .........................................................703.4.3.3.2

Supply Air Temperature ..................................703.5.3.4

Temperature Maintenance ......................601.3.3603.4.5

Thermal Comfort...................................................807.1

VAV Fan ..........................................................703.5.3.2

Ventilation Fan .............................................703.4.3.4.4

Ventilation System...........702.10.2,703.4.3.4, 703.4.3.9Zone Thermostatic..........................703.4.3.1, 703.5.2.1

coolING towErs ....................410.2, 410.3, 703.5.5.3

cross-coNNEctIoN ......501.11.2, 503.5, 504.5, 505.5cYclEs of coNcENtrAtIoN for

coolING towErs, DEfINItIoN ......................205.0

– D –

DAmpErs ............................................702.13, 703.5.1.1.4

Balancing ..............................................................702.3.1

DEAD bAND .....................................................703.4.3.1.2

DEbrIs EXcluDEr................................206.0, 505.9.10

DEbrIs scrEEN ...............................................B 104.9.2

DEHumIDIfIcAtIoN ......................703.4.3.7, 703.5.2.3

DIsHwAsHErs.........................................................403.1

DIsINfEctIoN ....................................410.5.2, B 104.2.2

DrINkING fouNtAINs .........................................402.9

DrY wEAtHEr ruNoff, DEfINItIoN.............206.0

Duct lEAkAGE tEsts ....................702.4.3, 703.4.4.2

Ducts.........................................................................702.4

INDEX


INDEX

– E –

EcoNomIzErs.....................................................703.5.1

EmIttErs .........................................................502.11.1.3

Low Flow......................................................214.0, 413.9

ENErGY EffIcIENcY rAtIo (EEr),

DEfINItIoN ..............................................................207.0

ENErGY rEcoVErY................703.5.6, Table 703.5.6.1

ENErGY stAr ......................207.0, 403.0, 406.1.1, 805.2

EVAporAtIVE coolErs ..........................410.2, 410.4

EVApotrANspIrAtIoN, DEfINItIoN .............207.0

EXHAust

Hoods....................................................................406.2.3

Laboratory Systems ...........................................703.5.7.2

Systems .................................................................703.5.7

EXIstING coNstructIoN ..............................101.4.2

– f –

fAN sYstEm powEr lImItAtIoN .............703.5.3.1

fAucEts

Dipper Well ........................................................406.1.5

Kitchen and Bar Sink.......213.0, Table 402.1, 603.4.4.4

Lavatory................214.0, Table 402.1, 402.5, 603.4.5.2

Metering...........................215.0, Table 402.1, 402.5.2.2

Residential Kitchen ...............................................402.4

Self Closing, definition .........................................221.0

fIElD tEcHNIcIAN....................C 103.2.1.1, C 104.3.3

fIltErs .........504.10.5, 505.9.11, 803.3, 805.3, B 104.2.1fIrEplAcEs .............................................................802.0

fooD stEAmErs......................................208.0, 406.1.2

– G –

GANG sHowErs .......................................209.0, 402.6.2

GEotHErmAl, DEfINItIoN ..............................209.0

GrAY wAtEr

Definition.................................................................209.0

Diverter ......................................................209.0, 502.2.3

– H –

HEAt pumps ......................702.2, 703.4.3.5, 703.5.2.2.3,

703.5.4.4, 705.1.4

HEAt trAps ..........................................................603.4.7

HEAtING sEAsoNAl pErformANcE fActor

(Hspf), DEfINItIoN ...............................................210.0

HIGH-lImIt sHutoff .................................703.5.1.1.3

HumIDIfIcAtIoN............................703.4.3.7, 703.5.2.4

Hot tubs .........................................................Chapter 10

HYDrozoNE, DEfINItIoN..................................210.0

– I –

INDoor AIr quAlItY ....................803.1, 805.0, 806.0

INDoor moIsturE coNtrol..........................804.0

INfIltrAtIoN crEDIt ...............................805.1.3.1.3

INspEctIoNs .....................105.0, 501.5, 501.11, 503.11,

504.12, 505.11, 604.2, C 104.3.2,

C 105.1.1.1, C 105.2.1.1

INsulAtIoN..........................................601.2, 602.5, 603.4.3, 702.4.1, 702.5, 703.4.4, 703.8.2

INtEGrAtED ENErGY EffIcIENcY rAtIo

(IEEr), DEfINItIoN................................................211.0INtEGrAtED pArt-loAD VAluE (IplV),

DEfINItIoN ..............................................................211.0

IrrIGAtIoN

Demand..............................................211.0, 413.3, 413.4

Emission Device ................................211.0, 413.6, 413.9

FieldSubsoil.............221.0, 502.2, 502.9.3, 502.10.1, 502.11Subsurface ................................................221.0, 502.2,

502.9.4, 502.10, 502.11Landscape Systems..................................................413.0Low Application Rate ..............................................214.0Zone ...................................................211.0, 413.3, 413.4

– l –

lAbElED .............302.1, 412.0, 504.7, 505.9.8, 703.4.1.5, 703.7.2, B 101.4.2, B104.7

lANDscApE IrrIGAtIoN sYstEms ................413.0lAVAtorY, DEfINItIoN .......................................214.0lIstED .....................................214.0, 302.1, 405.0, 501.2,

504.7, 505.9.8, 705.1.4, B 101.4.2, B 104.5, B 104.7

lIstING AGENcY, DEfINItIoN .........................214.0low ApplIcAtIoN rAtE IrrIGAtIoN,

DEfINItIoN ..............................................................214.0

– m –

mAINtENANcE .....................107.0, 215.0, 501.5, 501.6, 502.11.2.4, 502.15, 604.2,

B 101.5, B 101.6mEtErs .....................................................................409.0

Submeter .........................................221.0, 409.0, 602.7.3

mINImum EffIcIENcY rEportING VAluE

(mErV), DEfINItIoN .............................................215.0motor NAmEplAtE ...................................703.5.3.1.2

mulcH bAsIN .............215.0, 502.10.1, 502.11, 502.11.2

multI-occupANt spAcEs, DEfINItIoN .......215.0

– N –

NoN-potAblE wAtEr ...................................Chapter 5


INDEX

– o –

oN-sItE trEAtED NoN-potAblE wAtEr ...217.0,

408.1, 410.5, 411.0, Chapter 5

outlEt tEmpErAturE................................603.4.5.2

owNEr’s proJEct rEquIrEmENts (opr) ..........

...........................................................................C 102.2

– p –

pAtHs

Compliance.................................................603.3, 703.2

Prescriptive.................................................603.5, 703.5

Simplified Approach..............................................703.3

pErmIt ...............................................104.0, 501.3, 502.5, 502.7, 503.2, 504.2, 505.2, 505.3, B 101.3

pErmIt fEEs ...........................................................104.2

plANs AND spEcIfIcAtIoNs .......101.3, 103.0, 502.7

pools ....................................101.6.6, 603.4.6, Chapter 10

post coNstructIoN DocumENtAtIoN

AND trAINING......................................C 102.1, C 102.6potAblE wAtEr, DEfINItIoN..........................218.0

prE-rINsE sprAY VAlVE..........................218.0, 402.7

prEcIpItAtIoN rAtE..............................218.0, 413.10

prImEr AND solVENt cEmENt ......................808.0

pumps ..........................................................104.5, 505.9.6

Automatic Shut-Off ..............................................410.4.2

Circulating .....................................601.3.1.1, 703.5.1.2.2

Controls .......................................501.9, 601.3.2, B 101.9

Head...................................................................703.4.2.2

Heat ...........................702.2, Table 703.8.1(2), 703.4.3.5,

703.5.2.2.3, 705.1.4

Hydronic .....................................703.5.4.4, 703.7.3.3.3

Operation ..............................................................601.3.1

Recirculating........................................601.3.1.2, 601.3.2

Swimming Pool ....................................603.4.6.3, 1001.4

Water-Powered Sump ..............................................412.0

-q-

quAlIfIcAtIoNs ...........................303.3, 413.13, 902.0

quIck-DIscoNNEct DEVIcE .........................503.9.1

Definition ................................................................219.0

– r –

rAINwAtEr............408.1, Chapter 5, 804.1, Appendix B

Definition ................................................................220.0

Catchment System ...................220.0 Chapter 5, B 106.0

Storage Tank ...........................505.7.3, 505.9.5, B 102.0, B 104.4, B 104.9

rEclAImED (rEcYclED) wAtEr ...................220.0,

408.1, 410.5

rEHAbIlItAtIoN of pIpING sYstEms ..........303.2

rEpAIrs AND AltErAtIoNs ............101.4.1, 603.2.3,

703.1.1.3

rEspoNsIblE pErsoN..................C 103.2.1.2, C104.3

roof DrAINs.........................................505.9.7, B 104.6

roof wAsHEr..........................................220.0, B 104.9

ruN out ....................................................................220.0

– s –

scopE ............................101.4, 301.0, 401.1, 501.1, 601.1,

701.1, 703.1.1, 703.3.1, 801.1,

901.1, B 101.1, C 101.1

sEAsoNAl ENErGY EffIcIENcY rAtIo

(sEEr), DEfINItIoN ...............................................221.0sEtpoINt oVErlAp rEstrIctIoN...........703.4.3.2

sHowErs .......................................................402.6, 402.8

sIGNs .................................501.10, 503.10, 504.11, 505.10

sINGlE occupANt spAcEs, DEfINItIoN .....221.0

soIl AbsorptIoN rAtE, DEfINItIoN............221.0

solVENt cEmENt AND prImEr ......................808.0

spA ......................................................................Chapter 10

spEcIfIcAtIoNs AND plANs .......101.3, 103.0, 502.7

sprINklEr HEADs ......................221.0, 413.10, 413.11

Low Precipitation Rate ...............................214.0, 413.11

stAtIc prEssurE sENsor ........................703.5.3.2.2

stAIr AND sHAft VENts ...........................703.4.3.4.1

stormwAtEr........................................221.0, Chapter 5

Catchment System ...................................................221.0

(See also On-Site Treated Non-Potable Water)

storAGE tANks ..........................221.0, 305.2, 505.7.3, 505.9.5, 505.9.5.8, 601.3.1.2, 602.2,

B 103.3, B 104.4, C 105.15.1.1submEtEr.......................................221.0, 409.0, 602.7.3

surGE tANk ...................221.0, 502.2.2, 502.9.1, 502.14

sYstEms

Air Distribution..................................................C 105.4

Alternate Water Source ...................................Chapter 5

Constant Volume .................................C 105.2, C 105.3

Demand-Controlled Ventilation.........................C 105.6

Electric Heating.....................................................702.7Exhaust Hood Liquid Scrubber ..........................406.2.3

Filtration and Disinfection .............B 104.7.1, B 104.10

Freeze Protection...............................505.9.9, 702.10.4,

703.4.3.8, B 104.8

Geothermal ............................................................705.0


INDEX

Gray Water.............................................................502.0

Hot Water..............................................602.7.3, 603.4.4

Hydronic Variable Flow ..................................703.5.4.1

Hydronic (water loop) Heat Pump ...............703.5.2.2.3HVAC ........................................Chapter 7, Appendix C

Landscape Irrigation..............................................413.0

Mechanical ......................................302.2, 303.1, 701.1

Non-Potable Rainwater Catchment .......................505.0

On-Site Treated Non-Potable Water ...........502.3, 504.0Potable Rainwater Catchment.....................Appendix B

Radiant Heating..............................703.4.4.1.5, 703.5.8

Rainwater Catchment ............220.0, 505.0, Appendix BRecirculation ..................220.0, 601.3, 602.3, 603.4.4.1

Reclaimed (Recycled) Water .................................503.0Reverse Osmosis Water Treatment........................405.3Snow and Ice Melting......................................703.4.3.8

Solar Energy ............................................101.6.5, 704.0

Solar Water Heating ..............................................604.0

Variable Air Volume...........................................C 105.1

sYstEm

Balancing ............................601.3.4, 603.4.4.1, 703.7.3.3

Commissioning.............................703.7.3.4, Appendix C

sYstEms mANuAl ..........................................C 102.6.1

– t –

tEsts

Automatic Demand Shed Control....................C 105.11

Automatic Fault Detection Diagnostics (FDD) for Air Handling Units and Zone Terminal Units .C 105.13Commissioning ..................................................C 104.0

Demand-Controlled Ventilation Systems Acceptance.........................................................C 105.6Distributed Energy Storage DX AC System....C 105.14Duct Leakage.....................................702.4.3, 703.4.4.2

Fault Detection and Diagnostics (FDD) for Packaged Direct-Expansion (DX) Units..........C 105.12Functional Performance.....................................C 102.5

Hydronic System Variable Flow Controls .......C 105.10Supply Fan Variable Flow Controls...................C 105.7Supply Water Temperature Reset Controls........C 105.9Thermal Energy Storage (TES) System ..........C 105.15Valve Leakage....................................................C 105.8

trAp sEAl ................................................................414.0

– u –

urINAls ....................................................................402.3

– V –

VEHIclE wAsH fAcIlItIEs ...............................415.0

VENtIlAtIoN

Air .................................................702.6, Table 805.1.3.1

Mechanical............................................................805.1.2

Whole Building.....................................................805.1.3

– w –

wAtErsENsE ....................225.0, 402.2.1, 402.3, 402.5.1

wAtEr/wAstEwAtEr utIlItY .............225.0, 410.5

wAtEr closEts .........................................225.0, 402.2

wAtEr EcoNomIzErs ..................................703.5.1.2

wAtEr fActor (wf), DEfINItIoN ..................225.0

wAtEr HEAtErs ........................................602.2, 603.5

wAtEr softENErs AND trEAtmENt

DEVIcEs .........................................................405.0, 605.1

wAtEr usE bAsElINE ......................................A 101.2

wHolE HousE fANs...........................................702.11

– z –

zoNE IsolAtIoN ..........................................703.4.3.3.4

LICENSE AGREEMENT INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL OFFICIALS (IAPMO)

GREEN PLUMBING MECHANICAL CODE SUPPLEMENT E-BOOK – 2012 EDITION

The International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (“IAPMO”) agrees to grant, and the user of the eBook agrees to accept, a nonexclusive license to use the eBook under the terms and conditions of this eBook License Agreement (“Agreement”). Your use of the eBook constitutes your agreement to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement, or any part thereof, cannot be changed, waived, or discharged other than by a statement in writing signed by you and IAPMO. Please read the entire Agreement carefully.

eBook Usage The IAPMO eBook may be used by one user on one computer. The user of the eBook shall be subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, whether or not the user was the purchaser. Copyright, Use and Resale Prohibitions IAPMO retains all rights not expressly granted to you in this Agreement. The software, content, and related documentation in the eBook are protected by copyright laws and international copyright treaties, as well as other intellectual property laws and treaties. Nothing in this Agreement constitutes a waiver of IAPMO’s rights. IAPMO will not be responsible for performance problems due to circumstances beyond its reasonable control. Other than as stated in this Agreement, you may not copy, print, modify, remove, delete, augment, add to, publish, transmit, sell, resell, license, create derivative works from, or in any way exploit any of the eBook’s content, in whole or in part, in print or electronic form, and you may not aid or permit others to do so. The unauthorized use or distribution of copyrighted or other proprietary content is illegal and could subject the purchaser to substantial damages. Purchaser will be liable for any damage resulting from any violation of this Agreement. No Transfer This license is not transferable by the eBook purchaser unless such transfer is approved in advance by IAPMO, in which case the transferee will be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Disclaimer The eBook, or any support given by IAPMO’s technical support staff, are in no way substitutes for assistance from legal, tax, accounting, or other qualified professionals. If legal advice or other expert assistance is required, the services of a competent professional person should be sought. Limitation of Liability The eBook is provided “as is” and IAPMO does not make any warranty or representation, either express or implied, to the eBook, including its quality, accuracy, performance, merchantability, or fitness for a particular purpose. You assume the entire risk as to the results and performance of the eBook. IAPMO does not warrant, guarantee, or make any representations regarding the use of, or the results obtained with, the eBook in terms of accuracy, correctness or reliability. In no event will IAPMO be liable for indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages arising out of delays, errors, omissions, inaccuracies, or the use or inability to use the eBook, or for interruption of the eBook, from whatever cause. This will apply even if IAPMO has been advised that the possibility of such damage exists. Specifically, IAPMO is not responsible for any costs, including those incurred as a result of lost profits or revenue, loss of data, the cost of recovering such programs or data, the cost of any substitute program, claims by third parties, or similar costs. Hold Harmless / Indemnification. You agree to defend, indemnify and hold IAPMO and any third party provider harmless from and against all third party claims and damages (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) regarding your use of the eBook, unless the claims or damages are due to IAPMO’s or any third party provider’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or arise out of an allegation for which IAPMO is obligated to indemnify you. Termination If you materially breach this License Agreement, we may terminate your right to use the Material immediately upon notice to you.

You agree that, upon termination of the License Agreement, you will either return to us or destroy all copies of the Material in your possession. Additional Terms This written License Agreement is the exclusive agreement between you and us concerning the eBook and supersedes any and all prior oral or written agreements, negotiations, or other dealings between us concerning the eBook. This License Agreement may be modified only by a writing signed by the user and IAPMO. In the event of litigation between the user and IAPMO concerning the eBook, the prevailing party in the litigation and the prevailing party in any ancillary disputes (e.g., discovery disputes) will be entitled to recover attorneys’ fees and expenses from the other party. This License Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts executed and performed entirely in, and by residents of, that state. This License Agreement is effective immediately upon your installation or use of the eBook. If you have any questions regarding this License Agreement, please write to the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO), 4755 East Philadelphia Street, Ontario, California 91761-2816. This agreement is governed by the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts executed and performed entirely in, and by residents of, that state.